Daven Kross Webinars

Author: davenkross2026

06/18/2026 – Printful Experts Review YOUR DESIGNS Live!

Mhm. It was like an example design for I was making like a merch line. That’s a fake merch line for a video. Okay. Funnily enough, this is also uh from from a video. Okay. Totally geared out. Did you do this illustration or did you um No. Is it like a Canva? Okay. You can probably imagine. I mean, this was years ago. So, at that point, my design skills were virtually non-existent. Uh, but it’s okay. I’ve I’ve grown and I’ve learned and it’s been what like 5 years now. Yeah. Well, this is a design style that we were talking about in another one of the live streams or like in planning for one of the live streams, I I suppose. Yeah. I kind of can’t wait. Um, I’m excited to see mostly what you have kind of picked out. Yeah. Um, let me

Yeah. So, I have all of mine lined up. You’ll see. Uh, I might have overdone it a little bit. Uh, you can already kind of tell, but it’s fine. It’s fine. I got excited about it. Yeah. Yeah. It’s about like a minute and a half before we go. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I’m like more nervous than I think I usually am. Really? I guess it’s, you know, when people create big designs, they really care about Yeah. the product. Yeah. Totally. I don’t want to go. And this is not good. But yeah. Well, I was uh uh saying as we were getting ready that I was feeling a bit a bit like kind of jumpier than usual, too. I don’t know. I don’t know what’s up, but whatever. You know, too much coffee. It’s possible. That’s always on the table. But too much coffee, I say as I sip my energy drink from my I was looking for an energy drink, but I wound up with a Dr. Pepper. Do you like Dr. Pepper? Have I ever tried Dr. Pepper? Is that Do I need to write my No, it’s I mean Dr. Pepper is a soda that has a a lot of fans, but a lot of people are like it’s kind of gross. But I don’t know. I like it. I think it’s pretty great. Okay. And but I also I I rarely drink it, you know, but when I do, it’s pretty good. It’s kind of got like almost I don’t know. it. I I feel like people might say it kind of has a cherry coke like flavor, but I think that even that is a little bit like people who love Dr. Pepper are like, “No, it’s not cherry coke.” Fair. So, I don’t know. I don’t know. I’m a very like Coke Zero girly through and through. Uh almost to a fault. Uh the the the amounts that I drink are kind of crazy a little bit. It’s like liters plural a week. Yeah. I need to drink water is what I need to do. Yeah. Okay. Let’s see. I’m kind of excited to get into it. And I think we are live now. Uh so, hi everyone. Uh thank you so much for joining. My name is Liz. This is Zach. Hello. Hello. Uh and we are here to do a bunch of design reviews. Now, if you didn’t get a chance to submit this time, we might do another one of these. But for uh this specific stream, we actually got over 200 responses. Uh which is wild. We obviously will be able to go through all of them. So I picked five and Zach picked five. And uh I haven’t seen yours, you haven’t seen mine, so it’s going to be a surprise for each of us. Uh and we’re going to give a little bit of advice in terms of design. It’s obviously not going to be this color isn’t pretty. Choose a different color. Uh but it’s going to be driven a lot more by what is good for the design guidelines uh that work for the products that that you guys have picked specifically for these designs. I know is there anything that you’re going to be more guided by in this? Well, definitely. I mean, this is kind of a topic that we return to anytime that we do one of these live streams, I think. But, um I mean, you mentioned the guidelines. That’s kind of specifically where I’m coming at it from like um and from the things that specifically me and my team look for when we are uh checking designs and I’m actually going to be using some of the uh the the the files that um they’re like templates that we actually use when we are uh analyzing things. Um, but I’ll also be showing you a little bit about how to set up your own um if you uh don’t have access to such a uh or the well you wouldn’t have access to the exact same templates that we have set up. But um I mean it turns out you can do a lot of this stuff on free software as well as um the software that I’m going to be using which is the Adobe uh suite. Mhm. So, uh, in that case, I think we’re going to be covering several different software, uh, options that you can use cuz I’ve actually chosen to use KD specifically for this cuz I wanted everything to exist in one pane and just go artboard by artboard, which this was immediately uh, my pick. So, let’s make sure that we can cover as many uh, as we can today. And if you have any questions throughout this, drop them in the chat. uh you they’re either going to be answered by a who is moderating today or uh we are going to gather all of them and try to answer them at the end. So without further ado yeah do you want to uh show me your first one? Yes. Yes, I want to. Uh okay. Uh so I have KD open over here and what I’ve done is I’ve created like an artboard for every single design. Um and can I actually interrupt real quick? Yes, go ahead. Um I’m not super familiar with KD. Can you tell me what KD is? Yes, I can. So, uh there are a bunch of different types of uh design software that you can use. Um you’ve seen us use a like I think at least five over the years on the channel. Um what uh I like KD for is it’s kind of a perfect blend of several features that I really enjoy. like I have uh a real I used to have like this real affinity for like Canva elements specifically because it’s a giant library of stuff but uh the design tools are a little bit lacking uh like when you can’t really vectorize anything there uh and it’s a lot more it’s very beginner friendly uh but I was missing some small things and then I would use something like or try to learn Illustrator or I would use like a Figma Uh, and what I was constantly missing is that I have to build every single element from scratch where I have to like find someone who already made it and downloaded and uh, in KD there’s this giant library of stuff. I can actually maybe open something up here. So, let’s say I am creating a design. I’m like, ah, I’m missing this like this corner is a little wonky. I need a triangle to put in there or something. Triangles may be a little too simple. But let’s say I for fun want to do a little banner underneath my text and I need it to be like squishable and movable and editable. So I can’t really just go and download some kind of SVG. Uh and I see like banners in here or I could just go in and type banner and maybe I want it to be look like it’s made of paper. And so there’s like 2D stuff. there’s a bit more complex things, you know, a bunch of these different elements that you can really move and and use. And some of them are paid, some of them are free. Uh so you don’t necessarily have to have a paid account to use a lot of this stuff. Um and um yeah, the other difference specifically for this demo is that uh you can have art boards like that. Uh so much like in Figma if you have used it before you can create these frames uh where everything you don’t have to have every single layer of the design in in the layers pane and have to organize it. It’s all immediately you know in the layers pane based on what artboard you have. Nice. Sorry to get you off track right right immediately uh at the start but um you know I thought that uh you know I don’t know a whole lot about KD and I was kind of thinking that maybe some of our viewers might um want to know about some of these uh softwares that we’re um using. Yeah. And I’m going to ask you to explain some stuff as well about whatever you’re going to be using. Uh but yeah so the very first uh design that I picked from the 200 plus submissions was this design by Moren. Uh so hi Moren I hope you’re watching. Uh, and what we have here is this hoodie with a front print and a back print, both using DTG, which is going to become important. Uh, and the color variations are also over here, but I’ve just picked this one to be the main one to show you guys both prints. Uh, and so what it is, let me zoom in real real real real real close so you can see it. And is like I really like this design and I picked it because it was so relatable. It’s introvert energy conversion, meaning that every single social interaction takes some energy from you. Uh, and uh, the concept was really cool until I was like, let’s let’s do this. Let’s cover it. Uh, and I’ve added some notes for myself so I don’t forget anything that I thought of. And the very first thing that jumped out at me when I was looking at this is I think there is a slight bolding issue here. So, let me actually turn off this so you can see for yourself. As you can kind of see here, the I isn’t bolded or it’s maybe less bolded, like a semi- bold compared to the other ones. Yeah. Compared to like the T, it’s not it’s not as thick as the T. Yeah. And to double check, I kind of lined up the front uh design to the back design. And you can see that it’s like also a little bit thinner. What I think or assume that happened here is uh the star was a little too juicy looking. And so you selected it to remove the bolding from that but also accidentally removed the bolding from the eye. Not a big deal but a tiny detail. Uh and then let me bring that back. And then the other thing is this is potentially like nitpicky. Uh but the dots kind of like this dotted line don’t really line up very evenly. So there are two ways that you could do this. uh when using these kinds of dotted lines is you either line them up exactly uh at the same point so that it’s the same kind of edge or you can line it up depending on how thick the element is at the end of that line. And in this case, if you can kind of see on my screen here, uh it’s neither. So, uh, if that was the case, the these dots, for example, would be a little farther than in this case, and, uh, both of the 11% ones would be exactly the same, which they are not. They’re also not lined up perfectly like that. So, ideally, I wouldn’t want to see them completely lined up so that the last dot is the same dot. And if that that means that the spacing uh on this side is maybe a little different, I think that is going to be way less noticeable than uh the spacing here. And then the uh last kind of thing that I wanted to mention in this design specifically is that you’re using DTG uh which is probably like a very good choice, but in that case, I would increase the size of this text right here. Mhm. So, it’s it’s a fun text, but relative to everything else, it’s going to be very small. As you can see here, it might get a little bit blurred out just because the fabric is quite thick. It’s going to absorb some of the ink. That That’s what I was going to say. Especially on the fabric of the hoodie, like a thick thick fabric. Yeah. So the difference between something like a a direct to film or DD flex print and a direct to garment or DDG print uh is that uh when you’re printing with a direct to film technique, there is kind of a barrier that prevents that ink from being absorbed by the fabric. So let’s say your fabric is here uh and uh it gets pressed on as one layer. it doesn’t necessarily get spray uh sprayed on and absorbed, meaning that you are going to get crisp edges and you’re also not going to get much feathering around the design versus for this uh I think the size of the font is going to make it a little bit less legible than you would prefer. I would also say that it might be tricky even if you did DT flex to be honest because I’ve seen um situations where very small text doesn’t even adhere to the fabric. Yeah, it’s too small. Right. So, it would like peel off as the teeny tiny detail. So, the fix here is just to make it larger and and you’re fine. Uh, but overall, this is such a fun design. I really want this hoodie. And what I wanted to point out, because this is actually an issue that comes up a lot uh in people’s designs, is that in every single variant or like color variation of the hoodie, uh the contrast is great. So, even in something like a brown or a gray or a red, uh the white is enough to stand out. And we’re going to come back to this as we go on to some of the other designs that I picked out. Uh but the the contrast is very very helpful. And another kind of small thing that I wanted to point out is this is not necessarily an issue at all, but uh Moren, if you’re watching, I want to prompt you to think, do you need these bullet points? Because to me, this it it’s not necessarily serving much of a purpose. You can they’re already very clearly split by the lines. I think it just makes the design a little bit busier. If I were you, I would remove them, but if you think they look cool, keep them. Um, I’ll say, Moren, I kind of like those bullet points. Um, but I I see your point. Um, especially since you have the bullet points. Um, and then you have the dot uh uh grid bringing your site to the percentages. Um, so there’s just like a lot of dots. Um, I see what you’re saying. I got to think that they’re cool, but it might be um worth thinking about. um like it kind of seems like you’re sort of trying to evoke the um like design language of like a invoice or Yeah. Yeah. receipt or invoice or something like that. And I wonder if maybe you could um look at what invoices uh typically do um and like copy that same style. I think Yeah. And then the last thing that I wanted to say which is a good job because this is my immediate thing that I looked at the design. I wanted to make sure that the percentages add up to 100% and they do, unless I did my math wrong, but I think I did it right. Um, so, uh, overall, I need this hoodie. I want this hoodie in every single color cuz I like every single color. These are just the teeny tiny details, uh, that if you’re going to be selling a product, I would pay attention to. So, that’s my first product. Now, it’s going to be your turn to do your first product. Um, okay. Let’s So I’ I’ve done this um quite a bit different than you. Uh I uh it seems um so um my first one that I picked was um by Lauren. Um Lauren submitted this design for um a vintage cap. Um it is actually this is one thing that I had some difficulty uh understanding when we were looking over the submissions whether this was a DT flex or embroidery. I’m going to assume that it’s embroidery but I think that the things that we can uh talk about kind of apply to both. Yeah. Correct. Um so I like this um I like this logo like design. I like the um I like the center element. Um and I I love a circle text. Um and I think that it is uh it it like when sewn it could be a nice um stark design. Um but I do want to say um that it does seem to have a lot of the um um guideline issues that we uh that we often talk about in our um team. Um, so this is the vintage cotton twill cap. Um, I’m going to show Sorry, I didn’t have that. Yes, I I have them all pulled up here. Um, so this is the vintage um cap. Um, and you can find the guidelines and the print area size um by going to the product and then clicking file guidelines. Um I uh since we are located here in um Europe, I have all of my uh things set to centimeters. Um but you’re if you’re in another part of the world that uses um inches, it will should pop up in inches. Um but when uh but I also have the um I went ahead and downloaded the guidelines also. So when you download the guidelines, you get a PSD file, an AI file, and a PDF file that are all formatted for the print area size already. Uh can you tell us what each one is? Yes, I can. Um so um AI and PSD are Adobe Illustrator or sorry are Adobe um formats. PSD is the Photoshop format and AI is the uh Adobe Illustrator format. Good. because I feel like when people hear AI these days, they don’t immediately think of Adobe Illustrator. True. That’s good to know. Um, but yeah, so you can uh well, I’ll show you the preview here. So, the preview shows you what the size is in inches. Um, it has the minimum resolution. I will say for an embroidery resolution is less of an issue because you’re literally designing elements to be sewn with thread. You’re not going to see the pixels. Yeah, exact. Well, there aren’t any pixels when they’re sewn. So um uh what’s more important is line thickness and actual size in the actual um print area. Um and of course when you download these templates it gives you uh our critical guidelines which um maybe uh if you’re reading these guidelines you might kind of start to see what the issue might be. I’m seeing some stuff already. Yeah. Um, so the text should um at least be 0.25 or a/4 inch uh tall and lines should be at least 05 um in thick. And so what I have done is um I’ve pulled up this design in our template for uh for measuring um uh designs and design elements. Um, this is the actual template that I use. Um, this is something that you could create yourself if you wanted to, but you can also do this when you are creating your design, too. I mean, these are literally just line segments that are 0.05 in. Um, I yes, we can see my screen. Um, so these are literally just line segments that uh match the the guideline um requirements. So what I do when I measure a design is I will literally drag these onto the design to see if they meet the minimum requirements. Um I have found that um whenever I’m making a design for myself, usually I actually don’t use this template. I will um create a um design that is um like 5.5 in by 2. Um, and then when I’m creating the design, I can create like a line segment and then I click it and let’s say let’s uh angle is 45 in or 45° right now. I don’t want that. I want uh zero so that it’s flat and then 05 uh in. And then you’ll get a line segment that is um that minimum thickness that minimum thickness. The other way that I uh we used to do this in my team too. Um there’s no reason why we like stopped doing it necessarily. Um but um let’s do 0.25. Um uh if you do a circle um then like the circle can kind of measure the tops, the bottoms, the sides, you know. Um but we just particularly use line segments. So I I normally when I check uh the the sizes I think I do a circle kind of intuitively because it you know fits in anywhere. You don’t have to turn it around. So I’m going to measure the text here. And as you can see the minimum size for text in embroidery is 0.25 in which is about a quarter. Well it is a/4 of an inch. Um, and you can see all of these um, letters are quite a bit smaller. And if we go for the smaller text, you may notice these are quite a bit smaller. Um, woof. And that’s that I I’m kind of imagining what that is going to look like on the final product. And it’s just all going to be one single thread going through just trying to attempting to create some kind of text there. I mean, anything that is below 0.25 25 in in height. Any text that’s below 0.25 in in height is going to need to be sewn with run stitch, which if you’ve seen another one of our um live streams about embroidery, you probably know run stitch no bueno. No good. It’s a single line uh of um thread and they can kind of give uh lowquality illeible outcomes. Mhm. And then also this uh is a kind of sneakier guideline. Um all tax has to be at least 0.1 in tall to even be included to even be considered. Um basically the reason for that is because.1 in anything smaller than that like isn’t even as big as one complete stitch. So like you can’t even physically form the the letter with that. So I actually don’t I I don’t know. I kind of suspect, yeah, we’re looking at um text uh with both um the name uh of the state and the date and the um coordinates are below 01 or so sorry um 0.1 in. So in this case um both because the the bigger text is smaller than 0.25 25 and then the smaller text is smaller than 0.1. Um, this would probably be done in run stitch and then these would probably be removed completely. What would happen if uh this design gets sent in? I’m assuming your team would pro like would it get flagged or or what would happen? Yeah, it would get flagged. Um so what would happen is like we are kind of set up to to well okay so digitization files which is what we call the file that tells the machine how to print something digitization files need to be created manually. Um and so when we notice something like this there’s not much we can do besides um flag it and um send you an approval sheet. Mhm. And an approval sheet will tell you basically like what we did, what kind of design, you know, um what’s the word? Like concessions or like um you know, things that downgrades. Well, I suppose you could say that, but I mean like um things that had to happen in order to even get to a printable like final version. Um, and if you approve of that, you can just simply click approve in your Printful dashboard. Or you can send my team an email and we can work with you um to try to find something that will work for you. Whether that means increasing the size of the text or like helping you um helping you understand our guidelines so that you can um fix this on your end and re-upload a new graphic. Um but yeah, as uh as you can see um oh and then sorry, I threw another um guideline in here. 005 in is how thick lines segments need to be. So that is also another issue. Yes. So for both the text and these little lines in the lighthouse, um it would be below that. And I actually did just notice one more thing. These windows are made with negative space, which negative space and embroidery doesn’t go so well. Basically, this shape would have to be sewn with tatami fill, which is a chain-like structure that fills an entire area with color. And then these would probably have to be done with like a different stitch. Like the areas between the window would have to be done with like the stitch that we do with uh uh that we make lines with. Um and so basically, um there would be some issues with uh that. Um, so yeah, uh, I basically just want to say I I like where we’re going with this, but um, also I would say um that we should check the guidelines and um, work on the sizing of the text and some of the lines. Nice. And it’s so interesting cuz I’m I don’t think I’ve ever seen you go through the actual process of of using a template to check a design. So this is illuminating for me and I hope for for everyone there. Um, so and now we’re going to jump over back to the designs that I picked out. Uh, and my next one is by Lee. And this one actually, uh, from what I can tell was created in the design maker itself. So without like an external software, just on the Prull platform. Uh, and this is a custom knitted crew neck sweater. This is the relaxed fit crew neck sweater. Uh, and I picked it in part because I was like, “Ooh, this is really cool.” And then my next thought was, “Wait, what does it say? What What is this?” Uh, so my first initial thought when I saw it kind of like from afar like this, uh, I thought it was nope. And then as soon as I saw it closer, I was like, “That’s not an O. Is that nape?” Like the nape of the neck. But then the the design is on the front. Is it? It could be nuke. What is nuke? Maybe it’s a play on the word nude when D is like turned upside down. Point being uh I am not sure if if nuke is the brand name. Uh even in that case, I would say this needs to be moved slightly down or um the the text needs to be adjusted so that it’s clear what the second letter is or what the overall text is saying. Uh but the actual design itself, I would honestly wear it. I I might not even care what it says. uh in part because the color combination is one of my favorites that you can create with knitwear. Um I’ve uh taken liberty of of picking out the ones that I think these are. It seems to me that this is burgundy and mellow and these are all the colors that are available with knitwear and I would struggle to pick out a better color combination to be fair. It is both colorful and not overpowering and has great contrast and I just they’re complimentary colors. I really like it. Uh and uh lastly, which I think is cool, uh it is not immediately like obvious when you look at it, but the placement of the letters is very creative. Like it’s quite fun. So the fact that the letters don’t exactly line up uh makes it and and also the fact that the letters are quite bold means that with the solid um uh color selection mode uh this is going to be a very striking design uh and it’s going to look very cool. I would just advise to slightly move around the letter so it’s clear what it says. Yeah, when you first pulled that up I thought it said nope too. Um uh one thing my question would be is I wonder what the back looks like um like do are the letters in a um like do do the letters line up uh in any way in the back as well? No. So this was the only design placement just the this front section uh that I could see in the template. And you can also kind of see it in the mockup as well that like only goes I can really zoom in here cuz my artboard is so big. Uh I Oh, I see. But yeah. Yeah. It it only comes up to the seam of the sweater. Um I mean that would be difficult to line up anyway. Yes. Near impossible. Yeah. Um so yes, this is one of those that I’d probably wear, but uh if someone asked me what it says, I would not be able to tell them. Yeah. Yeah. So, uh this is uh my my second piece of advice. This one was kind of a quick one just because I really wanted to point out that like even this kind of small issue that would be so easy to fix could be something that could be hurting your design a little bit. Uh now it’s your turn. Yeah. But I I I do want to say that I really like the um the placement and it’s a good use of uh our design maker and everything too. Yeah. The the font looks really cool to me. Yeah. So the second one that I picked out um was from Imani. Um Imani actually this is another hat. So, I think that this one will be quick as well because uh it does seem like there are um a lot of the uh same issues. Um so, I actually I have this pulled up already. It is in a different size of a hat. Um, and I mean I do want to point out again that in all of these um you can go to the uh file guidelines to check um and like that’s really important when you are creating the design because as we’ve seen um the size of the design within the print area really matters for embroidery. This actually is another one where I’m not sure if it is embroidery or DT flex. Um but I am just going to be quick about this one. It looks like these letters are actually um big enough, the word handyman. Um but I will say that the um negative space text probably won’t work so well with embroidery. Yeah, I would assume that whoever would be digitizing it would just fill it in. I I don’t see this working any other way. it. Yeah, almost definitely would just be a a a solid text and you would probably get uh an explanation in the approval sheet saying we replaced uh a texture with a solid um text. That’s what we would call it. Um but let’s see if these these letters are even big enough to embroider. And it doesn’t look like they would be, especially the smaller like not capitalized ones. Yeah. Yeah. I suppose these would probably be need to be removed. Um and then let’s just check. I mean same thing with these letters. I mean the lines are way too small in uh if we are leaving them as uh uh the negative space but they are also too small um for uh they are below the 1/4 in um height. Um uh these lines are thick enough the border which is uh which would come out really well. Um, but uh the te these this small text this small text would not work out so well. We would probably be able to embroider handyman, but this would have to come out in run stitch and this would have to be removed. And then I’m not really sure about the wrenches either. I think that that might cause issues with um how big they are too, but this might be able to be uh it is a bit smaller than it should be and especially with this negative space here. that might be a little bit tight as well. Um, so I’m not sure what we would wind up doing with this element. Um, we probably have to increase it if we remove this or, you know, did run stitch or remove this or something. Maybe this could be made a little bit bigger to be more um, solid. But, um, we would have to we would definitely have to make some concessions with this. Mhm. Um, but I also just wanted to just throw out real quick, um, I wanted to mention that you can do a lot of this on Canva, which is a free software. Um, there are paid plans to it, but all the stuff that you would need to do for this would definitely be free. So, I get a lot of questions like, how would I do this like if I don’t have Adobe Illustrator? Um, this is how you would do this. Um, so if you are creating something in Canva, you can always uh you can create the custom size. Um, this one was actually 5.9, but I have one pulled up for 5.5×2, which again you can find on our um, uh, product page. And then you can do the same things as you can do in Illustrator by grabbing a um, line segment. And then when you click the when you generate a line segment and then click it, you can click on position. And then in position um you can um uh change the size change the size um which uh in this case it um I did have to figure out like how these positioning uh ones work to get it to point uh 05. Um but I assure you that I did that before I set up. And then same here. This one is actually a bit easier. So maybe in Canva it makes more sense to use circles because as you can see here it is 0.25 um in for the circle. Um and like if you were to measure this um clip art, you would see like it is too thin also. So I mean this is how you would do it in a free software. I just happen to use Illustrator because I’m more familiar with the software, but you can do it in this, you can do it in Photoshop, you can do it with um any of the like free alternatives to Photoshop. Um but yeah, that was my second design. All right. Okay, that was a very cool one. And from what I could tell, it was a company, right? Company merch. Uh, I have uh another company merch example example later. And I feel like when we’re talking about merch that is going to represent your uh brand as promo for it, that should definitely be something that you make sure uh looks as good as possible. But let’s uh move on. My third design that I’ve picked out uh comes from Brent. Uh, and I did have a a lookie at the store as well. Um, so this is part of a lineup of shirts that are themed uh after different what would I even call it? Uh things in the orbit. Uh so there’s planets and and then there’s also the moon and stuff. Um and they’re all dripping. Uh which is very cool looking especially as a design. Um, and so this is the big back print right here. And then this is the smaller kind of uh left chest front print. These are also DTG. Uh, and these are the other colors that are here. You can already kind of see some of the smaller shoes that I’ve uh uh flagged in this. Uh and I think the most obvious one to me immediately and why I initially picked out this design was the contrast issue. Uh so the design features very dark elements like the moon and the drip and very light elements which is white text meaning that there is virtually no product color that this is going to have great contrast with. Uh, so I picked this blue as a very clear illustration of this because the white text really does not stand out as much as you would like it to. Uh, but uh, you can also see this issue coming up on some of the darker shirts like this uh, gray moon on the gray uh, shirt might work out okay because of the darker border, but it’s still like will not be as contrasty as you would like. And it’s definitely an issue on this very dark one because the drip kind of will almost disappear into the shirt. Uh so what I would advise is picking either a dark or a light approach to whatever you’re designing and then applying that to the correct variance. So, if you want two variations of uh a shirt design that is going to go on two different like either lights or darks, uh you can invert the colors essentially. So, for something like this, I just went with a very quick example. Uh I just cut out this this moon uh and applied some effects on it in KD just to show you. You definitely have the original uh graphic for this. But so this is that moon with the background removed. And I’ve just pulled the brightness and the contrast up and slightly like reduce the saturation to show you the difference between something dark on dark versus keeping everything light. It doesn’t have to be white the same way as the text. It can just be, you know, a little bit brighter. And then this is a much more contrasty design as a result. Uh some of the things about this that I found really cool immediately was of course the concept of everything dripping. Uh but also as these smaller things I really like the fact that the moon graphic comes out in front of the text a little bit that gives it dimension. Uh I like the style of the moon illustration quite a bit. Uh and also the the font choice like this looks very epic to me the Luna. Um, so there are a couple of smaller issues that I want to just flag for you outside of the contrast. Uh, one being, well, I don’t know how small of an issue this is, but I don’t know if, uh, you necessarily have the permission from NASA to use it, but I did look it up to use the NASA logo. It’s not in the public domain. You do have to get permission from them specifically, like send uh, a letter for merchandise approval. they have a lot of information, but I’m hoping you have it already, but if you don’t, uh, then do keep that in mind. You could just have a satellite without the NASA logo in it. Um, and then another, and this is getting really nitpicky thing, uh, is when, you can see this picture as well. When water is drip dripping from something, especially if it’s completely circular, there is some surface tension that exists on the outside of it. meaning that when these drips appear on the sides, they are very sloped and come out from the very outside of the object. Uh now what happens here and let me actually turn off the light thing that I have uh to illustrate this. So in this original design, it kind of looks like the drip is coming from behind the moon rather than it’s something dripping off of it. And you could really fix it very easily by adding slight shapes to the outside. These are just triangles, so it’s it doesn’t look quite as good as it could, but you could add like slightly curved shapes around here. And it would instantly look like something is, you know, dripping off of the moon rather than outside from behind it. Um, and maybe slight alignment things like I don’t think this Luna text is exactly centered. And then also uh the spacing right here is maybe something that I would look into. Uh because this drip is exactly at the very center of the design. Uh these differences in spacing make the text look like it isn’t even if the overall uh text from Moonrip volume 1 is centered. Uh but overall very cool. I love the fact that there’s like information about this these different celestial bodies. That’s the word that I was looking for. slash bodies in it. Uh so it’s a very very cool concept just once again small tiny details that I would refine. I also think that it’s interesting that you picked two designs that have um the dots leading to uh information. That is true. Yes, I did not think about that. I’m sure I I know for a fact that I’ve definitely also done designs that are kind of inspired by that. Uh but curiously actually to compare it to that very first design that we looked at uh these dots line up to where the um numbers end. Meaning that uh they’re not lining up in a straight line like this, but they make sense with where the numbers end. Also, I think importantly, um it looks like all of the dots sort of line up with each other. So, it kind of looks like the uh uh uh this the same line spacing um text spacing is applied to uh all of these lines, which um wasn’t the case in the first one, I believe. Yeah. So, great job. I do want this t-shirt. I just uh would like for it to be either contrasted light on dark or dark on light. Um, I also wanted to say uh if you are curious about um the question of whether you can use the NASA logo, um we do have uh printful.com/policies will tell you all of our specific guidelines um including you uh your intellectual property and content guidelines which would be relevant in this case. Yes. So please if you don’t have permission from NASA, don’t use the NASA logo. Okay. Good call out. Let’s keep this going. Uh we are about what? More than halfway through. About halfway through. Uh so let’s take a look at your third picked out design. Awesome. Um, so I this one I hope will be a a quick review because um I picked I saw companies um all over print um unisex hoodie and um I will show you what it looks like. Um, we have a very contrasty um, one side is black, one side is white. Um, hoodie, very stark, very cool. Um, with the logo uh, as the branding. Mhm. I think that this is a very cool design. I would wear that 100%. Yeah. Uh, I could see you wearing that. Um, and then you can also see they have included uh because you can do this with uh all all over print, you can choose what color the stitching is. Um, they’ve gone with the white stitching, although I imagine that the black stitching would look equally as cool over here. Um, but I like the contrast of this white stitching. Um, the uh few things that I just want to call out with um all over print are some things that we’ve talked about before. Um, one, I’m guessing that this person designed this with our design maker. Um, which I’m a big fan of using our design maker for all over print stuff because, um, the print files can be huge for all over print. Um, and making them in Photoshop or Illustrator can sometimes, you know, if you have a slow system, it might not load so good. Um, it might not upload to our system very well. Um, so doing the work in the design maker can be a really good option. Um, and especially if you’re doing something with a pattern or like um a solid color, but then your logo on the chest or something like that, you can do the the color in design maker and then just take your graphic file and put it on the chest. Yeah, I’ve never thought of like combining uh methods necessarily. I always either do design maker or I do external software. But yeah, adding the color or the pattern uh or the the I don’t know background squiggles or whatever you’d want to add uh through the design maker is a great job. Um but if you uh do want to design in a design software, um same thing as everything I’ve mentioned so far. Um you can check the file guidelines and we even have print file templates for these. Mhm. Which I haven’t actually opened them yet. Um but they come in a zip format uh a compressed format. So when you double click them they um uh they unzip they um compress the same um but uh in this case we have uh PDFs which give a whole guideline of how to do this. And actually it looks like um our uh did something fairly similar to what we have in the design um guidelines. Um, and then you can see like this is a 40in x 40 in um, print area where you would be doing 150 dpi or like 150 to 300. As we’ve talked in other live streams, I would not recommend doing 300 dpi. That’s massive. Uh, yeah. So, I mean, if you multiply these numbers out, it’s a big file. Um, but if you did want to create the templates, you know, we have them here as well. Um, but I always say it’s always a good thing to be using the design maker. Um, but I wanted to say about um this the the the one thing that I kind of wanted to call out about this design specifically is um I wonder if the um person who created this design wanted these lines to line up perfectly. Um I would assume so. Yeah. Yeah. Which and we’ve kind of talked about this in uh in the past. So Oliver print is um Oliver Print and like cut and sew. kind of use those uh terms interchangeably sometimes. Um but it is like cut and sew literally is you’re cutting out fabric and then sewing it together like by hand. Um and so there is a margin of error and where the like seams line up um we can’t guarantee that they are going to line up perfectly everywhere. Like this pocket this hoodie pocket like if you order 20 of these bless you thank you. Um, if you if you order like 20 of these, you’ll probably see like 20 different slight variations um of the of the placement. Um, but that’s also I mean in this case it wouldn’t matter all that much, but that’s also why we have this safe print area. Um, safe print area basically says anything within this area is going to print successfully. For sure. Yeah. Anything outside may get cut or sewn. It’s not a guarantee that it will get cut and sewn. Um, it’s not going to for sure give you a bad outcome, but it might. And if you got a bad outcome from putting something outside the safe print area, it would be considered an expected outcome. Mhm. Um, but beyond that, I like this nice stark design. Good use of our design maker, which I don’t know, should I show what design maker looks like in this moment? I I feel like let’s get through the designs. Uh I think that that’s uh why I asked him the question. Yeah. And then if if we have time at the end, we can, but I doubt it. Um so let’s let’s keep it moving. Um I have a design number four, which is that um kind of it’s not really company merch, but it’s kind of is company merch uh that I mentioned. Um so this is and uh pardon my literal French. I do not speak French at all, but mondroville.net. So, what this is, and I just found it so sweet, uh, is a, uh, website, uh, where you can see all of the different things about the city, which is Drummondville in Quebec, uh, in Canada. And, uh, it’s a bunch of like local events and businesses and and stuff like that. And honestly, looking at that website made me want to immediately visit. It seems like my kind of, uh, sweet place. Uh, and what this is is a promotional t-shirt for that website for from my what I understand trying to translate this through Google Translate is for businesses to kind of be more visible and show up and and be discoverable by the community. So, uh, what I kind of wanted to flag in this is really really nice that there are three placements here. So there’s the front and both sleeves and also the I believe the outside label as well with the with the logo. The first thing is immediately since it’s uh promotional merch, it’s very nice that the branding is all over visible everywhere. Uh and uh to me when kind of people uh do this kind of thing where they put the logo everywhere, they use the same logo variant across every single uh placement versus here there’s this shortened logo on the sleeves and then there’s the longer one on the front on the back. Nice choice. Uh and the one thing that I well the couple of things that I wanted to flag about the actual design was first the uh spacing. I’ve kind of created a border around this actual print file to show you that there is less space on the right than there is on the left. And there is quite a bit of space at the top. Meaning that what it does is it puts this horizontal design kind of lower than you would expect on the actual t-shirt. Uh I if I was creating a horizontal design in a vertical space, which to be clear, I normally wouldn’t, uh I would put it up higher so that it comes up to right about the middle of the armpit right here. So on the actual design file that you’re creating, it would come up to maybe half up this space. The other thing that I wanted to point out is that this has clearly had a white background initially and the background has been removed. I’ve kind of tried to zoom in as much as possible. Uh the background removal, however, is incomplete. On a white t-shirt, that might not be too much of an issue, but uh on any other color. If you wanted to put this on a beige or a light blue or something, you’re definitely going to see that. And lastly is uh kind of like a comment about this right side illustration, mainly due to how many things there are. Uh so if I kind of just like take some time to go through everything, you can see that there are 1 2 3 4 five gears. There are one two three kind of graph style arrows going up, but also there are 1, two, three arrows kind of pointing up and to the right in general. Uh and then there’s a phone being held by some hands. And then there’s this kind of uh award. Yeah, like a ribbon. Uh I guess this golden ribbon, which I’m assuming is some kind of certificate or something. Uh and then some uh a map with a bunch of different businesses and and landmarks on it. Uh, so something that I would do in general when it comes to illustrations, but especially if you’re putting it on like a t-shirt that you need to use as promo for it to be immediately recognized as something, uh, I would just go ahead and remove a bunch of these things. They’re not conveying any essential information about what your business is like. Uh, and I’m just going to really quickly show you how I would do it. So, I’ll click remove background right now just to get rid of some of these white things. And then I’ll click on edit cutout here in Kable. And I’ll start going at these small individual things so you can see. Is it big enough? Am I in the right space? There we go. Erase. And I would literally just go ahead and erase all the stuff that we don’t need. So in this case, it would be the arrows, these kind of funky looking gears and stuff. So point being, you can go through and you can be really meticulous about it. you can restore some of the things that are lost in here like these whites. Um, but I would not put as much stuff into one illustration mainly because it loses the viewers’s attention and if you’re trying to promote your business or in this case your website, uh, it’s going to take away from the point. Uh, and lastly is a comment on this kind of ribbon. usually and this is something that I’ve seen my friends who try to promote their businesses do. Uh they put the every like important certificate and and and thing on the merch even though that is something that comes up when somebody visits the actual website. And putting uh this kind of ribbon on here that has this 3D texture and golden uh look takes away from the premiumness of the design. it makes it feel less premium just because it looks disjointed from the styling of the rest of the illustration. These are kind of like the the general like comments on something that I probably would do and I would change. Uh but it is up to you if you feel like these uh gears and stuff let me actually bring this back to the way it was. Uh if these gears feel very important to the context of of your business, keep them. If these arrows feel very important, keep them. But I would just minimize. Whatever it is you minimize, it is up to you. I really like this map, though. I mean, I think that I like the vector look of the map. Um, and but I think that that is a very good note about the uh the award. Um I it uses a complete different like style than the map. Um and it is a bit jarring. Um and I also think that it’s uh such a great point that you make about the u background removal. Um, like you can even see in the award that like the bottom of the award um has uh like been affected by the background removal tool. Um, and I think that this is just a really great example of like the reason why background removal tools aren’t always going to be the best solution. I mean, in a pinch, they’re usually pretty good. And in fact, you uh when you did it with KD, um it seemed to remove more of the background than whatever tool was used um before. But uh it’s it’s a really good note that I mean you probably have this text in a separate like PNG like transparent file and even if you don’t you can create it in design maker directly. Yeah. Um although if they are using a specific font for their branding we may not have it in the design maker. Um but uh I’m not sure. This looks like a fairly common font. So it it is likely that they could find a font that would work in our design maker. Um but yeah that I think that that’s really good point. All right. So that was my number four. Uh and then now it’s time for yours. Yes. Um so I actually have a DTG now at this point. Um this one would be the unisex garment dyed heavyweight t-shirt um comfort colors 1717. My favorite blanks always. And this one um was uh submitted by Dana. Um for uh Dana, this is what we’re looking at. We got a um velociraptor looking uh dinosaur guy. I’m glad you know your dinosaurs cuz I do not. I mean Jurassic Park kid, you know. So um uh I mean who knows? Could be a T-Rex. I don’t know. But we all we know now dinosaurs really don’t look anyway, you know. Um I don’t I don’t have time to get into it. Um uh but um so the uh thing that jumped out to me is that this looks like a really really light print um even in the mockup. And so I kind of suspected that there might be um some uh semi-transparency issues going on which semi-transparencies infamous semi-transparencies. Yes, we talked about this a lot. Um semi-transparencies are not really recommended in DTG. Um that basically means like anything that is a see-through pixel. And um it’s because it kind of wres havoc with um any sort of the underbase layer that we put down to kind of um pop the color out from um the the the shirt. But I’m going to open this in Photoshop um and just like take a look to, you know, confirm my suspicions. Oops, that was the wrong one. I’m so sorry. Um this is the one I want to open up. Um, I do see that it is already in um, uh, at the right size. It is 12 in x 16 in at 150 dpi. That’s what we like to see. Um, but I’m going to start zooming in and you can see like this checkerboard background um, indicates something is transparent. Oh, and so if I zoom in, I can start to see that almost all of these pixels are some form of semi-transparent. Ooh, yeah. And if I open up the info um panel in uh Photoshop, I can actually see if I hover above these pixels, this OP number here is the um opacity. Yes, the opacity. Thank you. Um, and you can see 64% 60% 52% 23 16 10 8. Um, so you can see all of these pixels are semi-transparent, which I will admit, um, we, you know, we always are improving our the way that we handle files. Um, it’s gotten a lot better over the years, um, how we handle semi-transparencies, but it is definitely not the recommended um, format and I suspect with such low opacity that a lot of these pixels will come out really really light, especially on um, a color like this green. A light meaning very white pale. No, like not visible. Oh, I see. um like very difficult to see. And I mean, if that is what you were going for, that’s probably fine. I mean, it look you can tell that it is going to look fairly light in the um in the mockup, but at the same time, um I suspect that that when this is printed, you’re probably going to get an even lighter print. Um, but it also looks kind of like this may have been I mean, you can see these dark pixels in here, which kind of suggests to me that maybe there was some sort of background removal happening here as well. Um, but I’m not 100% sure. Um, but, you know, I I uh love a dinosaur shirt. Um, but I I think that I would improve this by um having more solid pixels. Um, and like I mean I could experiment. I mean, if you just like copy and paste it. Yeah, just copy and paste it. you can make it a bit darker. Um but I mean you will still see these um semi-transparent edges. Um but um also on a design level I think that um um would you want to see like the dinosaur’s name on here or something like that? I don’t know. That’s just a thought that I have. Um I mean it’s just the dinosaur, right? Yeah. It it could be if you know you know. Yeah. But I I quite like the idea of it being this kind of like faint design, but I think in general you can’t fully rely on mockups to show you exactly the colors and how they’re going to look like in real life. Meaning that it’s faint now and with the semi-transparencies and with the like maybe slight difference in in color from from print to screen, you might barely be able to see what the design is. Yeah, I I had the same thought with um your uh Luna drip. I’ve seen colors similar to that moon on like a trib blend, like a kind of darker gray that are just the same color and it’s really hard to see. Yes. So, do uh keep contrast in mind because uh if something looks okayish on your screen, it might not still look okayish in print. All right. Uh let’s try really quickly to knock out a couple more designs. Uh and I’m going to move straight into my number five, which is actually this one by Miss Pix. Um so I could not resist uh this cuz I feel like anything that is like a black and white or black and white and a and a red is very much uh my cup of tea. Uh, and this in particular I quite liked because, and this once again is one of those things that isn’t immediately obvious, but some of the elements are larger, some of the elements in here are smaller, and it creates a lot more of a dynamic pattern than if these were all just the exact same size. Yeah. It’s like filling in the gaps. Yeah. Yeah. It’s very, very like fun looking because of that. Uh, and I have kind of twoish notes, uh, but one really important one. So let’s start with the less important one which is on this inside label. I don’t have the exact like print file for just the inside label and this logo. But looking at this, there are two things that are clear to me. One being that there is a white square background behind this. uh which is not necessarily a problem, but it might look cleaner if uh you had like maybe removed a couple of these elements or maybe put a white circle behind them just to hide them. H and that way it would look cleaner like the element of your logo exists in between everything else. And the other thing is I would just say that this is probably a little too small especially because I cannot read this text on on the mockup and I would assume that you would not also be able to read it very well in real life because you know printing is still printing. It is not like a perfect vector eternally scalable and movable thing. So you can see that it would benefit from being maybe the size of at the very least this spade, but maybe even this hard. Something like this. And then the bigger thing uh that I wanted to point out about this shirt is the non-tilable quality of the actual pattern. So, I’ve added these green lines just to show you, but you can really see it in here when you zoom in. The tile of the template, even though it is quite large, it’s probably put right here in the center like this. But this tile isn’t tileable. So, it has these harsh edges that are going to be very obvious when you wear the shirt. and and something you know ends and and uh this diamond like begins abruptly. So the solution to something like this would be to either uh create a and this is probably the less recommended way to either create a really really big pattern and just have it uh as a large enough file to cover the entire area of the print or make it smaller. Make sure that uh your elements line up perfectly. So if you want um this uh heart for example to line up exactly, it would need to come out the exact same amount at the very top of your tile here. So whenever uh you are creating a pattern, consider that when you’re putting elements in the corner or on the bottom. I normally just to keep it safe split the elements like in 5050 so that one half is at the bottom and the other half you just take it from the bottom and move it to the very top and that way it’s going to be perfectly tileable and seamless and nice. Uh but other than that it’s a very cool shirt. I would absolutely wear it especially this you know summer. Uh and thank you so much. I to me this is in general great use of AOP because of the like white background and the fun pattern. Um, and I don’t know. I I feel like every single design that I picked out I would wear and I would find cool. I just wanted to make them even better. Yeah. And I think that when you talk about tiling, you can also like trying to make them line up is often a challenge. Um, but another way you could just remove the elements that are overlapping completely. Um, so that is kind of a quick and dirty way to do it, but um, it would it would it would work. And uh I also suspect that this person used our um design maker the the tile the tiling feature in design maker um which again uh you know really good use for all over print because um you can put down something. I mean we did we literally did this in a previous live stream where we um got a tileable graphic and then used the tiling function um in uh all over print and uh it came out pretty good. So yeah. All right. And now let’s get into the last design of the day. Uh we are like quickly running out of time, but let’s make sure that we can actually get the 10 that we promised at the beginning. Um so uh Suma uh submitted this one. Um I wanted to look at it just because it is a a pretty cool allover print design. Um we have uh what looks like some kind of a dark elf with a bunch of bugs um all over moths. smart. Don’t call them bugs. They’re special. I mean, fair to to to uh gothically inclined people. I would say they are. Um uh or you know, it’s that kind of gossamer wing type of like kind of the fairy wing type of thing. Um uh I think that this is a pretty cool looking shirt. Um, and I I just kind of wanted to like open it up because I am kind of even sort of wondering like how it was made. Um, because well, as we talked about with all over print before, a lot of these files are going to be pretty huge. Um, 26 in x 33 in at 150 dpi. And it looks like this is a single image. Um, now I want to say I am not sure. I hope that I’m not um uh uh slandering your artwork, Suma, but I kind of think that this might be AI. Um Oh, yeah. I’m looking at some of these curls and these elements, and I’m wondering like what this is. Mhm. Um and same with some of these twigs. They don’t seem to go anywhere. um very detailed face, but then some of these bugs kind of gel together in a in a way that like there’s an extra wing here um that doesn’t seem to go anywhere. Um but you know, I I kind of wanted to just mention that because I I noticed it upon investigating it. Um yeah, I wouldn’t have immediately said that at first, but now that you say it, it tracks. Yeah. Um, but I I’m wondering how this like I mean if if this is AI, I want to know what prompt uh created this. And I mean like especially because if we open it in Photoshop um uh and look at the image size, I mean it is 26×33 at 150 dpi. Wow. Um so it is like one this is this isn’t like how we were talking about with other all over print where it was um created in our design maker uh with tiling or whatever. This is one big image um that is put onto a um put onto a shirt. So I think that this is a very cool use of um some sort of like uh the entire print area. Um and I mean if this was done by hand I am you know very impressed. But even um even um if this was generated I uh I think that um like the details are pretty cool looking. Mhm. Um, and I mean I would imagine, you know, seeing somebody wearing this at like some metal festival and being like, “Hey, cool shirt.” Yes, absolutely. And I feel like a big part of it for me, the reason that I’m immediately drawn to it is the metallic texture, I guess, that you get around the headpiece isn’t the kind of bright gold that I you would immediately imagine. It’s this brassy goldy type of thing that to me really is reflected in the wings of the moths. I don’t know. It just makes everything look super cohesive, which I’m a big fan of. And with the really like pale almost greenish skin tone, it it really matches the color palette. I quite like it. And the other thing that I wanted to check um was color gamut, which is something we haven’t really talked about in this. Um, so I’m going to turn on gamut warning, which gamut warning tells me like if something is within this area of the color spectrum, this gray area of the color spectrum, it may not print too well. Now, let’s actually grab like a bright purple and just take a brush. Um, and I’m so sorry for uh this design, but like um as you can see, I’m drawing it and it is coming out gray. That is because I have the gamut warning set up as gray. Anything gray will or anything that with sorry with my gamut warning turned on. Anything that is out of gamut will turn up gray. So I can turn off the color the gamut warning and you can see that it’s that bright purple. But when I have the gamut warning on it’s gray and that is because um or that is telling me that this is not going to print out very well. Um because a lot of the stuff in here is kind of gray anyway. I can’t really tell um if things are out of gamut. You can actually change the gamut warning color in Photoshop. I don’t know if I want to go into all the details of that, but um I also can just drag the um color picker through here and I can see like it doesn’t look like many of any of these colors are noticeably out of gamut. They all seem to be within um the color spectrum that is printable. Um, and just to say because I realize I didn’t say color gamut is the space of colors that are printable by our printer. If any color is out of gamut, um, if you use out ofgamut colors, our printer can’t print it and it’s going to come out looking funny. Um, I mean funny meaning like just not what you see on the screen. Yeah, it might not be crazy like if you pick a bright red, the printer is not going to pick a bright blue to replace it with instead, but it is not going to match the expectation that you have created for yourself by creating a design that’s out of gamut. Yeah. Is that accurate? Yeah. Yeah, I would say so. And uh and it’s also based on an algorithm. So if you use the it’s not random. So if you use the same color again, you’ll get the same output. But um so you’ll have consistent output. It’s just not going to match your screen whatsoever. Um, and we actually have guidelines on our website. Um, uh, uh, um, I believe it’s called the color matching. Yeah, that’s what it is. It’s called the color matching guide for print on demand products. This is a very good guide because it talks not only about um, color gamut. Um, but like it kind of goes into color theory and like how the same design on two different colored shirts uh might look different even though it legitimately is the same color. Um, and about like the, you know, color context and, you know, gamut and types of fabric and everything. This is a really good read. I recommend anybody who is submitting designs, uh, that are printed with ink uh, read this um, page in our blog. Nice. I will be reading this as I fall asleep today just to, you know, not because it’s boring, but because I like reading before bed. Um, we have like a couple of questions that I really want to get into real quick. Um, and then we will wrap up, but uh, some of these are are I think useful. So one is if it if I design a hat in Printful uh DT flex it will be embroidered and is that uh the only feature that allows removal of the background uh that your design is on? Um there’s a lot of questions within this question and I’m not 100% sure I fully understand. I mean I it sounds like there might be a misunderstanding somewhere. Um but uh embroidery and DT flex are two different printing techniques and um a lot of our hats offer both. There was a time that we only offered um embroidery for our hats, but we started um adding uh uh uh uh DT flex because it is a bit more well flexible um uh than embroidery. Um that being said, a lot of the designs that we looked at earlier um that wouldn’t be suitable for embroidery might also not be suitable for DT Flex because of those small letters that we talked about earlier. um small letters might not adhere when like adhere with the glue that we use to put it on. Um so, uh it is more flexible like you can do more complicated designs. Um but um it so it’s more flexible. You can do more complicated designs, but when you print something on a hat, it doesn’t look as premium as embroidery. Um and also you still have some design uh uh limitations that you need that um but the other part of this question was and is that uh the only feature that allows removal of the background um your design is on. So um the design maker has a background removal tool. Um I would say uh it works in a pinch but I wouldn’t rely on it necessarily. um the background removal and that’s I think to me the case with any background removal tool right it’s it’s not necessarily that oh the design maker one don’t use it but in general if you can create a design in any way without having to then remove a background after do that yeah that thank you for thank you for pointing that out that is exactly what I’m trying to say like um uh background removal tools aren’t perfect um the best way to not have a background is to not have it in the first place yeah uh and uh kind of tied to this previous question. So you talked about if uh the two techniques that we offer on hats, DT flex and embroidery. Um on the subject of embroidery, is it possible to replace the smaller letters with just print and if the font size is too small? So I’m assuming if you’ve submitted something and our team flags it as hey the these letters are too small, can you then say hey can you switch the technique to printing? Uh you can. I actually uh heard this um question a bit differently I think than than you did. Um I heard uh is it possible to combine the DT flex and embroidery techniques which the answer to that is a strong no. Um that isn’t something that we offer. But if if there is if we do flag something as not embroiderable um depending on a few factors which I could get into um you you should be able to edit your order and change the technique from embroidery to um DT flex. Um those details are like if you ordered like something that is split into two shipments and one shipment has already shipped, your order can become locked. And there are other reasons why your order can become locked. But I mean that is why you would want to reach out to our excellent uh customer support team um with uh help figuring out why uh your um order is locked and uh how you can replace the graphic or change the technique. Yeah, but in general very helpful to know. I had no idea that you could uh change it kind of retroactively after you’ve already sent it to be digitized. Uh but it is a great I guess solution unless your letters are that small that they can’t even be printed with or other small details too. Um we don’t really recommend uh being much smaller than like I don’t know a we say a few pixels but like five pixels or so. Anything smaller than that, you run the risk of um of uh not adhering. Um and um also I did want to say it might be a good idea to edit your um product variant or your template in your store after you uh edit the the the specific order as well. Or you could always just like cancel the specific order and then you know edit your template or your variant order again. Mhm. Good to go. And then kind of last question that we’re going to cover today uh is going to be if you create a t-shirt with a design on the back when it is printed uh is it scaled to the size of the shirt? You know, so if uh you create a design uh in the print file template and is it going to be a different size com with a small and then an extra large? Um yes. Yes, we do. Um let me pull up the shirt. Um so can we see my screen? Yeah. Um so basically um in our file guidelines we show uh the max print area and you can see that this is um you know uh disclaimed with an asterisk here. Um basically the maximum print area is going to be um for gra uh for shirts that are uh a certain size. I believe that the uh that the um level where the scaling happens uh is slightly different from shirt to shirt. Um and um uh but basically um the way that you want to design your graphics is printing for the maximum print area and like like don’t try to you know scale down something for a small uh if you’re thinking like well I’m putting it on a small shirt like it’s I have to make it smaller myself. Uh it will become smaller when you print it. Um uh so you uh when you are putting it into the design maker you want to design it for like the maximum possible size um so to speak um and then it will scale down for for smaller sizes and it’s always better when something gets scaled down than when it needs to be scaled up. Uh but yes whenever you are designing a t-shirt you can always assume that whatever you’re designing in if you’re using the sizing of the uh template uh you are designing for the largest shirt available. Mhm. Absolutely. Yeah, that’s the best and safest safest way because if you scale it down trying to compensate for the uh if you scale it down yourself trying to compensate for a smaller size, it will then get scaled down even smaller and then you might come out with something that is uh unexpected but we would consider it expected because that is um described in our uh yeah in our final guidelines here. Yes. Uh this does only apply to uh shirts with a print like area specifically. I feel like uh for um correct me if I’m wrong, but I believe for all over print apparel or for knitwear, you needed to design individual sizes separately. Knitwear. Yes. Um and that’s because each stitch is a pixel and so you kind of have to be specific about your pixels. um all over print um you design for the largest size and it does get scaled down um as well. Um also uh hoodies have a different scaling than um than uh shirts. Like usually shirts have like two print areas like one for like triple XL to like um L I want to say and then M to XS is a different size. Um it it does depend on the shirt. Um uh this is not something I believe is written in the specific guidelines here, but this is something um that you could uh like ask our um customer support team um to help clarify. But I mean the it like the better plan is to plan your graphic for the biggest size and let our system scale down anything that needs to get scaled down. Cool. Uh and I think with that we are going to uh end this. I hope this has been helpful. Even if your design wasn’t chosen, if you applied uh at least maybe some of these tips are applicable to something that uh you have designed before yourself. Uh and if you really like this and you want us to do this again, do let us know. We might look into uh doing another one of these uh things in the future. So stay tuned, subscribe to the channel and we will see you next time. Thank you. See you.

June 19, 2026
06/18/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Roth IRA Conversion

sharing or or any AI tools uh without prior consent. And again, we appreciate your understanding and I’m so glad you’re here. And also, I just want to mention a few resources here available uh at Alliant. So, our team at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services is really focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, and just so much more. So you can visit our website aris.alliantcreditun.com

to see our list of weekly webinars, our podcast which is called investsavvy, our blog as well as some other financial resources. So with that being said, let’s uh get started here. All right. So before diving in, I want to start with the future tax environment and how budget deficits, entitlements, and taxation affect Roth IAS.

So, this is the current national debt, $39 trillion, uh, just over $39 trillion as of this week, which translates to about $115,000

of debt for every single person in America. Now, this is just a staggering number, and honestly, it’s it’s I don’t think going to get any better. So, as we look at the budget deficits, for example, over the last 10 years, what you’re going to find is that they’re on average about a trillion dollars most years, more or less. And I’m really talking about 2014 to 2024. When you get into 2020, what happened? We all know that COVID hit and all of a sudden we go from a trillion and those types of deficits to three trillion pretty much overnight. So you have that in both 2020 and 2021. And then that deficit spiked up and so far hasn’t come back down. And that’s caused a pretty sharp increase in the overall debt again, which is about $39 trillion as of this week. And maintaining that debt when interest rates are low is one thing, but with interest rates rising, the carrying cost of that debt is going to be very burdensome for a lot of us, right? And let’s look at how that’s affecting entitlements. So, Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid, as well as the interest payments on those debts, consumes all the tax revenue that you have coming in. And according to the Congressional Budget Office, that’s actually going to happen in 2035. So just less, you know, than 10 years from now, we can consider the impact of that in another 12 to 13 years. It leaves nothing for everything else like health and human services, highways, defense, and all those other things. And that that becomes problematic. So, if you’re the government, there are really only two things you can do to counteract that problem. Number one, you can cut spending, right? Or what we’re most likely to see is taxes being raised. Good old Uncle Sam probably starting with those highest earners, but at some point trickling down a bit lower. And it’s the middle and middle high income people that will eventually feel that impact.

Now, in my business over the last 20 years of retirement planning, one of the troubling aspects of IRA planning is that the tax rate on your future distributions is unknown. It’s that big unknown. Even if you can project your income with relative confidence, there’s just no guarantee that tax rates will remain at the same levels that they are today. And while it’s hard to find someone who doesn’t think they paid too much in taxes now, the reality is that the top tax rates today are pretty low in a historical context. And that’s, you know, talking to clients over the years, that’s something that a lot of them don’t realize. You know, if you just take a look at this chart, uh, to see what I mean. So back in 1913 when the tax rate uh income tax rate was first introduced the top rate was only 7%. But within just a few years the top rate had already skyrocketed to over 70%. Unbelievable. After dropping back down to as low as 25% after World War I, the top rate jumped to 63% in 1932. And from there, it wasn’t until more than 50 years had passed when in 1987, the top tax rate finally dropped back below 50%. Letting those in the top bracket keep more of their income than they were forced to give uh over to Uncle Sam. So, it’s it’s just crazy over the years to see how tax rates have changed. So, right now, and we’re in some very historic lows. And now, of course, not everyone pays that top rate. In fact, it’s only a very small percentage of taxpayers that do. And that said, with our national debt at all-time highs, a budget that hasn’t been balanced in years, and fiscal troubles for many of our entitlement programs like Social Security and Medicare, it’s possible that rates could go up across the board. So, that makes coming up with the right plan even more important.

So how do I help clients and you know as financial adviserss how do we help clients guard against that we talk about diversification right as many of you heard of investments and then that’s important but we also need to talk uh about and take a look at diversification from a taxation standpoint and that brings us to three areas tax now tax later and tax Never. So, let’s take a look at tax now vehicles. These are things that are going to be your what’s called non-qualified assets that are, for example, in managed money mutual funds, stocks, bonds, and CDs and those sorts of things. Then you have the tax later options which include tax deferred vehicles like putting money into your IAS, uh your employer’s 401k, an annuity for example. And then what I like the most is the tax never options. That’s going to be things that have a big tax advantage. And we’re going to be talking mostly about Roth IAS today. Obviously, that’s our topic of conversation. But in addition to that, something like municipal bonds or HSAs, those health savings accounts would have a a tax-free fe uh feature as well. uh as well as life insurance which might be another uh good option.

Now if approached correctly, Roth IRA conversions can be an effective strategy in that effort to keep as much after tax and taxfree money as possible, which is what we’ll dive into today.

Now today we’re going to take a look at a few important issues that must be considered if you want to even consider a Roth IRA conversion. First is absolutely the basics behind a Roth IRA conversion and what that is. Second is considerations for the original owner of the Roth IRA. Third, we’ll take a look at the sur uh considerations for the surviving spouse of the Roth IRA owner. And then finally we’ll talk about uh the considerations for the beneficiary or beneficiaries of the Roth IRA.

So I like to take it from the beginning. Let’s start with the basics.

So many of you probably know that there is another type of IRA called a Roth IRA. Okay, Roth IAS are similar to your traditional IAS in so many ways, but there are also some very key differences. And one of those differences is that you do not get a tax deduction when you make a Roth IRA contribution. Again, you do not get a tax deduction when making Roth IRA contributions. Once your money’s in a Roth IRA, it grows tax deferred like it does in a uh traditional IRA. But I want to say that the big benefit of the Roth though and another key difference between it and the traditional IRA is that Roth IRA distributions can be taxfree in retirement. Again, Roth IRA distributions can be taxfree in retirement. So, if you’ve had any Roth IRA for more than 5 years and you’re over 59 and a half, then all withdrawals from any of your Roth IRAs will be taxed and penalty-free as part of what’s known as a qualified distribution. That’s very important. As long as you’ve had that money again in that Roth IRA for five years and you’re over age 59 and a half, then any withdrawals or all withdrawals of your Roth IRA will be tax and penalty-free. So even if you need to take a withdrawal sooner, you can always take out of your Roth IRA contributions tax and penalty-free.

Some of the same contribution rules that apply to the traditional IRA contributions also apply to Roth IRA contributions. For instance, the same $7,500 contribution limit applies for 2026. Similarly, if you are over uh 50 or older by the end of the year, the contribution limit is increased to 8,600 thanks to the 1100 catchup contribution. Now, Roth IRA contributions are also subject to the same compensation rules as IRA contributions. So if you have sufficient compensation, then the only thing that can prevent you from making a Roth IRA contribution is having too much income, which is not a bad problem to have, but in terms of contributing to a Roth, you have limitations. So you can see the income limits up here on the screen. And note that if you’re a single filer, as long as your income is under 153,000, you can make a full Roth IRA contribution. And similarly, if you’re married and filed a joint return, then as long as your income is under 242,000, you too can make a full Roth IRA contribution.

Now, while some baby boomer couples retire at the same time, often times one spouse retires before the other. And in such cases, you may be able to take advantage of what’s called spousal IRA and or Roth IRA contributions. These are special contributions that allow a spouse with compensation to make a contribution to the traditional IRA or Roth IRA of a nonworking spouse. So in other words, the non-working spouse can use the working spouse’s compensation as their own and the spouse for whom the contribution is being made, however, must meet all the other contribution rules applicable to that type of IRA.

So again, a Roth IRA con uh conversion is the name that’s given to a special type of transaction where you move money from your pre-tax retirement account like an IRA, a 401k, uh 403b to a Roth IRA. When you make a Roth conversion, the amount of money you convert is added to your tax return for the year and is taxable at whatever income tax bracket you happen to be in at that time. So, for example, let’s just say Jill here has $100,000 in a traditional IRA and would like to convert it to a Roth IRA, which we’ll we’ll talk more about why she might want to do that here in a moment. But if Jill moves forward with her $100,000 Roth IRA conversion, she’s going to have to add $100,000 of income to her tax return for that year, which will be taxable at whatever rate Jill happens to be at, which again could be significant. And that’s why because this is a big decision and can have significant impact on your taxes, please always discuss this option with your tax advisor beforehand.

So, why would you voluntarily choose to make one of those Roth IRA conversions and pay taxes to Uncle Sam before you have to? Well, there are a lot of reasons, but perhaps the most common reason is one we’ve already discussed to pay off Uncle Sam now so that you don’t uh so that you own your retirement account free and clear for life. And remember, with a Roth IRA, you have the potential for future tax-free withdrawals of everything in your account. If you’re 59 and a half and over and you’ve had any Roth IRA for more than 5 years, then remember, all withdrawals from any of your Roth IAS will be tax and penalty-free for life. And if you’re over 59 and a half, but haven’t had a Roth IRA for 5 years yet, you can still take out any of your converted amount tax and penalty-free at any time. Just unfortunately, if you’re younger than 59 and a half, other rules apply.

Something else to keep in mind is that unlike Roth IRA contributions, there are no restrictions on who can make Roth IRA conversions. And this is a big one. You can’t be too old, you can’t be too young, you can be working or you can be retired. There’s no minimum amount of income you need or a maximum amount of income you can have. I think you see what I mean. If if you want to convert uh uh your IRA to a Roth IRA, there’s nothing in the tax rules that will stop you from doing so.

Now, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, however, eliminates what’s called the Reccharacterization option for conversions made in 2018 and later. So, just to go back a bit, before 2018, if for example, you decide to convert your traditional IRA to Roth, you were able to change that back for, you know, reasons if you wanted to. However, now, if you convert your Roth IRA uh now or in the future, you’re pretty much you’re stuck with that decision.

Now, another big benefit of the Roth IRA, and one that many retirees find attractive, is that Roth IRA have no required minimum distributions during your lifetime. Uncle Sam cannot force you to take money from these Roth IAS, unlike your traditional IRA. Remember all those RMD calculations and potential mistakes we talked about earlier? They’re not an issue if you have a Roth IRA. During your lifetime, you can take as much or as little as you want. You’re not forced to take anything at 73 if you don’t want to. That means your Roth IRA can continue to grow and compound tax-free for you and your heirs, which also makes it a very intriguing vehicle from an estate planning perspective. Uh, which I see very often uh here at Alliant.

The potential tax-free nature of the Roth IRA may also provide you with additional benefits such as a hedge against tax rates rising in the future. Like I discussed before, we are at historically low tax rates. So, when it comes to your retirement, there are a lot of unknowns like what are the markets going to do? What’s inflation going to be like? and what will your tax rate be? That last one, taxes, which you hear me talk about a lot, is a major concern for many retirees and one we’ve already talked about a bit. A Roth IRA conversion can help manage that risk by paying taxes at today’s known rates. If tax rates rise in the future, tax-free distributions from Roth IAS will be even more valuable for you. Of course, if you think your tax rate will be lower in retirement, then that would be an indication that maybe this strategy is not right for you. Also, uh since Roth IRA distributions in retirement are generally tax-free, they typically don’t impact the other things tied to your income that we discussed earlier.

So, we’ve talked about the benefits of a Roth for estate planning purposes, but it also has ancillary benefits, including the impact on social benefits. By social benefits, we’re talking about social security, Medicare, etc. Think about an IRA. The income is 100% taxable. It’s included as provisional income for social security purposes and it’s included in modified adjusted gross income for Medicare purposes. The same income coming out of a Roth is not taxable. It is not included in provisional income and is not included in modified adjusted gross income. So, when it comes to pricing, you know, how much benefits are taxed and how much your government benefits cost, the Roth brings those big advantages.

Now, before we continue with a Roth IRA conversion example, please remember that converting a traditional IRA or an employer plan account like 401k to a Roth IRA is a taxable event. Increased taxable income from the Roth IRA conversion may have several consequences, including but not limited to a need for additional tax withholding or estimated tax payments, possibly the loss of certain tax deductions and credits, and higher taxes on Social Security benefits along with higher Medicare premiums. So again, I can’t stress enough, please be sure you consult with your qualified tax advisor before making any decisions regarding your IRA. And keep in mind that for those of you uh thinking about converting a traditional IRA annuity to a Roth IRA annuity, while maintaining all of the features of that annuity, the taxable amount will be the contract value plus the actuarial present value of those additional benefits. So, it is generally preferable that you have funds to pay for these taxes upon conversion from funds outside of your IRA or employer plan account. So, if you elect to take distributions from your IRA to pay the conversion taxes, please keep in mind the potential uh consequences such as an assessment of product surrender charges or additional IRS penalties for these premature distributions.

All right. So, Roth IRA conversions may be able to help you keep more money after all the taxes have been paid. So, let’s take a look at a hypothetical example of someone over that age of 59 a half considering a Roth IRA conversion of $10,000. We’re going to assume that the marginal tax rate now is at 12%. Like you see there on the left and the tax rate later when it is taken out will be 24%. On the other side of the the teeter totter there. If this individual does not complete a Roth IRA conversion and just continued to let that pre-tax money grow for another 10 years at a 5% return, you can see there they’ll have about $16,289.

Then if they take the money out and pay the income tax of 24%. They would have had $12,380 left over, which is the after tax value there. However, if they chose to complete a Roth IRA conversion, they would have to pay 12% of the money in taxes and would have only 8,800 left in the Roth IRA. So you think that doesn’t sound too good. Assuming again annual growth rate of 5% per year for 10 years, they would have $14,334 that they can access income tax-free since this Roth IRA owner owner is over 59 a.5 and they meet that 5-year requirement. So that’s potentially $1,954 more or 15.8% more if they complete the Roth IRA conversion and just pay that income tax now instead of keeping the pre-tax money in the retirement plan or IRA and pay the income tax later when they withdraw the money. You can see how powerful that can potentially be.

Now, this chart can help you understand how a Roth IRA conversion might help given those various tax brackets both now and later. So, as you can see, see moving across the top there in that blue bar, uh, is where you’ll find the current marginal tax bracket. So, in this example, let’s just say it’s 12%. Now, if we move down from there, you can see how much a Roth IRA conversion might help. Later, this money would be taxable at 24%. Okay, a Roth IRA conversion can help you end up with 15.8% more money after income tax. So again, very powerful what these conversions can potentially do. And this next chart, I just wanted to share uh this slide to show you that we have specific financial planning tools that can help determine your specific effective tax rate at specific times of your life. So obviously, you know, this is not a one-sizefits-all model. So we can get down to the accurate details of how taxes will potentially look for you come retirement down the line. So again, this is an example of what I deal with with clients when they ask, “Well, how’s my tax situation going to look when I’m, you know, 74 or, you know, 78?” This is how we can get into those accurate type of uh details down the line.

So whenever a Roth IRA conversion is considered, you must consider two tax scenarios. The first is how the future tax situation might play out without the conversion. And then the other is how the conversion will impact today’s situation relative uh with to your income taxes, your Medicare premiums, and potentially your 3.8% what’s called net investment income tax on some of your holdings.

Now, reducing the amount of tax paid may mean more money for retirement expenses or for passing along to your beneficiaries. And here we can see how much ordinary income a married couple, both over age 65, can absorb in the various tax brackets. And so, some of this might apply to you. So, in that first 10% uh bracket, you can absorb up to $57,50 before moving on in to that 12% bracket. If you fall within that 12% bracket, you can absorb $130,000 just over that before moving to the next 22% bracket. And then finally, you can absorb up to 239,000 before moving up to the 24% bracket. So again, just to show you how these brackets work in terms of uh the potent the income that you’re currently currently receiving and how much you can absorb moving forward. This can be a very important uh decision uh to make when uh considering Roth conversions.

So, this is what I like to call a a savvy conversion strategy. Uh, that might be helpful helpful and we call this the filling up the bracket strategy. So, remember those tax brackets we looked at earlier? Well, sometimes you can find yourself in the middle of one of them with room to add more income without pushing yourself uh and spilling over into one of the higher tax brackets. So let’s take for example in 2021 the 22% tax bracket for married couples filing a joint return goes from about 81,000 to about 172,000 that year. So 81,000 to about 172,000. Suppose then that you file a joint return and your taxable income is $100,000. That means that you can add another 72,000. Remember the $172,000 is that limit for the 22% bracket. You can add another 72,000 of income without going into that next bracket. Making a Roth IRA conversion of that remaining amount could make sense to you. Now, if you plan to convert a sizable portion of your IRA, this approach is often more tax efficient than converting the full amount all at one time. So, instead, you can make smaller Roth IRA conversions over a number of years, filling up your bracket each time. This can help reduce the average tax rate you’ll pay on that converted money and also just spreads out the tax bill over a longer period of time, which clients like to see. You’re not taking one big tax hit all in in that one year.

Now, Roth IRA conversions can be especially useful if you have uh had a low income year. So, say for example, you’re a business owner with unusually low sales or are you paying high non-reoccurring medical bills or maybe you’re retired but not yet receiving social security benefits or pensions or IRA distributions. These are the type of questions to ask to see if a Roth IRA conversion is a good move for you. And again, here at Alliant, we can certainly help with determining if that’s appropriate. All right. Now, moving on to the original IRA owner. That’s a beautiful picture there, by the way. Once you reach a certain age, the law requires that you begin to take what are known as required minimum distributions or RMDs for short. You take these from your traditional IRA. The same rules generally apply to employer sponsored plans like 401ks, too. RMDs are simply the bare minimum amounts you’re required to take from your retirement account each year to satisfy the tax code rules. And again, this section is uh an important uh topic, these RMDs, because as you go get older into retirement, you’re going to start to hear that term RMDs. RMDs. The specific age when you must begin taking these RMDs depends on when you were born. Okay? So, if you were 72 or older as of the end of 2022, some of you should already be taking RMDs uh from your IAS. For those of you who are still younger than 72 at the end of 2022, you’ll have to start taking RMDs when you turn age 73 or 75 depending on when you were born again. So, as you can see here on the bottom of that screen, for those of you born from 1951 through 1959, you’ll start taking RMDs at age 73. And for those of you born in 1960 or later, you’ll start taking RMDs when you reach 75. That is un unless Congress changes the rules again between now and then. And just a final thought before we move on, remember that you can always take more, but if you fail to take at least uh that minimum amount that they require, the good old IRS can actually hit you with a 25% penalty for any amount that you should have taken but didn’t. So again, that’s very important to take the minimum required. You can always take more, but do not take less. Now, of course, most people don’t think about things in terms of factors or life expecties. So, I put together this chart here that I think you’ll find helpful. It shows the approximate percentage you need to take out of your IRA from age 73 to age 90 in order to steer clear of that 25% penalty. If you look, you’ll see that each year the percentage you need to take out increases. Now, just because the percentage increases, that doesn’t necessarily mean you need to take out more money each year than the last, as that also depends on how much your IRA gains or loses from year to year.

Now, since the RMD age has increased to 73, it may be tempting to simply delay all that IRA withdrawals until then. And while not everyone will be able to do this, those that can should be aware of rapidly growing distributions that might move them into these higher tax brackets. So again, this graph illustrates the required minimum distributions at various ages. And again, assuming that the initial IRA balance is at age 65 and earns 5% a year, this just shows how your RMD can possibly affect your tax situation as those IRA balances grow over time, which hopefully they should.

Now, this graph illustrates the increase in RMD amounts when compared to inflation. This assumes that the initial IRA balance here is $1 million at age 73 and earns 5% a year and an inflation rate of 2.5% and that RMDs are taken out at the end of the year. So if we assume that tax brackets and deductions are adjusted at the rate of inflation and if the RMD amount is increasing faster than inflation, it could push the taxpayer into a higher tax bracket. Now if this seems likely, Roth conversions and other strategies should be examined as part of a draw down strategy. And again, working with the tax professional should always be considered before taking any action to manage any tax strategies. So therefore, appropriate Roth IRA conversions before these RMD distributions uh be build too high could be a viable strategy to help you keep more of your money after income taxes have been paid. Now, this next slide uh is something I get excited about. This is an example of a married couple, Bob and Mary, who are both retired at age 65 and living on their social security and pension. Okay? And I have to mention this slide, by the way, is a sample from an actual retirement plan uh that I created for a client. You can see here the the dark blue, navy blue that’s consistent across the board is social security. The teal green is uh other income such as in uh pension. And then when you see those dark orange bars there, that represents the RMDs that they’re going to have to take out of their IAS come 73. So you can just see here how that income jumps. Whether you like it or not, this is going to happen at some point if you own traditional IAS or 401ks. So based on that info, you can see that their tax liability is going to increase as well based on those RMDs. So with Bob and Mary, assuming they live to age 95 down the line in uh 203, they would have paid total taxes in the amount of $832,000 that you can see there. Until you see these numbers in front of you, it’s you don’t believe it. $832,000 in total taxes. But now let’s consider Roth conversions. This is another slide that was taken uh from a part of the actual financial software uh and financial plan that I used to help determine how much to possibly convert based on client specific tax situations and retirement assets and in my opinion a very powerful tool that I use consistently from week to week as a financial adviser. By doing these Roth conversions, you can see that the red bars are those additional are the additional taxes that Bob and Mary would have pay in the first few years. But then you look at those light gray bars, that’s represents less taxes they would pay in those later years. And the impact is powerful. In this example, by initiating a Roth conversion, my clients save almost $142,000 in taxes over their lifetime. And they increase, you can see there on the right under total portfolio, they increase their overall wealth in the long run by almost $830,000.

When I see this in front of me and when I’m dealing with clients, this will show you, first of all, thanks a lot, Uncle Sam. and that’s how you’re trying to get me. But there are tools to help mitigate this. So, I like to say these financial plans uh are like tax uh retirement tax blueprints. They give you a snapshot of how your tax situation can potentially be mitigated by these Roth conversion strategies.

Now, let’s move on to the surviving spouse.

In this hypothetical case, we see Adam and Ann’s income. Assume they have 58,841 of ordinary income from their IAS and or pensions and they have $60,000 of social security retirement income in their married filing joint tax status. You can see there they would have paid $8,841 in total income tax.

Now, if we look at this example with Ann filing as a single taxpayer, she would lose a social security check and need to withdraw 98,935 in order to pay the increased taxes of 18,935 that you see there and keep the after tax income the same. So here the IRA withdrawal would increase 68%. And the taxes would increase 114%.

While Adam was alive, they were in the 12% marginal tax bracket and with Adam gone, Anne is in the 24% bracket.

So again, appropriate conversions before the first death could be a viable strategy to reduce taxes for the surviving spouse and give him or her access to income tax-free income.

Now moving on to the home stretch uh onto beneficiaries to finish our discussion here. Let’s look at a hypothetical example of Carrie. Okay, she’s 45. Assume she has in uh hasn’t inherited uh a $1 million traditional IRA from her deceased mother. She doesn’t need the money uh the money now and doesn’t want to increase her taxable income. Under the old rules, she can stretch the withdrawals and would only need to take out $25,773

as an RMD in this first year. That was under the old rules. Under the new rules, if she were to withdraw evenly over 10 years, that’s the magic number, 10 years, she would take 123,338

a year, which is a significant jump, obviously. So, in this hypothetical example, let’s look at the taxes on this inherited IRA, assuming Carrie is single and she has taxable income of $90,000 a year. Without the inherited IRA distributions, Carrie with her work income is in the 22% bracket. When Carrie adds 123,328 to her taxable income, now she is filling up the 24 uh 24% tax bracket as well as adding income in the 32% bracket. In this simplistic example, Carrie would pay over 310,000 on the inherited IRA over the 10 years of distribution. And believe it or not, these are the type of real life examples that we see here, you know, consistently with clients.

And here’s one final hypothetical example to help illustrate this. Let’s assume mom and dad have an IRA that will most likely go to their son as beneficiary, sole beneficiary, and they’re thinking about converting $50,000 a year for the next 5 years in their 12% federal tax bracket. Their son, who’s working, is in a 24% bracket and will most likely stay here. In this hypothetical example, we see that without the conversion, mom and dad will have access to more money than their beneficiaries because their tax bracket is lower. If however, mom and dad uh decide to do conversions at their 12% tax bracket, their access remains the same, but the beneficiary values increase because the tax was paid in a lower bracket. After 10 years, the converted values for the beneficiary are about $56,000 more than the unconverted values of $56,259. And after 20 years, this increases to about $110,000. So, two things to note. First, in this case, doing Roth IRA conversion, it did not reduce liquidity for mom and dad as as indicated by uh that red dotted line there. And second, the beneficiary received more because the taxes were paid at a lower tax bracket as indicated by the dotted orange line, which is a little bit hard to see because it’s kind of under that blue line.

Now, here are some considerations of Roth IRA conversions. Just some bullet points here. Again, there’s no income limitations on Roth conversions. Conversions are taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Keep in mind the deadline of December 31st. There is no pre-age 59 additional tax on conversions and no um as we’ve mentioned previously, please be aware of the unintended consequences of Roth IRA conversions such as increased taxes on social security benefits and Medicare.

So again, just a quick summary what I think are the most important bullet points before we finish here. First, future tax uh the future tax environment is uncertain but points to potential higher taxes moving forward and these Roth IAS can be an effective tool in diversifying tax allocations. Also, Roth IAS are not subject to RMDs, which is huge and can be effective in managing many risks to the retirement assets. These are some of the most taxefficient assets to leave to your heirs. And then finally, Roth conversion strategies are just an important consideration in any retirement strategy. And I’ve found this to be very prevalent here over the years uh as a financial uh adviser here. So, at the end of the day, we’re here at Alliant to help. You know, I’ve been here uh for most of you or some of you who know me, I’ve been in this business for over the last 20 years. 17 years here at Alliant and my focus as a financial adviser has been on helping clients navigate through retirement and pre-retirement. So, I know most of you might have a lot of questions, especially pertaining to your specific retirement and tax situation and possibly other topics dealing with maybe social security and your other employer plans like 401k or pensions. And again, that’s why I’m here. That’s why the adviserss at Alliant are here. We’re here to be a trusted resource to help you answer questions regarding financial planning and the topics under that large umbrella such as Roth IAS and IRA, social security and pensions to name a few. So, in a minute here, I’m just going to uh ask you to answer a quick poll after this presentation because it really helps me with my efforts uh to educate our clients and members on financial planning topics, Roth IRA conversions, just being one of many. So, when you complete the poll, uh there’s a section that’s going to ask if you’d like a follow-up meeting with me personally, whether that’s just a phone call or a Zoom meeting or in person. This is complimentary. It’s no obligation. Uh it’s a service that we offer here uh where during our meeting, we can talk about your specific retirement planning needs and how this will affect this next chapter of your life if it’s retirement. So coming out of that meeting, we can act as your resource and at least help you determine how your retirement looks based on how Roth IRA conversions can affect your specific in uh situation. For example, naturally, we can help you with the key financial planning and investment advice uh that relates to your situation, too. We just want you to be prepared and organized for uh this next aspect of your life so you and your family can have that peace of mind knowing that you’ve got a plan for making most of your retirement accounts. So if you could please help and answer the poll, I would greatly appreciate it as I appreciate all your time today. Uh that concludes my presentation and would love to open it up for some Q&A. I see that uh we have a lot of questions coming in. So uh let’s see if we can answer some of these or most of these. Also, I’ll leave my contact information here for you uh if there’s any questions that I can answer offline. So let’s start with the questions. So how do you coordinate RMDs with social security timing? That is a great question and this is where planning genuinely gets complicated. So if you delay social security to age 70 to maximize your benefit, for example, you may have that window between 65 and 70 where your income is low, making it an ideal time for Roth conversions. But delaying social security also means you’re going to get a larger check combined with those RMDs after 73. So, it can definitely push you into that higher bracket. Um, and remember that up to 85% of social security benefits are taxable once combined uh income exceeds that 44,000 for a married couple. So, these are the type of numbers that we can work with you to uh assess to see what’s appropriate uh for your uh RMD strategy and and Roth conversion if necessary. Is there a chart, Sharon asks, on average Roth interest rates? Unfortunately, no. And I’ll tell you why, Sharon. So, it’s it’s not the Roth per se that you know offers these interest rates. If you think of a Roth IRA, just like a traditional IRA, all that is is essentially a shell, right? It’s the a it’s an account that is a shell that is used for, you know, different tax purposes. traditional and Roth IRA, it’s what goes inside that shell or that account that is going to determine in interest your interest rates uh your performance. So for example, if you have a Roth IRA or traditional IRA with a credit union, say in a savings account that’s earning 3%. Right? So essentially, if you have a Roth IRA, you can go on our website, uh Alliant Credit Union, and see what the rates are with with share certificates and whatnot. If you have an investment IRA that can be performing based on an index like the S&P or different mutual funds. So Sharon, all that Roth IRA is is is a shell and what goes in it or you know the the holdings that are in that whether it’s stocks or bonds, mutual funds, that’s what’s going to determine your uh performance on that account. So that’s a great question.

So if I open a Roth today at another question and five years later I want to take some money out even if I have contributed in 2 to 5 years that withdrawal rate is taxree. Yes, as long as you’re over 59 and a half your contributions are tax-free. Sorry Uncle Sam, you’re not getting anything out of that. Um let’s see here. Nancy asks, “When you withdraw from a Roth, I know it has to be in there for 5 years plus age 59 and a half. So for contributions made prior to 2021, can they be withdrawn, but funds after cannot until they’ve been in there for 5 years or is the 5 years after the account is opened?” Nancy, great question. That 5 years is after the account is opened. Okay. So again, that will apply to you uh just on contributions if you decide to take money prior to 5 years. It’s 5 years when the account was open. Okay, Fred asks, “K1s don’t arrive until after January 1st. This makes figuring one’s tax bracket difficult. Suggestions, Fred, great question. And K1’s, at least for me as an adviser, can be a nightmare. And that’s why when you have uh K1 statement uh tax statements, that is where you definitely have to uh work with a tax advisor to determine how that is going to affect your tax situation. Because for those of you who don’t know, K1s are are different tax um uh similar to 1099 tax form that are used for different other types of investments. And again, that’s a whole another can of worms uh when it comes to your tax situation, Fred. So, uh, absolutely work with a tax adviser to determine what your, you know, potential tax, uh, bracket’s going to be, and then we can determine if a conversion is going to be appropriate. So, Bet Betsy, do you convert each year into the same Roth account or do you have to open new accounts each year? Well, guess what? That’s entirely up to you. We have clients that have numerous Roths. Um, you know, and later in retirement, from a logistical standpoint, you it might be uh, you know, wise to have fewer Roths, but it is entirely up to you. I have clients that have five to 10 Roths spread out, right? But in terms of your contributions, you can only make up to those limits each year. I mean, you can convert as, remember, as much as you want. Um but when it comes to contributing, you cannot exceed those contribution uh limits each year. But that is a great question. Um so no, you do not have to open a new one. You can keep those Roths uh in the same account each each year if you decide. Janette, me and spouse earns 150,000 plus a year, but we pay tax on tax season. Our tax preparer asks us to stop contribution for our Roth. Is this correct, Janette? That is a another good question. But your tax advisor knows better than I do for your specific tax, you know, situation. So, if he asks you to stop contributing to a Roth, I think that’s correct because he’s looking at your overall picture. And if he’s asking you to stop contributing to a Roth, I don’t know if it’s because he wants you to contribute more to traditional so you can take that as a deduction that year to lower your taxable income. You know what? So I’m hardressed to uh go against what a uh tax advisor says about your situation. Um so again, I think it would be wise to go to him and say, “Well, why why do you want me to stop, you know, conver uh contributing to a Roth? uh is it because you want to take tax deductions from contributing to a traditional IRA instead? That might be what he’s uh looking towards and maybe why he’s making that recommendation. These are great questions. I’m telling you, you all are keeping me on my toes today. Um here’s a question from Mike. How do I determine or how do you determine whether I should convert and how much? Again, this is uh what I mentioned in in my presentation is it is really specific to your tax situation uh and whether or not it is going to be wise to do that because again for some people I I get clients in here that says well Sean I want to convert you know I heard that’s that’s how you lower you know your income tax. Yes, up to a a certain extent but if it doesn’t make sense for you you know if you’re already in a high tax bracket it will not make sense. And you know, Mike, this is a uh found a very good question, but a solid answer involves a few variables, right? It uh involves your current marginal tax rate. It can uh it’s it deals with your projected rate in retirement and the number of years a converted dollar has to grow tax-free. So again, these are the kind of things uh that we can assess for you uh in our complimentary financial plan that again will speak volumes for your situation. So, oh, here’s a good question. Are investment options the same in a Roth 401k versus a uh traditional 401k? Yes and no. And I love this because many people don’t know this. If you’re still working, you know, for many of those of you who have had a traditional 401k, it’s usually traditional 401k. Over the last decade, many employers now have uh Roth 401ks. So, the good news about 401 uh the Roth 401ks is there are no income limits to contribute to this. So I would find out if you work at a company that offers 401k, does that company offer Roth 401k? This is something that you can put in again after tax dollars that will be tax-free for later your contributions. Um but in terms of this original question, are the investment options the same? They can be the same, they can be different. It’s entirely up to you. it is on your discretion to determine okay do I want to put money aggressively into uh you know a 2040 target date fund or if I’m if I’m more riskaverse I can put those monies into more bond funds you have that flexibility um again based on the selections of investments in that 401k let’s see oh Betsy was asking please clarify so employer Roth Betsy I want you to find out if your employer offers Roth 401k because you know what even though you don’t have income limits uh to to contribute you are bound to the uh 401k contribution limits each year. So those two are very different and I’m going to um pull something up really quick here just so I can talk to you. And so for 2026, the 401k contribution limits is 24,500. So what I was saying, uh, Betsy, is if your company offers that, you have the ability within your company plan to contribute up to 24,500 in a 401k. If you were to open up a Roth IRA outside of your employer plan, you’re bound by those IRA contribution limits, which I mentioned earlier about 7,500, you know, 8,600 if you’re 50 or or older. So, Loretta, good to hear from you. What is your fee for your service? We are a firsttime, no fee, no obligation service when it comes to assessing your situation and putting together a financial plan for you. If you decide to work with us with me as your financial adviser, depending again on your specific situation, there are feebased services that we offer management uh based uh you know because we are fiduciary here. We have feebased services that are are tiered based on your uh relationship with us or if you know we determine that uh you have u you know assets that don’t need to be managed by you know active you know management there are holdings that we have that have zero fees. So again, Loretta, it it just depends on on your um situation, you know, how comfortable are you with paying fees, the type of risk that you have, uh what’s your timeline when it comes to your uh investment objectives. Uh but otherwise to work with us directly um initially to put together this financial plan uh for you cost zero. That’s what you get as members of Alliant Credit Union. And I always like to say, you know, it’s uh it’s good not paying fees. Nancy has another question. Can you utilize ketchup contributions to Roth through your company contributions? No, this is only applicable to IAS. So, uh when it comes to 401k contributions, Nancy, it is bound by the uh maximum employee contribution limits within 401ks. Um and the total combined. So if your company matches right so you have your contribution then you have your employer the total contribution limit is 72,000. So um yes you are good in in terms of the uh contribution limits in terms of contributing more within that 401 uh K. Um, actually, you know what, Nancy, I retract. I was thinking, I don’t know what I was thinking. Ketchup limits within a 401k, $8,000. So, forgive me. Uh, you do have an $8,000 catch-up limit if you’re 59 uh 50 to 59. And then, not only that, you also have a if you’re age 60 to 63, you have an $11,000 uh 250 limit if your plan allows that. So, forgive me. There are catch-up contribution limits uh Nancy. So, ask your employer if if that if that is uh available to you in terms of the Roth because that might be a good way to go.

All right. Rapid fire today. I love it. Um, it really shows me that you you all are uh interested in in these type of Roth conversion um strategies, which is is phenomenal because I don’t know about you, at the end of the day, I’m not really a big fan of Uncle Sam taking my client’s money or my money. Uh, so if we can find ways to mitigate that, I’m all about it. So, uh, again, I truly appreciate all of your time. I love doing these things uh for for our members. Uh so please join us again for for other topics that we have uh just as you know a resource for you again. And if there are any questions that I haven’t answered or that you you come up with later, my information is on uh the slide up on the on the screen here. Please feel free to reach out to me. I’m located here in Chicago. Uh but I will reach out to anyone at any time uh if if you need me. Um, and again via phone, Zoom meeting, in person if you are in the Chicagoland area. Um, but again, I know your time is valuable and and again, thank you so much. Uh, have a great upcoming weekend here and uh, thanks again. We appreciate uh, your time and and what you uh, your business here at Alliant. Thank you folks. Oh, and for let’s see here.

Looks like there were a few questions that just trickled in if you’re still on these uh on this webinar. As a financial consultant, what is the rate that a client pays to Amber? I think I answered that it is zero initially and then we can determine how much uh you know if you are comfortable with our fee based uh strategies, how much those fees are. Helen, since conversion is due by 1231, how do we know what our tax bracket if income 1099s are not received until 131? Helen, great question. If you’re still here, uh, that is going to be determined again by your tax accountant or tax advisor. Uh, because, you know, as an adviser on my end, I can only view, you know, what you provide me in terms of, you know, how much, you know, I can I should convert based on what my tax advisor told me. So, if you know you’re going into um uh the new year, you know, that might be a little bit more difficult. Um but working with your tax advisor that they’ll determine how much you can convert hopefully by the end of of that tax year 1231.

Matt, what do the state planning coordination services entail? That again is part of our financial plan here. And forgive me if I am you are not on this call Matt I will reach out to you afterwards but if you’re still on our estate planning coordination services entail uh more you know trust accounts right um what type of accounts are going or need to have to be in in trust so we work closely with uh estate planning attorneys whether we provide them for you or if there’s something someone you’re working with uh we can coordinate with those uh trust estate trust attorneys is to determine, you know, what appropriate plan is there uh for you and and your estate. So, it’s a little more detailed, but it’s more of a team uh type of collaboration when it comes to estate planning. If I want to convert here in 2026, must I do it before 1231? Paul, the answer, yes. 1231’s the magic number. And unfortunately uh based on privacy uh rules and compliance I cannot send out the slide presentations. Uh but if you have questions Paul please feel free to contact me directly if any of you by that uh nature need any uh more information on what we talked about today.

Again for those of you on I appreciate the time and uh have a great rest of the week.

June 19, 2026
06/18/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Mid-Year Money Moves – Achieving Financial Goals

Hello everyone. We’ll give it a few minutes here to allow everybody to join. Thank you for attending today. Still see some people filing in here. Give it a few more seconds before we get started. All right, let’s go ahead and get started here. Hello everyone. Thanks for joining today’s webinar presented by Alliant Retirement and Investment Services in partnership with Alliant Credit Union. We will have a live question and answer session at the end of the presentation. Please submit your questions regarding today’s topic midyear money moves building a personalized financial plan or about Alliant retirement and investment services in the chat or the Q&A. The presentation is recorded and a link will be provided later by email for ondemand viewing. Our speaker today is Bill Rosito who works with members in Northern California and the San Francisco area. Bill joined the team at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services in 2019 and focuses on helping members with the whatifs, whether it’s unexpected expenses, changes in the economy, or potential healthc care events along with retirement and estate planning. Please make sure to adjust your volume to an appropriate level as settings may vary by user. Let’s go ahead and start our presentation on midyear money moves. Welcome everybody to today’s presentation. My name is Bill Russo. I’m one of the financial consultants here at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. Now, before we get started, it’s important to acknowledge that there’s no single perfect planning strategy. Every option comes with its own advantages and limitations and no one approach is going to work for everybody. Here at Alliant Retirement Investment Services, or we like to say ARIS, we understand that everybody’s situation is unique and different. In this presentation, we’re going to share key insights to help you make informed decisions about planning and saving for college, retirement, or frankly anything else you want to plan for. Our team at Alliant Retirement Investment Services is focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, and so much more. A great place to start is at our website ais. That’s aris.allioncreditun.com.

There you’ll see a list of our weekly webinars, our podcast, Investsavvy, our blog, as well as other financial resources and all of our bios as well. We help most of our clients by planning for long-term events. Long-term events is anything beyond 18 months. Why 18 months? Because once you go beyond 18 months, you’re starting to compete with the long-term effects of money. Inflation. Inflation is the rate at which prices go up over time. Gas, food, housing. We’ve been getting a crash course in that in the last few years. Well, what we do here is we help you plan for the major events and get you there as quickly as possible while limiting your taxes, your risk, and your fees. Today, I’m going to talk to you about how you can work towards achieving your various financial goals, whether they be retirement, college savings, or anything else, while still managing your debt, emergency reserves, and competing priorities. Now, before you can save and achieve all your financial goals, you have to have money to put away to do so. So, I encourage everyone to try to live off of 70 to 80% of your income to create some capacity to save. Now, I get that this may mean making some small sacrifices, especially in the short term, to free up money to put towards other goals. However, we also have budget worksheets at Alliant that we can kind of share with you that give you an idea of where you are seeing your money go just to put up a financial mirror to see this is where your money’s going so that you can be the boss of your money instead of your money being the boss of you. So, when you are starting to goal, the first thing you got to do is define the goal. You want to see what it is you’re saving for and then determine when you’re going to want to need it. You know, so if it’s 5 10 years down the road, then you have to consider how much it’s going to cost. Not today, but at the time you’re going to want to buy it. Once you define the goal, now it’s time to make a plan on how to achieve it. So you want to know how much to save. The entire amount, a portion, a down payment. Obviously, this going to depend on your goal. Next you want to do is figure out which account makes the most sense for the goal. There are different advantages for different account types, which I’m going to get to in a second. You also want to use an appropriate investment strategy for the goal. You got to invest appropriately for the timeline and diversify. Now, as I just alluded on the screen before, there are different advantages for different types of accounts. Regarding retirement and college savings specifically, there are potential tax benefits that exist when you’re saving in certain qualified accounts. I don’t know too many people who want to work into their 90s, so almost everybody can agree that the number one savings goal that most people are going to have is retirement. Now, there are two simple factors that can help you answer the question of how much is enough. Your age and your salary. In order to retire and maintain the same lifestyle that you currently have, I believe you should aim to save the specified multiples of your current salary by your respective ages. So, the savings target shown here assume that retirement age is going to be 65. They also assume that most retirement savers should plan to replace about 75% of your pre-retirement income to maintain your lifestyle during a 30 some odd year retirement. So I get that those numbers may look intimidating especially in those later years. But remember compounding is your friend and it’s working for you. So it’s important to focus on saving early and often. You should save at least try to save at least 15% of your salary each year for retirement. Now, that that doesn’t all have to come from you. Some of it can come from your company contributions and things like that. If your budget, you know, doesn’t allow for that. Well, then save what you can now. We I suggest at least 6% and then increase your contributions by 2% or more each year. Over time, you’re going to get up to that 15% target savings rate, and you’re going to feel a lot more confident about your progress towards your retirement vision. The best way to manage risk is to understand the concept of asset allocation. Asset allocation is investing your money in spreading it out and diversifying into different investments. Now, the more risk you take, like say in stocks, you’re going to earn a lot more money over time, but it’s also going to fluctuate a lot more. So, you need time to make up for that risk. Whereas shorter term assets like bonds and well, short-term assets like checking accounts and CDs and things like that, they have less risk, but they may not necessarily beat inflation over time. So, you need to balance this out. Now, most of us invest within our 401ks or 403bs or retirement accounts in mutual funds. And in those different types of accounts, you’re going to have two different ways to invest. Age-based investments, you may have heard of target funds. Those are age-based investments where it’ll have a target date. Now, the further that target date is, the more aggressive that fund will be. As it gets closer to that date, it’ll automatically pull back on the risk to be more in bonds and less risky investments. The other type is if you want a little bit more control over your investments, you can build your own portfolio and pick your own mutual funds yourselves. Now, this gives you more control, but it also gives you more responsibility because now you’re responsible for balancing it out. And periodically, usually every quarter or so, you should go in and rebalance and make sure that it’s performing the way you want it to. Everybody needs emergency savings or a cash reserve account. Trust me, you do not want to be the one who their car breaks down or you have a short-term need at home and you have to pull out your credit card without having the money to back it up or worse yet have to liquidate your 401k to take care of a short-term need. That is a super super expensive way to fund a short-term need. Okay, so how much cash is enough to keep in a cash reserve? Well, I suggest saving between 3 to 6 months of living expenses in cash at all times as a cash reserve. Now, that’s how much you spend, not how much you make. So, if you spend 5,000 a month, you probably want to keep between 15 and 30,000 in cash at all times. If it’s less, well, you may need a little less. If it’s more, if it’s 10,000 a month, you may want to keep between 30 and 60,000. But the right number is up to you. If you have no idea how much your expenses are, well, you may want to consider setting a goal of 20, 15 to 20% of your income would be a good target to start with. College savings is often top of mind for a lot of parents. Let’s I get it. I have three in college right now. I have one in New York, one in California, and one in Nevada. So, I understand how important it is to save. However, when it comes to saving for a child’s education, I encourage parents to continue saving towards retirement and only consider reducing your retirement contributions to fund a college account if your retirement is already on track. When I talk about being on track, I’m going to go back to that chart I showed you earlier with the X time salary figures depend on your age. If you’re not on track for retirement, you really could end up jeopardizing your future by stopping to save for a college education. Now, if you’re already positioned well to save for education, great. I encourage you to set aside a savings goal of a kind of a down payment, which is a target of saving approximately 50% of your child’s education costs. There are all sorts of calculators online that can that can help you figure this out. And frankly, you can, you know, we can help you with this as well. So, once you decide that you want to start saving for college, there’s a couple of different ways to do it. You can do it in a regular taxable account where you contribute money to the account. You invest in whatever you want. Your options are endless. Now, you’re likely to pay taxes on any earnings along the way via 1099. And then you’re also going to pay taxes on any other earnings when you pull it out via capital gains. Then you get to spend whatever’s left over after paying your taxes. There are other tax advantage accounts as well though that you can contribute to. The most popular of which being a 529 where you invest in something, typically it’s mutual funds. You pay no taxes on any earnings when you withdraw as long as you spend the money on qualified education expenses. And then you get to spend the entire balance since you don’t pay any taxes on any of the earnings. Also, as an extra added bonus, many states offer additional tax benefits for contributions to a 529 plan as well. So either check it out with your local state or ask one of us for advice on it. Now switching gears a little bit. Managing debt is a common goal that I hear about all the time. Often debt prevents people from being able to save for retirement or achieve the other different financial goals you have. Now debt itself is not necessarily a bad thing. It just needs to be managed. I have a saying that I say you know there’s good debt and bad debt. Good debt are debt that earns equity over time like a mortgage or if you’re, you know, funding a business or something like that. Bad debt is credit card debt. It’s super expensive. Now, I’m not saying credit cards are bad. Credit cards are fine. I use them all the time. you get the miles, all that great stuff, but when that bill comes at the end of the month, you have to pay it off because otherwise it’s very expensive money. It comes to paying off debt, you want to target highinterest credit card debt first and work hard to pay that off as quickly as possible. understand that, you know, you may not be able to pay off all your credit card debt in a month or two, but I really encourage you to to make a plan to try and pay off credit card debt or any highinterest debt within 1 to 3 years. Now, there are a couple approaches on how best to tackle debt. The first school of thought is the behavioral approach. That’s where a person tackles the lowest balances first and works hard to pay them off while continuing to make payments on all the other cards. Once the smallest card is eliminated, then you take all the amount that you were paying towards the smallest card and you take that and add it to your next highest balance. What this does is this creates a little momentum where you see the progress you’re making of paying off your bills. Now the economic approach is when a person targets the highest interest rate card first and then accelerates payment. Again once that highest card is paid off then you reallocate the payment to the next highest interest rate. It’s kind of plugging the biggest leak approach. Now as you’re working to pay off the high interest debt you want to keep making regular payments on other kinds of debt. Don’t stop paying your student loans or mortgages to pay off your credit card debt. Once the debt is eliminated, now what you want to do is start working to get your retirement savings back up to that 15% target. All right. Well, now that we’ve talked about some financial goals that you have and how to go about achieving them, now I want to talk about prioritizing between them all. Now, I get it. We have all these great goals, but we only have one paycheck. How do you prioritize one of the o over the other? I’m going to give you this chart to kind of help you figure it out a little bit to how best to prioritize. When it comes to choosing between retirement and an emergency fund, consider reducing your retirement savings to the minimum. Now, you want you don’t want to go below. You want to still maximize your company match. You don’t want to throw away free money, but once your emergency reserve, you know, over the next 1 to two years or so, once it gets up to a certain amount, then you can consider increasing the retirement savings back up towards that 15% target mark. If you’re trying to figure out between retirement and debt, again, maybe reducing your retirement savings to the minimum. Don’t give up that free money from your company and then pay down the credit card debt within three years and then you can get that savings back up to, you know, again 15%. If it’s between having a cash reserve and debt, well, consider reducing your retirement savings again to the minimum. build up your emergency reserves over the next 1 to two years and then pay down that credit card debt within 3 years. Try to do it and then again you can kind of go back up into saving back up to a normal um normal load. What you need to do is you don’t you have to have that cash reserve in there because you don’t want to have to dip into that credit card and build it up again. So, you need to have a cash reserve in place. When it comes to retirement and college savings, confirm that you’re on track for retirement first. If you’re close to the recommended benchmarks, then you can reduce your retirement savings temporarily and contribute towards that college down payment. Hopefully, you’ve gotten today some clear ideas that you can take action on. Just know that you’re not alone. We’re here to help you. whether or not you’re trying to figure out when’s the best time to take social security. Should you take it early or should you hold on and wait later or whether or not you should convert your traditional IRA or 401k to a Roth? And if you decide to convert to a Roth, well, how do you avoid the tax pitfalls that can happen if you’re not careful? Or if you’re looking for new ways to invest your money, get your money earning more, or if you’ve had a new job or a major life event like a wedding or a birth, or if you’re already have everything else set and you just want to do some generational planning, making sure your estates’s in order, we’re here to help. Ultimately, our job is to help guide you to your goals with a tailored plan that can meet your needs and timelines. So, on that note, why not feel free to reach out? If you want to make an appointment, feel free to scan the QR code here. It’ll get you to my calendar where you can schedule a time to talk. It doesn’t cost anything to talk or ask questions or even make a plan. Or if you have a question, another way is you can dial me directly or you can reach out via email. Either way, thank you for your time and I look forward to seeing you all soon. Right. Thank you. Let’s go ahead and get started with our live question and answer session. Uh if you do have a question for Bill about financial plan options, Alliant Credit Union or his role as a financial consultant, please submit it in the chat or the Q&A tabs. We do have a few questions that were asked during the event. Why don’t we go ahead and uh start with those. bill. Why do you recommend only having enough to cover 75% of your pre-retirement income?

The reason is is because, you know, a lot of people think, well, wait a second, I got to continue my salary. But there are some when you retire, there are some expenses that are going to go down. Primarily, you’re not going to have to save for retirement anymore once you are retired cuz well, now you’re retired. So, you’re just living off the fruits of it. You’re also not going to have to save for social security anymore as well. Um, the commuting costs are going to go down. Um, now over time, some expenses are going to go up like medical costs and hopefully your vacation budget in your first few years of retirement. But um for the most part, if you’re you know, if you’re saving if you’re saving 15% of your income every year for retirement, well then, you know, that’s that’s kind of how we usually figure how much you’re going to need saved for retirement. In addition, you’re also going to have supplemented in there like your social security, you know, you’re going to have pensions, things like that that are also going to make the difference as well. So, that’s just a rough amount. If you really want to find out how much you’re going to need, then, you know, sit down and make an appointment and we’ll we’ll go through what your plans are. And the one thing is it’s going to change. I guarantee it’s going to change because our goals, my goals 10, 15 years ago have changed a lot since they are today. And 10, you know, 5 10 years from now, they’re going to change as well. So it’s important to just kind of take a look and see where we are and adjust accordingly. Thank you for that. Sure. Next question. How did you come up with those saving benchmark numbers? Okay. Well, if you go back to that slide, the um so when you have I think at 65, we judged it on retiring at 65. So, if you’re at 65 years old, you’re going to need, as I said, about 70 70 75% of your income. So, if you’re making a 100,000 a year, then you’re going to need 7 to about, you know, 1.3 1.4 times that amount. So, you’re going to need between 700 and 1.3 in there. That’s the range of what you’re going to need to retire at that point. And then what we did was we just worked backwards from that to make sure you’re on track. Now, if you’re if you’re way off from where you where it says you should be, don’t panic. It’s okay. I have some people who come to me who haven’t saved a dollar since, you know, and they’re 50 years old and they want to retire on time. Can you still do it? Absolutely. Now it may require you know super funding your retirement plan but uh you know a lot of times when you get into your 50s you have you know the limits of what you can contribute are a lot higher a lot of the things that you were spending your money on earlier like your mortgage or your kids you know they go away cuz the kids go away. Well the kids don’t go away but they go away from the house. So as they get older, those expenses tend to go down, which allows you time to catch up. So yeah, it doesn’t matter what age you are. The best time to start is now. Great. Why do you recommend funding retirement accounts over college savings accounts? because ultimately your retirement is your big there are other ways to fund college. Um you could take loans you can take that are deferred and stuff like that and as I said about you know the debt there’s good debt and bad debt. Well the best debt is no debt. That being said you know debt is a part of life. So, you know, if you have to take on college debt, you want to be smart about it. But, you know, it is better debt than credit card debt, you know. So, with that, I would say your most important goal should be your retirement accounts, your retirement savings, because hey, your kid has a degree, but if you’re, you know, if you’re working at Walmart until you’re 80, then how what’s that going to do good for them? So with that, you know, you it’s it’s just a better way. I’m not saying don’t save for college. I’m saying make sure you’re on track, your retirement’s on track before you kick in for the college. Great. A question we just had pop in here very recently. Would you also recommend opening a HSA looking to offset future health care costs after retirement? It’s a fantastic idea. Yeah, an HSA is a health savings account, which is essentially it’s it’s it’s kind of like a 401k for only for specifically for health savings. So, what happens is you put money in, it’s pre-tax, right? So you don’t pay tax on, you know, it comes off your paycheck. you preund it and this way it allows you to when you do have I mean we have it with um I I we have it I have one at Alliant that I have my I have a card where when I go to the doctor I just use my HSA to pay for my things you know for my down payment and you know things like that my prepaids and all that stuff because it allows me to get all that stuff pre-taxed alto together so I don’t have to worry about it. It comes out and because a lot of times these days all those deductions that we used to get, they’re going away or they’re getting the thresholds are going higher and higher. So doing that is a great way to pay for medical expenses, you know, pre-tax. So it’s a great idea. Great. I missed this uh initially here. This one kind of piggies piggybacks on the question uh prior to the HSA question. Uh but the recommendation is to take care of retirement funding first before college. Do you recommend stopping on college funding until you contribute the max allowed per year and then start the college funding? Um is too late. Uh is it is there ever a point where it’s too late for kids to start on the college savings is what it looks like they’re asking here. Never too late. No, it’s never too late. The um No, I mean um you can No, because anytime you get tax benefit, it’s going to I mean, obviously the more time you have, the more benefit you’re going to get out of it, but even if you have a year or two, it’s still going to be a better benefit than just putting it in a regular account and paying taxes on it. you’re going to be saving, you know, you’re going to be saving at least 15 to 20% on capital gains, whatever amount you make. So, yeah, even if it even if you only have a few years, it still makes sense. Just make sure all I’m saying is make sure that your your retirement is on track. It doesn’t mean that you have to max out your 401k before you start saving for college. That’s not what I’m saying. I’m saying that based on that chart that I had, just make sure you’re on track to whatever number you want to be at for retirement. Make sure you’re on track to that number before you start contributing to 401k. I mean, listen, I’ll be the first to admit for me, I’m a, you know, I’m a single dad. Um, I got divorced about 15 years ago or so and you know I didn’t have that I didn’t have the money to, you know, I was busy paying mortgages and stuff like that. So I didn’t have that money to put away for that. Um, and then later on as I got, you know, more established, started making more money, got more on my feet, then I contributed later. And and I didn’t have I wasn’t maxing out my 401k orig, you know, when I was starting to save for college. I just made sure that I was on track and then I was saving for college. That’s that’s what the point I’m making. Great question, though. So, I kind of have two questions here that kind of bleed into each other. Um, what’s the difference between a Roth and a traditional IRA and which would you recommend? And in addition to that, can you talk about moving funds from a 401k to a uh private investing investment portfolio like an IRA? Um, well, the first question is um the difference between a traditional IRA and a Roth. traditional IRA, it’s pre-taxed. So, you get the deduction up front. So, while you’re, you know, it goes in pre-tax money, it grows, it grows, it grows. When you pull it out, it’s taxes ordinary income. As if you went out and got a second job. That that gets added to your income. Now, the idea behind it is is that, well, when I’m retired, I’m going to be in a lower tax bracket, right? That’s that’s the idea at least. Um, now the difference with a Wroth is is that a Wroth you don’t get the deduction up front. You you pay your taxes, then it goes into a Roth. So, it’s after tax money going in, but it grows. It grows, it grows. When you pull out, it’s tax-free. So, which is better? It really depends. If you’re in a super high if you’re a super high earner, you may want to get that deduction while you’re there. If you if you’re So, a lot of times when people are first starting off, I say get the Roth because if you’re first starting off and you’re not in a high tax bracket, do the Roth because you’re getting in, your taxes are lower, and you have the benefit of time. Time is the best. I use a parable. Um, I I do a uh a money I started what the club called the money club at a local high school. And I use a parable where we have two brothers. Both started working at uh 20 years old. One of them used the first 5 years to play. The other one used the first 5 years and maxed out his 401k or maxed out his um IRA, right? His Roth IRA. After 5 years, the other the brother who was playing the first 5 years, he started contributing every year. The other brother stopped and just kept it invested. The brother who waited, even though he’s contributing for the rest of his life, he’s never going to catch the brother who started 5 years earlier. And the reason behind that is compounding and compounding. So it’s called the rule of 72. The more time you have in it, by the time that second brother gets the amount that the first brother had, the other brother’s money is already doubling over and he’s never going to catch him. That’s that’s the time value of money. So that’s the first answer to the first question. Um, I would say in your first few years of or when you’re getting closer to retirement, then you may want to start converting some of that pre-tax money over to a Roth IRA. Um, which we could talk about, you know, make an appointment with me. I’m happy to talk about that, but that’s a whole another that’s a whole another conversation of how to do that efficiently. Um, but the uh the other question, what was the second half of that question, Brandon? Uh, moving funds from a 401k over to like a private IRA, for example. The advantages of moving money over from a 401k to a private IRA, especially abandoned, if you change jobs and you have an abandoned 401k or something like that. Um, and a lot of companies allow in inforce um, distributions where you can take some of your money and put roll it over to an IRA. Why would you want to do that? Choice primarily because in a 401k you typically have usually about 10 to 15 different mutual fund choices, right? On average, when you when you open your own IRA, you can invest in anything. the options are limitless and you know stocks, bonds, mutual funds, annuities, whatever you want. And that’s that’s the advantage a lot of times of having your own IRA because you just have a lot more choice and there’s ways to protect your assets as well in an IRA that you just simply don’t have in a 401k. Great. Um, next question I think is a very very good question here. Um, are Roth conversions going away or will they always be an option? Oh, I mean I never say with Congress the way it is, I never say never. Um, but right now it’s it’s Roth conversions are it’s the they’re actually good for the government. The government likes Roth conversions. Why would they like a Roth conversion? because they’re getting paid. We have a debt. We have a debt that’s through the roof right now. So, the more people that the more people that can, you know, convert their IAS to a Roth, that means you’re paying your taxes now. Government wants that. Um, but listen, I don’t know. You know, there there was all sorts of thing. I don’t I put on my disclaimer hat. I’m not qualified to give tax or legal advice. For tax or legal advice, please talk to your qualified tax professional. And anyone who knows what Congress is going to do in the next 10 years, well, get your lottery ticket. Oh, I could, you know, definitely throw out uh that if any changes like that were to be proposed down the road, we would definitely be talking about them uh for members. Yeah, absolutely. All right. Um, kind of going back to the HSA question. Um, are there HSAs that don’t require a deductible minimum?

Do you know the answer to that? I don’t believe so. I I mean, um, HSAs are generally going to be geared towards high deductible plans and you typically don’t have the ability to access an HSA unless your employer offers a high deductible plan typically. may be incorrect there, but that’s just been my experience with that. Yeah. Let’s see. Um, you mentioned a budget tool from Alliance. Is that free and where is a where is it available? Um, we do have a budget worksheet on our website. I can go ahead and paste that link in the chat here.

And final question, when it comes to paying off debt, which approach do you recommend, the behavioral approach or the highinterest approach? Well, I recommend my answer to that is yes, whatever works for you. You know, there are some p it’s just how your how your brain works. If you’re someone who says, you know, logical, I want to pay off the highest interest first because I want to um you know, I want to save the most amount of money. Well, then the economic approach is going to be the best because you’re taking care of the biggest leak first. You’re you’re plugging the first the biggest leak first. However, you know, humans are not always logical, you know, and I’ll be the first to admit this. like when I had sometimes the the the the benefit of doing the behavioral approach is you can actually you’re easily you’re more easy to see the progress. So when I um when I was younger, what I had is when I first got my mortgage, what I did was I printed out my amorization schedule and and what I did with my amorization, I put it on my calendar. I mean, I put it right on my refrigerator and then every time I made an extra payment, what I do is I just look at the principle of how much I paid down and I zap off. So, that one extra payment may have taken care of three or four payments that I just paid in one shot. So, that’s an approach that for me really motivated me to kind of pay it off as soon as I could, you know, but it’s whatever works for you. Yeah. Um, looks like we uh got an additional question. I think the question asker wants a little bit more of an elaborate answer regarding moving funds from a 401k to an IRA. Uh, maybe talk about taxable events, things like that.

I’m sorry again. What was that? Uh, so they’re asking a little bit more about moving funds from a 401k to private investing or like an IRA. Um, okay. I think they might be uh interested in maybe the tax dynamics behind that. Okay. Well, as long as it’s like to like, so if you have a 401k that’s, you know, part like a lot of us have some that’s in Roth, some that’s in traditional, you know, pre-tax, and you can have both. Well, when you roll that over, it’s you want to have it usually what you want to do is you want to do what’s called a direct rollover where it goes right from the 401k provider to your private, you know, IRA. So, they may even send you a check, but the check will not be made out to you. It’ll be made out to whatever. Well, if you’re with Alliant, you know, it’ll be retire, you know, Alliant Retirement Investment Services for the benefit of your IRA. So, they’ll send you the check and then it goes right into the other account as long as it’s like to like. Um, so that’s that’s typically how they work. Call me or ask me individually and I’ll I’ll I’ll walk you through specifically how you do it. I just had another question come in here. If you want to actually open an IRA, what is the best approach? And does Alliant provide this? Yes, Alliant provides all advice when it comes to investing and planning and all that, you know. So, yeah, if if just sit down, talk to one of us. We can help you open an account, determine what accounts best for you, and uh and point you in the right direction of how to open the account. And um you know, if it’s with us, obviously, we’d be happy to help you as well.

Looks like that wraps up all the questions we have here today. So, this concludes our Q&A session. If you do have any additional questions or would like to schedule some time with Bill, please reach out to him. We will include his contact information in our follow-up email. Have a great day, everybody, and thank you for your time today. Take care. Thanks, everybody. See you soon.

June 19, 2026
05/20/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Savvy Tax Planning – How Tax Planning Changes Through Four Stages of Retirement

Good afternoon everyone.

All right, just disconnected the auto on my phone so we don’t get the the feedback going back and forth. Um we are going to start uh on time uh at 2:00 sort of about 8 minutes or so but uh for anyone who is here early and wants to say hello I’ll open up the lines. Hello hottie. Hello who you know R you’re on you’re on all the time and um I hope you have a you know this is uh informative to you. What is your name? So at least I know what your name is. if you could just unmute if you want to say hello. Just uh at the bottom of your screen is a microphone. Um just click on the microphone and it’ll allow you to speak

or you can put it in the chat. But at some point, let me know what your let me know what your name is cuz I see you on every every every week, but it’s just as an R and I was just I was just curious.

Welcome, Steve. Welcome Nancy.

Welcome William. Welcome Selena.

You guys want to say hello or ask a quick question before we get started? We got about We got about six minutes before we get started. Why don’t just say hi? Hi, William. Thanks for thanks for joining us. Awesome.

Welcome, Rick.

Welcome, Mark.

Hello.

Good to see you. You, too.

It looks like we’re waiting for a few more people or No, it’s going to be um I’m going to start. Yeah, we’re going to We have a pretty good amount of registries today. Uh, we should have we have should have quite a few people on. So, I’m going to start on time at uh at two o’clock, but I just figured uh I like to just figure if we’re all going to be here, if you want to say hello, we can or you got a quick question before we start, ask away. But, uh, but I’m going to mute everybody when it comes time to and and I’m going to start right on time at two o’clock. So, we’re four minutes away. All right.

Welcome, Tina.

Welcome Bradens.

Welcome James.

How are you doing? Great. Doing great. We’re I’m just I’m just welcome to everybody as they come aboard. But uh we’re going to start right on time in about four minutes. Gotcha. We got We should have a pretty packed house today. So, but if you got a quick question before we started, ask away. Gotcha. All right. Welcome Karen.

Welcome, Kim.

Welcome, Nick.

Welcome, Lori.

Welcome, Christopher. Welcome, Vanessa. We got a good crowd today. All right.

Welcome, Barbara.

Welcome Ruby. Welcome Kirk,

Dario. Good to see you.

Welcome, Dennis.

Welcome Julie.

Robin, welcome. Thanks for joining us. All right, we got a good crowd here today. So, um again, uh I’m going to start right on time because I have a packed uh a packed presentation today. So, I’m going to try and honor your time and we’re going to start pretty much at 2:00. So, uh, with that, um, I’m going to

welcome Brooke.

Oh, welcome Terry. Welcome Mark. Welcome Diana. Welcome an

Welcome, Terry. Okay, now it’s two o’clock. I see there’s a bunch of people still uh still logging on here. So, uh but I’m going to get started because I want to I want to honor the uh 52 people who are currently on. So, and I want to honor their time. So, with that, um my name is Bill Russo. Welcome uh to today’s uh I guess late lunch and learn uh about savvy tax planning. Uh what we’re going to talk about today is how tax planning changes through the four changes uh for the four through the four stages of your retirement. Um and what I’m going to do is um I’m going to first start off with a few ground rules on how how these because I see there’s a lot of new people on here. So, what I’ll do is I’ll just start um I’m out of uh San Francisco. I’m a financial adviser out of San Francisco, California. I cover mostly Northern California, but I have clients all over the United States. I’ve from I have a client in Hawaii. I have clients in Florida and New York. So all over. I have clients all over the place, but most of my clients are in the Pacific Northwest, the ba, north, northern California, Nevada, Oregon, and Washington. Um, but uh before uh I get started with any of this, uh a new disclaimer I have to put in here is that with AI and all these recording devices, I have to put this in here. We are in a super regulated industry. That’s why I don’t um I don’t record these. We do have recorded sessions that you can go on. We have a library of them. But what I ask you to do is not to record today. So any listening devices or anything like that that note takingaking devices, please do not record this. Um because again we are in a very regulated industry and we have to go through approval for all of these different things and it’s proprietary uh it’s proprietary information. So I’m happy to go through it with you individually if you ever want to make an appointment but uh please do not uh please do not record this. All right. And before we get to the main attraction, get to the coming attractions here in 2 weeks on Wednesday, June 3rd, uh at 6:00. Usually what I’m going to do is I I alternate this every every other Wednesday from uh I’ll do it at 6:00 and then I’ll do it at 2:00. So today’s 2:00, next one’s going to be at 6:00. Um, in that one we’re gonna tackle annuities, the good, the bad, and the ugly. So, that’s I I do something that I know is probably a little hard to comprehend, but I’m going to take annuities and I’m going to try and make it fun. I do a whole western theme to it. So, uh, but it’s not just, um, anyone who’s anyone who’s new to this will, well, anyone who’s not new to my webinars here, I do not I’m not selling anything except for maybe making an appointment and doing a plan, which, by the way, spoiler alert, it doesn’t cost you anything to do except a couple hours of your time. um with uh as it’s a it’s a benefit of being an alliant member. Um so I’m not here to sell you an annuity or anything else. What I am going to do on that webinar is I’m going to tell you annuities, how they work. There’s a lot of misconceptions about annuities. I’m going to tell you how to look uh how to how they work for the most part and I’m also going to tell you things you need to watch out for because the devil are in the details. There are there aren’t annuities themselves aren’t bad, but there are certainly bad annuities and there are things you have to be aware of. So, that’s coming up on June 3rd. And then on uh two weeks from then on June 17th back at this same time uh we’re going to do IRA planning strategies which is we’re going to talk about the different types of IAS and ways to really take advantage of them while you’re working and throughout retirement as well. So um and you know there are if you don’t like my jokes or you know my or this time doesn’t work for you check out our website which has all of our different uh webinars. It’ll tell you all what the webinars are for the next coming two weeks. There’s all sorts of times with we have 12 different advisors here that all have different presentation styles and whatnot and different areas that we focus on. So go to uh aris a r i s.allantiientalantcreditun.com

um/events for the webinars. But if just go to arisalliancreditun.com and that’ll get you everything ARIS uh which is Alliant Retirement Investment Services. So okay. So now that I got that out of the way, welcome everybody. I’m glad to see you here. Uh, what I’m going to start off with is a little little tax brain teaser. So, after this is this is Bill here who is retired and he has a taxable income of uh a little over $58,000. So, he’s in a 22% tax bracket. This includes uh $45,000 of retirement income and 38 37,500 of social security benefits. So, he wants to go on a road trip to the Sphere in Las Vegas to uh to see the Eagles, which well, maybe you may need a little bit more than $1,000 to do that, but uh but anyway, so what he wants to do is he’s going to take that $1,000 out of his IRA. So, you figure, okay, well, how much in tax is this going to cost him? Well, you figure, okay, this is pretty simple question, right? You have all right, you have here it is. He’s in a 22% tax bracket right there. So, all right, he takes out 100 thou uh another $1,000. Okay, he should be paying 22%. Right, you figure 22%. So, it should cost him $220. Well, in actuality, no. It will not. It will cost him $47 in tax or a 40% tax rate. Now, what the hell just happened? Stay tuned. I’m going to answer all those questions, this question and others in just a moment. So, I will I will answer it though how it came to that. And that is really getting back to the how tax planning changes through the four stages of retirement. As I said before, my name is Bill Rito. I see we have a lot of people who just joined us. So, um, my name is Bill Rito. I’m a financial adviser for Alliant Retirement Investment Services. We are the division of Alliant that takes care of long-term money. long-term money and financial planning. What is long-term money? It’s anything beyond 18 months. Why? Because if anything prior to 18 months, well, Alliance got some great solutions for you. They have, you know, we have great very competitive savings accounts, CDs, all that good stuff. But once you go beyond 18 months, you’re starting to compete with the long-term effects of money. Inflation. Inflation is the rate at which prices go up. gas, food, housing, it all goes up over time. We’ve gotten a crash course on it lately on what inflation can do to the spending power of your money. So, with that, anything beyond 18 months, you really need to put your money in something other than savings or CD accounts cuz otherwise what you’re doing is you’re very safely losing value over time. And that’s kind of what we do here is help plan for the major events in your life. Um be it, you know, social security, long-term care planning, anything like that. We’re the ones that can help you. Retirement, obviously retirement is a huge part of it. Um so with that, my disclosure hat, uh I got to put on my disclosure hat here. Uh disclaimer hat, excuse me. Um, everyone’s tax situation is different. So, you should consult with a qualified tax professional to discuss your specific tax situation. I’m not qualified to give tax or legal advice uh for that. Please talk to your qualified tax or legal professional. Um, that being said, we do I deal with tax issues and help you plan all the time with these type of things. So, a couple things we’re going to talk about today is we’re going to go over traditional IAS, which are tax deferred. Um, basically what happens is you grow, you put your money in, you get the deduction up front, it grows, grows, grows, grows, grows. When you pull it out though, it’s taxes ordinary income. Roth IAS are non-deductible. So, you don’t get the deduction up front, but when you put it in there, it grows, it grows, it grows, grows, grows, but because you’ve already paid the taxes on it, but when you pull it out, it’s tax-free. So, and also, just for the last disclaimer here is um this presentation because I have clients, I I have people on this, I have over 75 people. Um I have uh over 75 people on this uh webinar right now. So uh they’re from all over the United States. A lot of them are in California um and the West Coast, but um because they’re all over the United States, state taxes do apply. So I just stick to uh federal taxes. Obviously, especially in the state of California, you still may face state taxes. So again, that disclaimer hat is on. Please talk to your qualified tax professional regarding any of those. Uh, okay. So my goal here is to help you understand that retirement is the distribution game. Spending your assets in retirement is much different than the accumulation game, which most of you have probably been doing for the last several decades or so. And it’s very very different when you’re, you know, when you’re planning, you know, you’re you’ve been working hard, you’ve been saving your money, and hopefully, you know, your accounts have grown over time. Great. Well, as you prepare to enter retirement, you’re in a very different phase. As I said, the distribution game is now you’re pulling your money out and it’s going to trigger some tax consequences and you also don’t have a lot of the benefits you did when you were in the accumulation phase like your child, you know, your kids are grown so you don’t have child tax credits anymore. Um, most people are, you know, finishing off paying off their mortgages into retirement or at least they’re, you know, so they don’t have that mortgage interest deduction. Uh, and then you have all sorts of other things that you need to do. Um, like you’re going to have to worry about social security, RMDs, paying for Medicare, possibly long-term care, all these different things. So, that’s what we’re going to be talking about today. And we’re really going to help you really limit the amount of taxes you’re paying. Um, because unfortunately, most people pay a lot more taxes in retirement than they would have normally expected because welcome to America. We have a very confusing system that treats various tax income types differently and contains a ton of hidden taxes and penalties. So, I’m going to uncover and shed the light on a bunch of them today.

All right. So, and um obviously, you know, because the tax exposure is going to change throughout the four stages of your retirement, you need a strategy that anticipates both traditional taxes and those pesky taxes you don’t notice like, you know, sir charges and penalties related to social security or Medicare or other income sources. So it means that you need to be informed and have a proactive plan that addresses these before you actually need them. And that’s really what why planning is so important. So here are the four stages of retirement. The first stage is really the decade before you retire. Um, this is where your pre-retirement where you’re okay, you’re you’re finishing up your work and save years, but there are certainly things that you can do to set yourself up now for retirement and and help your taxes in retirement before you even retire. So stay tuned for that. I’ll I’ll get to that. Then you have your big retirement party. Okay. Well, your first part of retirement is your early retirement, which is they call them the go- go years because this is the time that, you know, you’re checking off the, you know, you’re checking off the the bucket list items, you know, traveling, volunteering, maybe starting that uh that hobby that you’ve always wanted to do, you know, maybe working part-time, or spending more time with your family. These are all things you’re going to be a lot more active during these years. In your middle retirement, kind of the second 10 years, you kind of already all right, maybe I’ve seen a bunch of the, you know, most of the the bucket items are checked off at that point. Maybe start to slow down a little bit. Uh well, this is where you’re going to start to come into having to deal with other financial decisions like well case in point uh RMDs are going to be coming up in typically your mid70s. So I’m going to show you ways to really take advantage of that and plan for that to minimize the taxes on that. And then the last part is your late retirement. That’s where okay at some point the travel’s going to be done. I mean, I just got off the phone with my mom where she came out last Thanksgiving. I flew her out first class to make She’s 89 years old, so I flew her out first class to make it as easy as it possibly could for her. And she had a great trip. It was great to see her. And at the end of the trip, she was just like, the last thing she said to me before she got on the plane was, “Bill, it was so good to see you. I’m never coming out again. You want to see me, you’re going to come to me.” Got it, Mom. So that happens to all of us at some point. She made it to 89 before she said that. But uh with that, uh you know, and there’s going to be some things where you really can start to estate, you know, plan your estate to really minimize the taxes going forward.

All right. So retirement’s full of surprises as you can see from this uh couple right here. Uh but the best the best planning can really divert from reality you know at some point you know even if you have a great pl you know even if you have a great plan in place there’s going to be things that happen that we didn’t expect so you know obviously one unknown in the future is inflation as we’ve seen I mean gas prices have just skyrocketed uh you know And that’s the thing, people tend to view their future costs in current dollars and they don’t always anticipate those costs. You know, they grow with inflation. So, you know, I mean, just listen, think back 30 years ago, hell with it. Think back 5 years ago, what what inflation was and what the cost of things were. you know, the price of eggs or a gallon of gas or, you know, whatever. That’s inflation and it goes up over time. You need to plan for that. Um, also, a lot of people end up living a lot longer today, especially today, than they were, you know, our parents did or our grandparents did. So, you really have to start planning for, you know, how long do you think you’re going to live and at least make sure you don’t outlive your your assets. Many people also underestimate the uh, you know, how much money they’re going to need to maintain their pre-retirement, you know, standard of living. And, you know, nobody wants to be eating ramen in retirement. So, you want to estimate those as well. And obviously the big elephant in the room is health care. You know, that’s that’s something that unfortunat I do a whole webinar on just health care and long-term care and retirement and planning for it. And it doesn’t mean getting long-term care insurance. It just means making sure you have assets set aside to take care of that because unfortunately anyone who reaches 65 years of age, you have a 70% chance you’re going to need long-term care at some point in your life. So, you know, I’m not saying long-term care insurance is the solution. I’m just saying you need to plan for it. And even with all that, taxes end up still being if you did your, you know, unfortunately for most people, taxes end up being the biggest expense or a huge expense in retirement that most people don’t even think about, you know. So, we’re going to go through that today. All right. So, let’s get into this because I know I’ve been building this up now for the last 15 minutes or so. All right. Well, the key thing I want you to get from this, and hopefully the last 5, 10 minutes have really pounded this into you is that you got to know what your aftert tax retirement savings picture is going to look like before you actually retire. That’s why the four stages, the first stage is actually the 10 years before you retire.

So, let’s say that you have a half million dollar saved up in a 401k or a traditional IRA. You got to understand that that $500,000 is not really $500,000. It actually could be based on, you know, if you’re in a 22% tax bracket, it could actually be 390,000. or if you’re in a 24% tax bracket, you know, it’s about $10,000 less. In addition, you’re going to have to start taking required minimum distributions in your mid70s, uh, either at 73 or 75, depending on what year you’re born.

And you know, according to you know, and I’m just going to show you this is an example of the cumulative after tax value of a half million dollar IRA earning 6% a year, you know, at different tax rates. And as you can see, the lower tax, you know, the lower tax rate you have, the more you keep. Great. That’s simple in theory, but it’s really difficult in practice. And I’m going to go through why that is because there’s all sorts of different penalties and tax situations that really make you pay more taxes than you originally thought. So you want to try and get your money out of well manage your money from a tax standpoint. So and this guy says here he’s saying, “Well, all right. Well, okay. I got these different accounts, but at least, you know, I still have social security to supplement my income and Medicare to pay my health care costs. Well, there’s all sorts of tax traps with Social Security and Medicare as well. So, let’s dive into that first. So, okay. So, Social Security, let’s go back to Bill’s trip here and figure how the heck did this how did he go from a 22% tax bracket to a 40% tax bracket? Well, okay, let’s take a look here. So, before the trip, he had $45,000 of, you know, IRA income. Okay. Plus, he had $37,500 of Social Security benefits. Okay. So his AI his AGI or his adjusted growth income was 74,788.

Okay, which gave him a taxable income of 58,000 and change which his tax amount was 7623. Okay, so what’s the difference in the second one? Well, in the second one, the only difference here, the only difference here is we added another $1,000 here. So, how did that have how did that have your tax bracket jump up that much? Well, it’s because of the AGI, uh, the adjusted gross gross income. It’s because of his social security benefits. Essentially what happens is is that your social security benefits are taxed at uh 85 it’s not tax at 85% but 85% of your taxable uh when you reach a certain level you have you’re going to have not only the money that you owe on your IRA but you also he’s got more of his social security that he’s now going to pay on. So, it’s not just the $1,000 that he had in his IRA income. Well, his social security benefits, he’s also paying 85 cents on a dollar for that as well. So, that’s why or not, sorry, he’s not paying 85 cents on the dollar, but 85 cents of every dollar becomes taxable. So, that’s why it ended up being such a big hit to his income. So again, I’m not saying don’t go on the trip, but what I’m saying is so if you add that up, you know, that 100 that $185 taxable at his 22% rate. Well, now that ends up being a real income tax rate of 40.7% on the $1,000 that we added. So that’s called the social security tax torpedo everybody. Um and it can impact uh single filers and and uh you know married couples even you know even with a modest income. You know this guy’s not making a ton of money here and that was a huge hit. So I’m not saying don’t go on the trip. That’s not what I’m saying. What I’m saying is don’t take it out of your IRA for that, you know, for that situation. Take it out of your cash reserves and maybe postpone that IRA distribution till another year. You know, that’s what I’m saying. So, you know, there’s all sorts of different retirement approaches. Some people retire completely. Some people, you know, retire and bit um and they’ll just, you know, ease into retirement by cutting back on their hours. Uh some people semi-retire and say, “Hey, you know what? I want to do this job I’ve always wanted to do.” Um and other people, you know, volunteer and do, you know, and again, you live, you do you. We’re here to help you plan for whatever you want to do. So, if you plan on working while you’re in retirement and collecting social security, well, I’m going to get the the good, the bad, and the ugly with this. The good is is that well, here’s how social security works. I mean, it’s a whole complicated thing, but I’m going to make on just social security. But what we’re going to end up doing is um how social security essentially works is they have a calculation based on the 35 highest years of earnings, right? And then what’s happens is did I lose you? Okay. uh just saw my connection with a little uh then what happens is is that uh your so if you take your earnings after anytime you can take social security anytime from 62 onward up until 70 is when they max out. So your earnings after 62 can still increase your benefit even if they um and certainly if they replace zero years or low earning years. So, if you’re working in retirement, your social security can still go up as long as you know what you’re making, even though you maybe were making a modest amount, well, it’s not what you were making before you retired, it’s as long as it’s within the top 35 years of your income earning, it will it will increase your social security benefit even as you’re taking it, which is great. Okay. But

well, okay, here’s the ugly. Is that Oh, hold on. Not the ugly, the bad. First, before we get to the ugly, is if you start taking social security, well, okay, just know that if you’re making over essentially uh, you know, $2,000 a month off of it, every dollar of uh every $2 you earn, a dollar is going to be withheld. Uh, now again, don’t worry about that. So, it’s called the earnings test. Don’t worry so much about that because it will as long as it’s in the top 35 years of your uh income. You get that back later

effectively go back in and adjust your your social security at a later that that happens um when you reach full retirement age which is usually it depends on your year you’re born but it’s usually 66 or 67. it will recalculate for you.

So, but here’s the here’s the ugly part of it is that if you are not if you’re not if you’re working just part-time but you know that the amount that you’re making is over $24,000 a year and it’s not in the top 35 years of income. Well, then what’s going to happen is is you’re paying for something you’re not really collecting on. So you it might behoove you to use other benefits because it’s not going to increase your benefit later and you’re paying for something. So you’re getting taxed on it and you’re really not getting the benefit from it. So you may want to take a look at, hey, you know what? In this case, we may want to if I’m still working, I may want to take my social security later. And if I need to supplement my income because I don’t want to work full-time, then take it out of other resources. So, okay. So, Social Security we took care of. Now, let’s take a look at Medicare. Okay. Medicare, we have George and Martha here. Now, they both have Medicare parts B and D. uh they made a great living. So, you know, they have uh they have uh $342,000 of uh monthly adjusted gross income or MAGI. Um and well, what they wanted to do is they wanted to sell $1,000 of stock. Uh sorry, they wanted to sell stock at $1,000 gain. All right. Well, okay. You figure, all right, long-term capital gains rates, okay, they’re going to pay 18.8%. Right, to do that. Well, you figure that’s what it would be, but

nothing’s that easy here. Well, with two A’s, which stands for income related monthly adjustment amount. So, what does that mean? It means that if you go into certain levels, your social security uh sorry, your Medicare premium is going to jump. In this case, it jumped an extraund It jumped an extra uh what? $122 a month times two because it’s two of them. And that didn’t and and your your you know the part D also gets put up as well. So you know whoa that’s an extra $550 a month for a couple over the course of a year just in part D. So obviously what we want to try and do is limit this because you’re looking at this, okay, over a 12-month period, you take those combined together, just that one capital gain of $1,000 ended up costing them almost $3500 over the course of the year. So that was a really expensive. So what I would have said is maybe delay that until another year when they’re not or you know if you want to take the money out take the money out but do it in a way where maybe you can offset the losses with another you know you have another stock that has losses that you’re going to offset that gain on it where it’s not going to it’s going to keep you under that threshold. Now I’m going to talk about a little bit more about Irma. remember Irma because this comes into play a little bit later on down the road. Uh especially when I’m talking about Roth conversions. So hold on a second. Uh all right. So yeah, obviously that’s a huge tax hit. We want to try to avoid that. So all right,

another thing you got. So going to give you an example here of Jim and an Oh, okay. Uh, are you still catching a This is Hey, Dario, are you still catching a huge echo? Cuz I noticed that you put in the comments that you guys are catching a big echo. I turned off my the my phone on my side because it will create an echo. Do you guys still have that? Just give me a heads up if you guys are if if it’s good or do you still have an echo? You still have the echo.

Okay. Uh let’s see.

Still have the echo. All right. What I would say is maybe um

Okay, Dario, I think that’s on your end. Maybe because you’re listening to it on your phone and your email. I saw you logged in twice. Take it off. Hang up your phone. That’ll probably help it on on that side. Okay. Everybody else doesn’t have an echo. So that’s that’s that’s that’s on your end, Dar Dario. But thanks for letting me know. Okay. So So Jim and Ann here are 68 years old. Thanks everybody for letting me know the feedback on that. Uh so Jim and Anne here are 68 years old. Jim retired at 65 and at 66. Now at 65. Okay. Well, they get coverage through Ann’s employer who offers retirey health insurance. Great. So, they figure, all right, well, they’re going to be on her coverage anyway, so nobody really needs to do anything until she retires at 66, right? Well, no. And here’s why. You have a 7-month window. When you reach 65 years old, the most important thing you have to do is sign up for Medicare. Doesn’t matter if you’re still working or not. You have to do it within you have a 7-month window. 6 months prior or excuse me, 3 months prior to your 65th birthday, the month of your 65th birthday, and 3 months after that. So, it’s a seven-month min window. Do not miss it because if you miss that enrollment, the penalty is 10% of the base for of your premium for life. So, you’re looking at in this case, you know, 10% of in 2026, that’s, you know, a little over $200, right? Times two. So that’s 486

$486 almost $487 a year or for life. So you do not want to you know and actually premiums tend to increase every year unfortunately so do the penalty. So that simple thing could translate to a lifetime, you know, $10,000 mistake. And also, you know, a lot of people think, well, wait a second, and that’s just part B. That doesn’t include part D, which also has penalties as well. And even though you got to watch for uh coverage gaps as well, because even though Ann was working, okay, Ann’s working. Well, then I just got I just got one that I’m I’m about to answer that Rick, but I will answer the question. But I just saw come up. You’re you’re you’re two seconds ahead of me. Um, so Rick pointed out, well, wait a second. If you’re working and you’re getting employer health insurance, what’s called qualified, then you don’t have to sign up for Medicare. You just have to give documentation. However, how Medicare works is a lot of times even supplemental insurance and things like that. Well, what happens is is that a lot of times it is um it’s considered uh supplemental. So, what does that mean? It means that Medicare will take care of, you know, they’ll let the insurance pay it first before they come in and take the rest. So with that, you still have to you still have to sign up for it. So just know that.

All right. So, and basically this is if you if you don’t and you it’s kind of like the same thing if you have an RMD. And missing an RMD is not the end all be all of the world. It’s a it’s a huge penalty, but it’s not as big of a deal if you I always say it’s kind of like the same thing with my with my kids. I have, you know, with my teenage daughters. I would always say that making a mistake is not a big deal. However, the penalty will be it’ll always be better on you if I hear about it from you as opposed to me finding about it before you. The consequences will the IRS and Social Security work the same way is if something like that happens, contact them immediately and make sure that you know you can you can get waiverss and documentation and things like that. You can do that, but you have to contact them and make sure the easiest thing is just don’t miss the just don’t miss the window.

All right. So, so are there other tax traps you got to be aware of? Absolutely. Um, you know, you can’t just take a halfaphazard look at, you know, tapping into your tax deferred savings. It’s not it’s not just, you know, what you take your, you know, how you that you take your money out. It’s where you take your money out of. So, you want to make sure that you’re diversified from a tax standpoint. So, what do I mean by that? Okay. Well, let’s take a look at Sam and Mary here. They, you know, want to spend $8,500 a month. They each have, you know, $450,000 in each of their IAS. They each have a $60,000 Roth IRA and then they got a joint bank account of $300,000. Okay. So, they figure, all right, they have all this money. They want to spend just over $100,000 a year. Okay. So, where should they take the money out of first? Well, conventional wisdom says, all right, you spend your spend down your taxable money first, then you spend down your tax deferred money, your IAS, and things like that, and then, you know, spend your tax exempt money la last, which is it’s not a bad plan, but it’s not always the best approach. And here’s why. because yeah, this is fine, but you want to do more than just the basics. And really what I’m going to get to is there’s a different approach here that you can do, especially in the early years of your retirement before you start collecting Medicare is you can spend the taxable money from your bank accounts and things like that first. Great. but also convert some or all of your IAS, your traditional IAS and 401ks and things like that to Roths in low tax years and then sure then spend the tax deferred money until depletion and then last spend the tax exempt money. What is that? What what did you do by that? Well, Roth IRA conversions, it’s probably the biggest thing, the biggest question I get these days is doing Ro, should I convert my IRA to a Roth? And we’re going to take a look at Jim here, who converts, he wants to convert $100,000 or Jill, sorry, not Jim, Jill. Um, she wants to convert $100,000 from her IRA to a Roth IRA. Okay. Now, understand that. Okay. Well, this is going to add $100,000 to her income and that conversion income will be taxed at Jill’s rate. So, you got to be aware of that and you got to plan for it. So, okay. So, figure that. Well, figure that. All right. Well, hold on a second. Here’s I’ll take you through this in a second. Why would she want to do this? Well, if she takes $100,000 out, right? She takes $100,000 out. Let’s say she’s in a 22% tax bracket, right? How much is it going to cost you to do? This isn’t a trick question. It’s $22,000, right? Cuz she’s in a 22% tax bracket. Okay? So, make sure you have that money set aside. Don’t take it out of your IRA if you can help it. Try and take it out of other taxable accounts. You pay that off now. Gee, Bill, thanks a lot. You just increased my tax bill by $22,000. Gee, what do you do for an uncle? Kick my dog? Well, hold on. Here’s here’s the here’s the benefit. Why would she want to do that? Well, because she just paid she locked in her tax bracket, right? She locked in her taxes that she paid at $22,000. Okay. Now, a little something I’m going to show you guys called the the time value of money or the rule of 72. If you want to know how long it’s going to take your money to double, take whatever percentage you’re earning and divide it into 72. That’s going to give you a really close really close estimate of how long your money is going to take to double. So, if you’re making 7 to 10%, well, then your money should double every 7 to 10 years. Why? Well, if you’re making 7%, it’s going to double a little over 10 years. If you’re making 10%, it’s going to double a little over 7 years. If you’re making 5%, well, then it’s going to double every 14 years. If you’re making 1%, it’s going to double every 72 years. So with that you can kind of estimate if you have a stock portfolio and you take this and you’re investing it over time okay well you should earn you know if you’re well diversified you should earn 5 years plus you should earn 7 to 10% over time right okay that means that projecting forward your money that $100,000 that she paid that she paid $22,000 in tax on okay In seven to 10 years, that 100,000 is going to be now 200,000. Right? That 200,000, what’s the uh what’s the taxes you paid on it? It’s the same. $22,000 or in this case 11%. If again, another 7 to 10 years, that money doubles again. now it’s $400,000 or you know she’s looking at a real taxable event of her taxes on that money that she paid on it total is 5.5%. That’s why that’s the advantage of doing Roth conversions. Now one thing you got to be aware of is one thing you got to be aware of is remember Irma you want to do these in earlier years. I’ll I’ll get more into that in a second. in a strategy. What you may want to do in your years while you’re working is start converting it up to fill up whatever tax bracket you’re in. Fill it up. Especially if you’re in a lower tax bracket like 22 or 24% or lower than that, fill it up to the next level. You may even decide that, hey, you know what? I don’t mind paying even 24%, so I’ll fill it up to the 24% tax bracket. That’s great. you can convert as much as you can and you know I’m setting in the taxes at today’s rate. Fantastic. Okay. Well, just know that um just know that uh here are the years where it most makes sense is low-inccome year obviously. So, businesses that have, you know, a year that has unusually low sales or, you know, business owner um has unusually high expenses or yeah, you got hit with a high non-reoccurring medical bills or and as I said a second ago, after retirement but before receiving social security benefits or pension and the one thing I want to say here is is don’t forget about Irma. And Irma is not just 65. They have a two-year look back. So, you got to pay attention to Irma when you’re 63, not 65, because it’s a 2-year look back on what they they they judge that on. So don’t get caught in one of those, you know, gap year where you ended up doing it right before you and then you figure you got a penalty in your first year of, you know, you got a huge penalty. So you save money over here and then you’re getting killed with Irma on the other side. So just try to avoid that. Okay. So it really is important to kind of spell out what your goals are. you know, you want to know, okay, am I really trying to, you know, keep the income below a tax threshold to avoid jumping up or whether you’re trying to increase your income to fill up the bucket, you know, just make sure that you’re, you know, you’re you’re doing this with, you know, you’re you’re doing this with a plan. It’s not just haphazardly.

All right? So uh other possible approaches to managing tax brackets is is that you know withdrawing tax-free money uh from a life insurance policy that can also keep um taxes low because income if you have a cash value in a life insurance policy you can borrow against it and actually take out low or in a lot of cases tax-free income off of that. Um, you know, obviously selling highly appreciated stock in low for low or no capital gains. Um, you know, look for years to offset that and, you know, taking distributions from your IAS and and 401ks in obviously a lower tax year. So, be diversified from a tax standpoint. So no matter what your situation in any given year, you have the ability to adjust and say, “Hey, what account does it make most sense for me to pull out of?” Also, you want to take advantage of um health savings accounts. Um use them strategically. Um and also um if you own a business, you can use uh business, you know, qualified business income as well. Um which if you want to know more about that, make an appointment with me. and I’m happy to talk about it with you individually. All right. Um, charitable gifting and tax planning. Okay. Albert and Shirley here are in a 24% tax bracket. They give $5,000 a year to charity. Very nice of them. Um, they have $15,000 of existing itemized deductions. So this year their standard deduction is 32,000 and change. So all right. Well, that $5,000 donation, as lovely as it is, they gave no federal tax benefit. Well, what if I told you they could? Well,

if they are 70 over 70 and 1/2 years old, then you can do that. Even if you don’t qualify for, you know, the the, you know, itemize that deduction, you can still save on that and deduct that $5,000 of income. How do you do it? You take it out of your IRA. Wait, I do that all the time. I still have to pay the taxes on it. You do a qualified taxable distribution. So instead of you taking the money, which happens here, so what most people do is they take the distribution out of their their IRA cuz they have to take out the RMD anyway. So they take that RMD out. They’re taking it out and they put it in their checking account and then they write the check to their favorite charity, right? Okay. Well, in this case, the cost is when you do it that way, the cost is $5,72 because that’s the tax on the $5,000 at a 24% tax rate. Okay. Well, what if you have it go instead of putting it into your checking account and then writing the check, just have it go directly to the charity from your IRA? Simple thing. It’s a form. We do it here all the time. It’s just a distribution that goes directly to the charity. By doing that, well, one, hey, if you’re you’re doing it to satisfy an RMD, it still satisfies the RMD, but it’s not included in your taxable income because it went straight to the tax to the charity and you never collected it. You’re not charged you’re not charged income on that. So, it’s a non um it’s it’s a you know, it’s and hey, I mean, off of a $5,000, you know, $720, that looks a heck of a lot better in your pocket than it does in Uncle Sam’s. So, all right. So, there’s a couple of things here. There’s a couple of ways that you can have um you know when you’re in those later years you want to organize your assets for your family benefits you know and there’s a lot of ways to avoid you know trusts a lot of people you know the only way you could protect your assets was by doing a trust nowaday’s so many ways to protect your assets outside of a trust um to avoid probate um but estate planning still matters and here’s what I mean by that

um now if if you’re not in a community property state, make an appointment with me and I’m going to go over this example with you personally because there’s so many people here that are in California and uh Washington and and some other community property states. I’m not going to take the time to go over it today. Um but if you are not in a community property state, get in touch with me because I can help you. Um, I’ll I’ll share that with you. Okay. In this situation, if you’re inheriting an IRA, we have Pamela here who’s 65 years old. Her son Kyle is 40 years old. Unfortunately, she was not well and she died and she left 100% of her IRA to her son Kyle. Well, that IRA is $400,000. Let’s say it’s earning 6% annual yield. Okay. Well, if he does what he’s supposed to do, well, he’s listed as sole beneficiary. He has 10 years to take out the required minimum distributions and empty that account over time. So, he’s spreading that out over the course of 10 years. So, the annual distribution for Kyle at that amount would be a little over $54,000 a year. You figure out, you know, map it out. Okay, we can we can figure this out. Okay, and you’re spreading out the tax hit over time. So, the annual distribution is only $54,000 a year. Now, we still have to pay tax on that, but we’re minimizing it. Okay. Well, unfortunately, most people do the opposite. They wait until they have to and they, you know, they just lost their mom. They they h I don’t want to think about this now. and they do nothing and they just let it sit there and do nothing through years 1 to nine and then unfortunately if Kyle did this well in year 10 he’s got 10 years to take it out so if he takes this full distribution out in 10 that $400,000 IRA is going to be over $700,000 that’s a huge tax bill that he’s going to have to pay in that and the biggest beneficiary of his mom’s IRA unfortunately or a huge beneficiary is going to be his uncle Sam. So, you want to plan it out and make sure that you take advantage of those type of things. Um, now with when it comes to taxes and long-term care, if you have um I’m not here to sell you long-term care, but just know that premiums of long-term care, you know, they are they have a benefit to them. They can they may be deductible at a federal and state level. Um, and you know the payments because any insurance if you when you take it out the the payments are tax-free. So that’s why a lot of people say hey you know okay well maybe I should have this long-term care policy cuz hey it’ll benefit my heirs. Well and even if you do and that might be great but you want to just be careful about how you take it out. So let’s take a look at Florence here. Florence, she qualifies for long-term care benefits because she’s has income inhome care benefits of $60,000 a year. Okay. She’s got, you know, an inhome care helper. Um she earns 60 thou or sorry, uh $20,000 a year with social security and she has $400,000 in our IRA. Okay. She also has a life insurance policy with a long-term care rider that gives her that gives her children a half million or up to 100 uh up to $10,000 a month for long-term care costs. Well, you think, okay, this is a no-brainer, right? if she uses her long-term care policy to pay for the five years of care. Okay. Well, she has she has deductibles. So, you know, she’s got the deductible. So, she’s going to be able to deduct these deduct. And her long-term care insurance is going to pay $300,000 for her income care, $60,000 a year. So, the kids inherit the life insurance benefit, the leftover of 200,000 um as well as 400,000 of her taxable IAS. Sounds pretty simple. But what if because she’s got the IRA money, what if she says, “Hey, you know what? What if I take the money? I leave the money in the in the policy, the life insurance policy. Why would I want to do that? Well, because she’s not going to pay any income tax on it anyway. Because the $60,000 a year is going to be offset by anything she takes out of her IRA. So, if she pays it with IRA money, she’s still paying $300,000 for her IRA. But what happens is is now she’s got she’s still going to have uh she’s still going to have the money left over for her IRA, but she also has this $500,000 that’s now tax-free. So, it’s the same amount. So, you figure, okay, it’s the same amount. Well, is it? because would you rather have $300,000 of taxable money or $300,000 of tax-free money? So, obviously, you want to be able to you want to be able to take that and take advantage of it as well. So, with that, it it’s not always as simple to say, oh, I got this money that’s used for this, take it out of here. You want to take a look at the whole picture. All right? So, and I guess you know this woman’s all stressed out now. She’s like, “Bill, you’ve gone over it’s been an hour. You’ve gone over all this stuff. My head’s about to explode. All right. Well, how in the hell are you going to manage all this?” Well, I’m going to make it easier here. Okay. So, to review, pre-retirement, you want to take you want to know what your after tax savings are before you actually use it. You want to try and fund your Roth accounts by using those buckets. You know, fill up the year that you’re in. Okay. Also, or in early retirement, you know, start looking to in those low income years, start trying to convert those Roths. You also got to make sure you understand the social security and Medicare taxation which are fees that they get you on the without calling them taxes but they’re the same thing. Um they’re extra money that you’re paying for the government. uh middle retirement, you want to manage your, you know, RMDs and take advantage of the, you know, if you have charitable contributions, things like that. Do it in a do it in a smart way and then organize your assets in a for tax efficiency for estate planning. That being said, you know, I know I went over a ton of stuff today. We’re here to help. If you have any, you know, we’re here to do planning for you. It doesn’t cost anything. It’s one of the best benefits of being an alliance member that frankly not enough people know about. So with that, we’re here to help. Uh and I know there are a ton of questions here. So take advantage if you want to do a uh if you want to do a plan with me or you just want to meet and ask me questions. It doesn’t cost anything to sit down with me, do a plan. It doesn’t cost anything to ask me questions. Just make an appointment. You can either scan, you can either scan this and it’ll get you to a link to my calendar where you can make, you know, schedule a time that works for you or um just let me know um you can either put in uh the Q&A or the chat, just say email or phone and let me know how you want to be contacted and I’ll certainly get back in touch with you. Or sorry, yeah, email or phone and just lets me know how you want to be contacted. That being said, okay, let’s tackle some questions here because there are a few questions here. Okay, the first question from this was earlier in the appointment uh earlier was uh Terry asked, “Isn’t there a webinar tomorrow at 2 p.m. on the good, the bad, and the ugly annuities?” There probably is. Um it’ll probably be by another advisor. We have we have them scheduled all throughout. Uh so we all have different personalities. We all have different uh ways that we do it. So, you know, and we all do it at different times as well because we try and accommodate our members. So, yeah, there’s, you know, look at um aris uh aris.alliancreditun.com/events.

That’ll get you all the all the webinars for next two weeks. All right. Uh,

all right. Then there was Okay. So,

anonymous wrote, uh, Social Security is exempt from tax effective this year, right? with the big beautiful bill. Um, up to a point, I believe. Now, with that, um, I’m putting on my disclaimer hat. I’ll tell you what, I’ll I’ll look that up. I think it’s I think it’s up to a point, but, um, but I’ll look that up and I’ll I’ll I’ll respond to that in an email to everybody, uh, about that. They’re constantly changing laws and things like that. Um, okay. So, it says he Okay, he’s got another question here. Or she, uh, can you explain the pro rattle rule in regards to the, uh, Roth conversions? Um, okay. Um I think what you’re talking about is so when you talk when you do a Roth conversion uh when you talk when you do a Roth conversion you are uh let’s say that you go over a certain level. So just because a lot of people think that you know if I go over that threshold now if you go over the threshold with Irma that’s a threshold and you do not want to cross that cuz that triggers the next that triggers the next uh fee you’re going to pay. So you want to avoid that. But with tax brackets, it’s not necessarily the same way because if you go over, let’s say you go over $1,000 over into the next tax bracket, let’s say you go from a 22% tax bracket to a 24% tax bracket, you’re not you’re not paying t you’re not paying 24% on everything. It’s just the amount that you’re over that amount. So, just know that it’s not it’s not as oh my god, I got to stay a penny below that. I can’t go above that at all. It doesn’t that’s not really such a big deal because you’re only going to pay the higher amount on the amount that you go over it. Now, as I said with Irma, that’s a set level. So, you do not want to that’s a Rubicon. You do not want to cross. So, with that, um,

okay, hold on. Thank you, Rick. Rick is already on the quick on the draw. He already went to uh Google and looked it up and I’ll uh so it says the big beautiful bill did not eliminate taxes on social security. Instead, Congress gave an extra deduction up to a point. Yeah, that’s what I thought. So, you don’t have to itemize to get the that deduction. Um again, that where my disclaimer hack goes, please talk to your qualified tax professional for a qualified. But that being said, we can go through and I can I can help you plan for these things as well from a cuz the taxes the laws are constantly going to change. They’ve changed many times over the course of my career. They’re going to continue to change. You still need to and and that’s kind of the caveat. Even the best planning in the world requires it’s not you plan once. You have to it’s kind of like look at planning as creating a GPS where this is where I want to go. Okay, we’re going to create a path to get there. Well, you know, things don’t always, you know, things change. So, we have to change accordingly to make sure, hey, are we veering away from it or we getting clo, you know, we going one way the other and we can adjust to make sure we’re still staying on track. And that’s really what planning, good planning does on a regular basis. Every one of my clients, the first thing I do every time we meet is I go over the plan we created and say, “Hey, do we need to adjust it, you know, look at your goals? Are there?” And we take a look at everything. We take a look at Social Security. We’ll see what are your break even points. What’s the best time for you to take Social Security for you? Um because it’s a tradeoff. Um you know, we take a look at how often do you buy a car? Do you like to travel? Whatever it is, we customize it. are very it’s a lot more than you’re getting with a cookie cutter at Vanguard or or Fidelity. So, with that, and it’s hey, you can’t beat the price cuz it’s one of the benefits of being an Alliant member because we do not charge for plans because we’re a nonprofit. Um, we’re not a charity, we’re a nonprofit, meaning that the money we make instead of paying off shareholders or lining the golden parachutes of our corporate executives, it goes back into serving our members. So with that, um, you know, we do not charge for that. So take advantage of us. We’re we’re here to help. So, okay. So, let’s see. Any more questions? Um, yeah. Okay. Kirk also mentioned that there is an extra deduction for those 65 or older, but it has nothing to do with social security, just age. Okay. So, there are the big beautiful bill was a huge bill that came in. So, you need to go through that. You need to check with your tax advisor to see how that may affect you. And we can help plan for that as well. But I’m not a tax planner. I’m a I’m an investment planner. I’m a I’m a financial planner. So, I take a look at how taxes take a look at the big picture, but I’m not qualified to give tax advice. So, hopefully I’ve been clear on that. Okay. Uh Mark, you had a question about Okay. You wanted me to go through that first example of how the $1,000 went from 22 to 40. Okay. Did a tax rate jump to a different level because he crossed over some threshold? Essentially, what happened was here, I’m going to go back to it. Uh, let’s see here.

Okay. So what happened was is that his his threshold like the the social security benefits is really what went up because when you go over a certain amount of income. Well, now his social security is now his social security is now instead of being half, it’s now taxed at 85% of his social security is taxable. So what happened for him was you don’t have to add in his you don’t have to add in the just the IRA, but you also have because it took his income tax rate higher. It’s not just the $1,000 because it’s also $1,000 plus 85 cents of this uh right here. 85 cents of a so $850 of that also got added because it’s 85% 85 cents on the dollar is taxable. Doesn’t mean he gets an 85% tax on it. It means that 85 cents on that dollar is taxable income because he’s adding it to his overall taxable income. That’s how it worked. So, I know it’s a little complicated. If you want to go through, I can go through it with you individually and I’m happy to do that. Um, but those are the things where what I would my advice to Bill in this case is don’t take the money for this out of your IRA. take it out of if you have other money to take it out of, take it out of there because it’s going to cost you more by taking it out of your IRA, especially from his situation. That’s why. So, all right. So, with that, any other hopefully that answered your question, Mark. Um,

all right. I know I listen I know I a few people have to drop off because I try and keep these to under an hour and unfortunately we had some questions and this was a lot of information that I want to make sure I got through to everybody. So I think that answers most of the questions we have here. I’m going to stay on um just in case anybody has any other questions they have. If there’s any latecoming questions, I’ll stay on. But other than that, hey, I’m going to give you guys back your afternoon. Have a Thank you guys for being here. Um hopefully you got some uh some information that you can take action on and uh feel free to give me a call anytime. That being said, I will stay on for a few minutes longer if there’s any more questions that pop in. Hey. Hey, Bill. This is Mark. Hey Mark, just asked you that question about the thousands. I get what you’re saying on that. I get it. Um, how do you know when you’re jumping up from 50% to that 85% taxable portion of your social security? Is it a number cut off? Yeah, it’s a number cut off. So, um, there are different levels at which, um, I can Oh, sorry. Uh, hold on a second. Did I Okay. Well, um, so yeah, there’s different levels of so if you’re making like if your income if your income if you’re living in Arkansas living on ramen and you’re making less than I I don’t know the exact numbers, but they’re in the low 20s, you’re it’s tax, you know, it’s tax your social security is taxfree. If you’re above a certain level and up to somewhere in the mid-4s or so, it’s taxed at 50%. Okay. Um, and then and then above above uh 40 some odd thousand it ends up being taxed at uh 85%. Okay. So most people are going to be in that 85% tax. Yeah. But but just know that when you take it out of your IRA, you’re not just taking it out of your IRA. You also got to you also because you’re increasing your income. So, you also got to know that your social security income is going to be taxable as well. That’s that’s what I mean by and and it’s not all of your social security income. It’s 85 cents on a dollar of it is 85% of it is taxable. It’s taxable. It doesn’t Yeah. It doesn’t mean that it’s an 85% tax bracket. It means that it’s taxable income. Okay. That’s what it means. Okay. Great. Thanks, man. You got it.

All right. Any other questions here? Okay. Oh, hold on. Late breaking. Uh, one came in from Mary Ellen. Okay. Um, if you have $400,000 in a Roth IRA, 500 $5,000 in a traditional IRA, and you convert the $5,000 to a Roth, will the PR rat rule be triggered because there is a mix of pre-tax and post-tax money in all IRA? No. If you have Okay, so I think what they’re talking about is if you have some IRA, so I’m not saying coingle money. That’s not what I’m saying. Like if you have an IRA, you have a 401k. So nowadays, people have 401ks that they have some money in their pre-tax money and some money in a Roth 401k money. Okay. when you roll that over and you could essentially if you max out your contribution if you max out your contribution on a yearly basis um which is uh somewhere in the neighborhood of about 30,000 um depending on your age it’s well 20 it’s low 20s but if you you have step ups and things like that if you’re you know if you’re over the age of 50 which most people on here are um But, you know, you get some benefit. Well, you can you can go up to about just in the neighborhood of about $30,000, a little over $30,000. Well, if you contribute over that, well, you can still contribute to it, but you don’t get the deduction anymore. You don’t get that, you know, you’re capped at it. So, you can essentially, let’s say that you had $5,000 in addition that you put on that. Now, that’s you put it into your pre-tax IRA, but you didn’t get the deduction on that. Well, that $5,000,

the gain on that will be pre-tax, but that $5,000 you didn’t you’ve already paid taxes on that. You didn’t get a deduction on that. So, that that $5,000 you can roll over to a Wroth. You’re not converting it. you can roll that over to a Wroth later. Okay? But the um but it will any money that you have in a Wroth that will separate and you’ll roll that over to a Roth. You cannot you do not want to and you cannot most most financial institutions will not will do that for you. Make sure that you’re not comingling pre-tax money and after and after tax money. you know, we’ll we’ll keep it separate. And typically what’ll happen is you’ll do when you do a 401k roll roll roll rollover, it’s called a it’s a direct rollover where you don’t actually get the check. It goes directly to the other institution. We’ll help you we’ll help you manage that. So hopefully Mary that that answered your question. Uh okay. Well, what she wrote here was, “I read the pro rata rule is the PR rata rule can trigger unexpected taxes on Roth conversions if your IAS contain a mix of pre-tax.” Yeah. You just want to make sure that you don’t Yeah. You want to make sure that you don’t coingle that money. You know, that’s the whole and your advisor should be doing that for you. So, with that, um, yes, Beth, I will contact you. I’ll send you an email to, uh, set up an appointment if you want to. Or what you can do is, hold on, let me get to that. You can also, uh, take that QR code and it’ll just take you directly to my Where is it? I don’t want to go too far.

Where is it?

There we go. You can just click on that QR code and that’ll take you right to my uh right to my calendar if you want to book a time to meet with me.

All right, on that note, hey guys, uh I will again I’ll be on here for a few minutes longer just in case. Um,

and what I’ll do is for anybody left on, if they want to ask a question, uh, you can just unmute your phone. You unmute. There’s a little microphone at the bottom if you want to ask a question. I’ll Or if you just want to say hello.

Hello. Talk to Hello. Hello. Who am I? Is this Beth? Yes, it is. Hey, Beth. Hey. Um, so you had sent the QR code, but the QR code is on my phone, and I need my phone to read the QR code, which is possible. Yeah, don’t worry about it. What I’ll do is I’ll shoot you an email that you can just on my email, every one of my emails, it’ll have a little link to my calendar as well. So, I’m going to shoot out an email to everybody who is on here thanking them. In my every email I have, there’ll be a there’ll be a little link. You can access my calendar. You’ll get that if not by the end of today, by certainly by tomorrow. Awesome. Blossom. Thank you. All right. Look forward to seeing you. Thanks. You got it.

Hi, Bill. Hi, Mary. Hi. I I was the one asking you I was just trying to look up um I was the one asking you about the pro rattle rule you know and I um so right now I am just I’m just working part-time just making a like a teeny bit amount money so I have a lot of money in a Roth IRA and then you know say I earn like $6,000 um but I do earn from like from investments and things I do have um an AGI um above the level I can contribute that $6,000 directly to a Wroth. So I have to do like a backdoor Roth conversion, you know. So, um, and so I just wanted to know if I put that $6,000 into a traditional IRA, um, and then I do that backdoor conversion cuz it it am I is there Oh, that’s different. Yeah, hold on. Because that’s that’s a little different. Um, because with I was I was talking about 401ks. Yeah. Um because 401ks you can contribute above your certain amount. Like if you reach your taxable threshold you can contri That’s why I was talking about with 401ks. I didn’t know you were talking about an IRA. Yeah. Um yeah there are certain now um again I’m putting on my disclaimer hat uh because I’m not qualified to give tax or legal advice. For tax or legal advice, please talk to your qualified tax or legal professional. Okay. All right. Now that I got that out of the way, um, so when it comes, yeah, I was talking specifically about 401ks because you can contribute as you can contribute over your allotted amount now. You don’t get the deduction anymore, but then essentially that’s a backdoor conversion where then you can say, hey, you know what? Um, you know, I I’m going to take that extra amount. Yeah. But that yeah that that’s not sort of my case because I’m I’m not I had that before but now I I’m not working in like a company where I have a 401k but I am making that like I do some consulting work. It’s not bringing not a lot but like I can’t put that money directly into a Roth because again my AGI is too high so from like investment income and things. So am I a problem to have though? Mary pardon. I know. So is it possible for me to put it into the traditional IRA and then convert it to a rock? But like I or will then it look at everything I have like all the IRAs and then I just I heard there’s like you really have to be careful how you do those backdoor conversions. So, I just And you might not be the person to ask about this. I might need to Well, I’ll tell you what. I’ll cuz now you’ve you’ve asked an intriguing question that I’m curious about. So, I’m going to see if I can get the answer, too. Um Okay, cool. Yeah. You know, we can Yeah, we can get that together. Um, I heard like, you know, I don’t know if you know like that fin like Susie Orman like financial consultants really say you have to be careful about that scenario because then if it looks across all your IRAs, you definitely, you know, I have a lot of money actually in a Roth IRA. I definitely don’t want that sweep to go across my total uh IRA situation. Yeah. Yeah. And that’s the thing like if you’re Yeah. typically the raw and I don’t know if the because that was a loophole the uh the backdoor conversion that was a loophole that I don’t know if the I don’t know if the big the big beautiful bill is a is is a bill stack it’s like thousands of pages the bill so and it’s got all this other stuff that has nothing to do with taxes in it but but with that um I don’t know if they took that, you know, I don’t know if that affects that loophole cuz that was a loophole that I I was understanding that, you know, um it you know, they were looking to possibly close that loophole, but I don’t know if they did. Yeah. Like cuz they like if you like on the IRS or or websites that were um explain the IRS, it says the pro rattle rule applies in aggregate across across all traditional SE and simple IRAs. Even if one account holds only after tax contributions like a Roth, the IRS looks at the combined balance, the combined balance to determine how much of a conversion is taxable. And that’s where like advisors say you really have to be careful about that. But you know my goal why I’m asking this question is you know I took another alliant um seminar and I really am trying to get everything over to a wroth but I don’t want to like shoot myself in the foot for this teeny amount of money. Right. That’d be crazy if I if I made the wrong decision and like for $6,000 then it does a sweep across. That would be really a horrible horrible decision. Yeah. So that’s but I really wanted to thank you though for that. That’s interesting like if I did have some leftover in the traditional IRA then you know I it was so interesting about the charity like sending it directly to a charity like that I you know like I could use that money in the future to you know because I do like to give to charity and then um and that I take my RMD out of that traditional IRA and it doesn’t impact. So that was a really cool piece of information. Yeah, there’s so many things and that’s that’s a problem with I guess with today’s webinar that um you know there’s so much I actually cut a lot of it out because there’s so many cool things that I wanted but I I’m trying to cuz once you go over once you get over that like 45 minutes to an hour people start to glaze over and they’re just like you know my brain’s full I can’t like my head’s spinning starting to hurt a little bit I got a meeting at 3 you know and not everybody can stay on for an hour and a half onto a webinar. Yeah. I think it’s really interesting though. I I think you guys do really interesting. So, will will you be doing another uh seminar or Oh, I do it every every other week. Oh, okay. Cool. My next one’s going to be on annuities, but uh Yeah. Okay. Oh, I’m looking at the website because uh let’s see the annuities one on the 20. Oh, okay. That’s probably with someone else. That’s probably someone else uh presenting it. I think there’s one tomorrow or something. Is there? Cuz I have one. I’m doing it on the uh two weeks from today. So, it’ll be on June 2nd. I think second or third. Okay. June 2nd. June 2nd or 3rd. Okay. I’ll sign up for that. Hold on. I’ll tell I’ll tell you where it is. It’s uh because it’s in my It’s in my notes here. Uh cuz it was in the beginning. Uh hold on a second. See, there’s too many. Uh All right. Yeah, it’s June 3rd. June 3rd. Okay, cool. Well, and that’s going to be at 6. So 6 uh is that 6 Pacific or Eastern? That’s Pacific time. PM PST. Oh, okay. Great. Cool. Well, you know what? I’ll I’ll sign up for that. And then if you do happen to see anything for this kind of case um where you are just converting not from a 401k but from like a just a traditional IRA. I would I’d if you happen to find anything because I’ve really been researching on this. It’s kind of Well, I’ll tell you what. Have you ever done a plan before? Um I no I haven’t done Okay. Because one of the advantages of doing an a plan with with Alliant is when we do a plan, essentially what we do is or what I do is I take a look at all your goals. So obviously, you know, retirement is a big goal of most people, but we take a look at everything. We take a look at, you know, do you like to travel? How often do you buy a car? You know, do you have any honeydew lists you want to do? Hey, I want to redo the K. You know, we just redid our kitchen last year. It was like $80,000. you know our estimate was 50 but it of course you know you know the way it goes you know and and all those things. So you know the way you you know we just take those and we plan for them and you know the one thing and then what we do is we take a look at all the things we take a look at all those goals we’ll take a look at all the things you have to go towards your goals. So, we take a look at your 401ks, if you got a pension, if you have a, you know, all those different things, all your accounts, whether they’re here at the line or elsewhere. And then we’ll come up with kind of a financial GPS to see what are the odds of you living your rest of your life, doing all the things you want to do, and still having money left over. And you’re going to get a you’re going to get a number between zero and 100. Zero being I’m married.

Hello. Bill.

Hold on, Mary. Are you there? Oh. Oh, I think it got I I just I just I I think you got I was like, “Oh, I think we lost him.” Yeah. You know what? It it went off for a second there. So, sorry. So, so anyway, so are you uh are you able to see me or Yeah, I can now. I You It froze. I didn’t know like sometimes Zoom edit I see it’s an hour and a half the hour and a half mark and just cut us off. I was like, “Oh, I’ve never this has never happened before.” Oh, yeah. Yeah. Cool. Well, you know, I will, you know, I’m um I’m going I’m going to be traveling um but I and taking care I have to take care of my uncle for a while and then I’m going to the East Coast, but I’ll be back in in late June and I would like to do a kind of deep dive. So, I took your information and I I will try if I if I’m not traveling on that day at June 3rd, I’ll be at my uncle’s. So, June 3rd, I’ll try to catch that one time. Where where’s your uncle at? Uh, he’s in Port I’m in Portland, Oregon, and he’s in Port Towns in Washington, and he is 95, soon to be 96. He’s still sharp as attack, but he has some his do his he lives with his daughter. She’s going away, so he has, you know, some medical frailty. So we I make meals for him and stuff and that’s awesome. So I it’s it’s good and we uh so we talk about you know all this kind of stuff. So I um but I’m real interested in in these topics and I really like I really like Alliance. So thanks for thanks for taking so much time. If you happen to hear anything now because I mentioned backdoor Roth conversion in this way you might hear something about it. Yeah. No, cuz the the typically when I talk about a backdoor Roth conversion, it’s from a it’s from a for you. Excuse me. It’s from a 401k, not an IRA. Yeah. Yeah. You know, I’d have to I’d have to take a look and see if that’s you know, if that’s still Yeah. If that’s a if that triggers something different. Okay, cool. Are you in San Francisco? I am. Where you at? Oh, you’re I’m in Portland, but I lived in Berkeley. I lived in Berkeley for like 20 years, so I know the 650. Nice. Yeah, I have client I have clients all over the states, but yeah, I mean I I do. And actually, because you are Are you married or No, no, no. Oh, not to be not to be the the reason why cuz I was going to do another um I was going to do another example, but it just didn’t have time for It’s not so much where you own. It’s it’s not what you own, it’s where you own it. And different assets can pay differently based on, you know, how you how you treat them from, you know, if you’re taking income, which I’ll I’ll you know what, if we do a plan, I’ll I’ll take a look and I’ll specifically take a look at what you have. And did you know does Alliant also even if it’s like paid service in addition to the financial investment side do you guys have um tax preparers or is that something we go outside of a lion uh like uh I have tax preparers I work with but usually the tax preparers I work with or in the Bay Area. So Okay. Okay. You know I don’t know anybody specific. And you want someone who’s in your area because they got to know the state. They got to know the state tax laws. Yeah. And also like the county cuz Portland, it’s so funny because you know everyone thinks New Jersey and California are the worst taxes, but oddly and I’d have to really do an analysis, but I I think maybe Oregon like living in Portland is worse because well, first of all, we hit the um level of income h faster. California has an ultimately a higher tax rate than Oregon, but I think you hit the levels faster in Oregon. And then we have some terrible like county taxes and even city taxes. So that like I can relate. I listen I live in San Francisco. So I can totally relate. Yeah. Which I believe in. I believe in paying taxes to to help our community. But it does get I’m like, “Oh god, this is getting I I’m in I’m into tax. I’m not into tax evasion. That’s illegal. I do never I will never but I don’t want to and I like I talk to my clients all the time about this where you know a lot of I get a lot of clients who complain about I don’t want to make more money cuz I’m going to have to pay more taxes and I’m like you know the only reason why you’re pay like I would like my response to them is usually you know I would like nothing more than to pay I would love to pay a million dollars in taxes every year and they’re like earning a lot. I’m like, listen, if I’m paying a million dollars in taxes, it means I made at least three. Yeah. You know what? I’ll take that any that that’s my attitude, too. Like, you know, I just don’t want to be making mistakes. Like, that’s why I’m really asking about the prat rule because I I’m paying more taxes cuz I screwed up or, you know, like I don’t want to do things like the Medicare thing, missed the window, because that’s just dumb, right? That’s just throwing money away because it’s a complex system and most people don’t understand it and they make a it’s Yeah, it’s a dumb mistake. Yeah, that is int. That’s an intense mistake. Wow. That totally doesn’t Yeah, that doesn’t have to happen. And it just happens because people don’t know and they don’t think about it and they don’t plan in advance and it happens unfortunately more than people think. So I know that I put I put a big I put a big note in there like sign up for Medicare. Well, um, cool. Thank you, Bill. I I, um, uh, I will be in touch and, uh, and I hope I can catch your, uh, annuity seminar. Thanks so much for Hey, is it Mary Ellen or just Mary? Mary Ellen. Got it. All right. Take care, Mary Ellen. Okay. Take care now. Bye. Bye. Bye. Bye now.

June 17, 2026
05/20/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Life After Work

management um in investment planning. Uh broad variety of investments uh maybe even a little bit of life coaching when it comes to your retirement years. Speaking of our webinars, we offer multiple webinars throughout the week with different presenters. Each of us will host a uh twice a month uh on a variety of topics. So, our team at Alliant Retirement Investment Service, we’re really focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, and much more. I encourage you to take a look at our resources at our website, which is aris.allantcreditun.com.

Um, and you can see a list of our weekly webinars, um, our podcast, which is called Investsavvy, um, our blog, uh, and other financial resources that are available to you. Um, frankly, the easiest way to find us is right on the Alliant Credit Union website where in the upper right hand corner, the tab that says retire and invest. As I mentioned, we each do two a month. So, my next webinar will be on Tuesday, that’s June 2nd, at 6:00 p.m. Central, 700 p.m. Eastern. Um, and that will be Social Security. It’s a choice of a lifetime. We’ll look at benefits, eligibility, claiming strategies, things you should consider, and the impacts, some of the tax impacts, um, implications, etc. I try to do one in the evening and one in the afternoon. So, after that, I’ll be back in the afternoon on Wednesday, June 17th at 2:00 p.m. Central, 3:00 Eastern Standard Time. Um, we’ll be talking about the anatomy of res a recession. So, I think this is always an especially relevant topic this past year as well as years in the past. Um, you know, tariff lawsuits, midterm elections, wars. We’ll talk about recessions from a historical perspective and how they apply to our current situation. I’ll give you some updated current uh data. We’ll discuss Fed rate cuts, your non-cuts, maybe even raise rate, maybe even a hike. Um tariffs, whatever that might be, our government shutdown, which finally ended, uh geopolit geopolitical decisions, etc.

All right, so today’s agenda. Look, if you’re here, it mean you’re probably thinking ahead to retirement and wondering how are you going to replace that income. Uh once those paychecks start coming, uh you spent years saving, scrimping, planning, and you probably amassed a goodsized piggy bank. We’ll call your nest eggs piggy banks here. Uh maybe even a couple of piggy banks. So yet there’s still worry that your savings and retirements are not enough to support you in those golden years. And I would say this is probably a um kind of a big issue, right, as far as will you have enough? It’s a big concern for most Americans out there. So, over the next 30 minutes or so, uh we’ll talk about how you can manage your piggy banks to generate that retirement income you’ll need. I’ll walk you through some of the basic guidelines on building a retirement income plan. Um and we’ll be happy to take your questions at the end of the presentation. Uh if you have any questions, you can either save them or just go ahead and enter that into the chat or the Q&A box now and um we’ll feel those at the end. If there’s something that is somewhat timely, I’ll try to look at the questions and if if I can answer them quickly during the presentation, I’ll do that. Um so this webinar is titled life after work, right? Because retirement income planning is really all about it’s creating the good life for yourself after you leave your primary job. And that doesn’t mean you won’t necessarily work. Frankly, most people are planning to continue working in some capacity after they leave their main job. But hopefully the work you do in retirement won’t feel like work, right? It’s something that you want to do, not that you have to do because work is a thing that you’re spending your whole life trying to get away from. And life is what you’re moving toward.

So now, like anything else you buy or invest in, you need to figure out how to fund your life at work. You need a budget and a plan.

Now, for many of us, you know, we could we’re talking about 30 years um where you’re responsible for your own paycheck. So given that length of time, you should probably have some type of retirement income plan.

So now I would say if there’s ever a time to plan, retirement is probably the time, right? That’s probably the biggest decision you’ll be making in your life because once you leave your primary occupation, you know, you start depending on multiple sources of income in retirement and you want to make sure that that income lasts because at the end of the day, nobody wants to go back to work at 80 years old because they didn’t plan right. So it’s really important to have a plan. So retirement in uh retirement income helps you determine how much income you need. Right? That’s why we plan and where that income will come from when you start social security, whether or not you’re going to work, how you manage withdrawals from your retirement accounts or investment accounts that are not retirement accounts, so you have the sustainable lifestyle throughout that retirement. Look, at the end of the day, above all, you want to be sure that your income outlasts your last breath of air. So, you need to manage your plan of retirement. Now, the recommended is over 30 years, maybe more, maybe less. Now, obviously, you could live to 100. Um, that’s something that we talk to clients about when when we’re doing the planning process. We talk about your family’s longevity. So, that’s something that you want to take into account. I mean, the reality is, how many people live 30 years in retirement? Not that many. It’s really far fewer, but it is something that you probably want to plan for maybe 25 or somewhere around there. So, the problem with living longer, because people do live to be 100, is that will you have enough money, right? How is your retirement plan measuring up for that?

So some of the research out there I think it’s really interesting, right? So they they look at some polls and they talk to people who about their expectations on income uh sources in retirement and they ask people who are still working and then they ask people who are actually retired and as you can see right social security most people expect social security to be a major source of of their income. Um there’s a couple though that I want to point out and and let me basically explain how this works. Right? So if you look at that second that second one where it says workplace retirement savings plan right that’s your 401k 43b things like that. So the survey they expected a major source of income 84% of those people said that who are the actual workers but they haven’t reached retirement yet. So when they they talked to people who are actually retired, only about half of them, a little less, and 49% said that was the case. Um, so that one’s an interesting one. And that’s really we’ll we’ll talk that talk about that a little bit is that what we found is that people think it’s important and they know it’s important, but the reality is as life gets in the way, right? They start putting other things as a priority, right? And and I’m not saying they’re not important, right? you know, your your family, your children, you have to take care of your parents, whatever that might be, housing, layoffs. Um, but but that’s where where our plan and sometimes the reality of things impact it, right? They they collide. Uh, so the other one I thought was really interesting too was 245 down where it says work for pay. Now about 3/4 of workers say, “Hey, you know what? We plan on on working in retirement. The reality of it is only about a fourth end up working.” And a lot of that is either health, right, or they’re unable to find a job because I know agism is legal in the United States, but the reality is it exists. So if you’re planning when when folks talk to us about that we usually say hey

um so someone said hey this is from 2023 it is a little bit but it’s not too far uh that you’ll find that that might be a little bit right so like the work for pay was up 73 from 68 what I would say is it might look a little bit different now um but I would say somewhat of a a cycle anomaly, right, where we’re going through a bit of of uneasiness, right, with inflation where they feel like they have to push this back, people are cutting back. So, you know, I’ll actually reach out to our marketing folks and see if they have an updated number just to see how that changes. I would be interested to see though. But I would also say that whatever the change is, I would also say does it revert back to the mean um once we go through these really kind of I don’t want to say strange cycles, but for lack of a better word, strange cycles.

So just some retirement statistics, right? So we give you context context and this is not to scare anyone or anything like that and and I would I would caution against this, right? So I would caution against using these statistics to say woo it’s not me. I am fine. That means I’m fine because this is a very individual thing. Um but the numbers frankly are alarming. Uh and at some point this is going to come to a head in the next decade or two. Uh so 28% of American workers have no retirement savings. said, “Yes, this date is a few days old, but I would pro or a few years old, but again, I would contend that we’re probably not too far different on that. So, as advisers, we try very hard to help you aim higher and we like to think that the SEGS, which are the companies that are affiliated with our credit union, uh that participation rate is much much higher because we very much encourage that participation your form of case. So, how about an IRA, right? How many of you save money in a traditional or a Roth? Only about a third have IAS. Now, I will tell you, is that required? Not really. If you’re actively and aggressively participating in your 401k, the key is to have something right and make sure it’s yours. But it’s an alarmingly low number.

So, um, for those who are contributing to their IAS and either and their 401ks, right, only 16% of Americans age 50 and up take advantage of their catchup contributions to their IRA. Uh, and for those of you unfamiliar with it, this year in 2026, you are allowed to, if you’re over 50, you’re allowed to do an extra $1,100. So, where you would have $7,500 and what you can contribute, now you can do an extra $1,100. Just a little bit of a an FYI for your 401k, those contribution limits are much much higher where for 2026 you can do $24,500. And on that catch up provision, uh you can do an extra $8,000 which would take you to 325. Uh there’s actually this really cool super catchup provision. They didn’t get too creative in their names. Uh where you could do 11,250, but that’s only from ages 60 to 63. Hopefully they will extend that from 60 and up. I think that would be a wonderful thing.

So, this is something that I think is interesting. Do you think your retirement savings are on track? Hopefully, everybody on this call says yes. They feel 100% confident with it. Um, but we find that less than half of those who are age 60 plus going into that home stretch, right? They look at the retirement savings and they’re maybe not sure if they’re on track or not. I can tell you it’s even less for those of us who are between 50 and 59. Uh that’s only 34%.

Uh, and the last little tidbit on some stats, only about a third of American households have 250 or more in retirement savings. Um, I don’t know if that’s as alarming, right? Because because they are looking at at total households and you know, when you’re 20s and your 30s, it takes a little bit of time through compounding and and diligent contributions to get to that much. But with that said, it’s still a somewhat low amount.

Um, oh, someone asked a question about over uh about income. I’ll I’ll address that one at the end. The short answer is there’s a loophole on that. Um, so so when you imagine your retirement, and this is different for everyone, right? some general commonalities in it but still at the end of the day it’s a very individual thing or an individual and her joint thing right so imagine your life in retirement right so you take a step back for a moment you visualize how you want to live that new life right how will things be different for you or you and your spouse after you leave your current job right what do you want your life to be like where will you live what will you do you know how How long do you think you’ll live? Um, what surprises does life hold? How much income you’ll think you need? Look, and I’ve been doing this for over 30 years, right? And I’ve been dealing with retirees and my parents were being part of that group. These are real practical questions um that many clients have a concern with. So, one of the things that we do is when we’re meeting, right, for some pre-retirees, right, the first consideration is where they’ll live, right? So, we kind of reverse engineer this when we do their planning. And not everyone changes their residence in retirement, but a lot of people do. So, if you’re not tied to a job and you can live, you’re free to live anywhere. Maybe you’d like to live closer to your children or grandchildren or other family members or closer to a particular hobby or a particular weather. Um maybe you’d like to downsize. Uh so affordability is a key consideration or maybe convenience, right? You have this big house and you’re like, you know what, the maintenance is just such a headache. Um maybe it’s just a little bit easier to just go buy a condo near the beach or near a golf course and spend my days there. So I will say this as individual it is this right there are some general preferences like climate and culture some recreational opportunities that are really similar right amongst amongst most retirees. So even if you don’t have an idea of what your retirement looks like for you knowing what other people do I think it’s a good baseline for a conversation. So, as you can see, probably the biggest two or three are being near family or friends, um affordable cost of living, uh and access to health care, right? Because as we get older, as a general rule, as a general rule, we don’t get healthier. Things need a little more maintenance here and there. So, let’s talk a little bit about this. So, how much home will you need? And it’s how much home do you need versus how much home do you want, right? Uh will you downsize? Should you even rent? So the average American, right, over 65 has 300,000 in home equity. That might come into play later as an asset or at least potential source of income. But when you look at why many retirees move, right, it’s reducing their expenses, right? downsize into a smaller home or they’re moving closer to family and friends, right? Moving to a better climate. All the snowbirds up there who come down here, that’s completely reasonable. Um, or maybe you just want something different. I think all of those are very exciting and very good reasons, but you definitely want to think about how those impact you, right? And and this is something that I would say you probably want to start thinking about a few years before you actually retire, right? Unless you know for an absolute fact where you’re going to retire, you know, oh, my kids and grandkids are in North Carolina, so I’m going to move from Texas to there um or Florida.

Everybody’s a little bit different there. So, so what will you do, right? So, there’s some income generating activities and expense generating activities, right? So, you continue working, own a business that’s profitable, right? So, just owning a business doesn’t necessarily mean it’s going to be an income generating uh income generating uh activity, I guess. So, the expense sharing activities, right? Your biggest ones are hobby and travel. uh and those will vary right because you have control over those right now owning a business like a startup you always want to try a new venture that’s certainly an outflow of cash and things like that should probably be planned prior prior to right that way you have an idea of how much seed money you’ll want to spend what your burden rate is we could look at things like that uh

Let’s look at the next slide. So, how long will you live? Right? And frankly, if we all knew that life would be much much much much easier. Um, and this is what I would tell you. So, this is actually kind of important when we talk about life expectancy because because life expectancy and mortality tables. So, I’ll take just a few minutes on this. So, so the last bullet point over there says ensure your money lasts to age 95 or 100. Now, there’s some quite a bit of push back in our industry on that. And and the reason why is is this matters. This is why we talk about um your mortality, right? We talk about like your longevity and your family’s history and things like that. So, and the reason why that matters is that in a zero sum world, right? If money were infinite and wealth were infinite, of course you want to plan for 95 or 100. But the reality is a very small number of people are going to reach that. And if everybody focuses on living to 100, that’s okay if you still have enough assets to do everything that you wanted to do. The problem is is if you’re like, well, I really wanted to do these things, but I’m really worried that I want to have enough money in case I live to 100. Right? That’s that balance on on on what you do, right? I mean, how much do you spend? What age is an appropriate age for you to plan? And that’s a very individual thing. And that’s one of the things that we talk about. We look at different scenarios. Um, but here’s the interesting thing about life expectancy, especially since we probably have a very broad range of people who are attending this webinar, right? So we know that you like 81 somewhere around there is life expectancy that we hear um for men maybe a little bit older for women couple years more than that. So here’s the thing about mortality tables, right? So at age 50, I’m just going to use men. Current age 50. Additional life expectancy for men is 28 years, right? So that takes you to 78. Well, now at 55, we look at that and that additional life expectancy is 24 years. You’re like, wait a minute, that is 79. So what happened? And then let’s go to age 60. So then it’s 20.4. 4 years. So now, wait a minute, that takes me to over age 80 and to 65, which is right around retirement age, right? So you’re looking at 81 almost 82. So then obviously 70 it falls down to 13. So now you’re looking at 83.7, right? So it’s a little bit older. So this is what happens. And this is why mortality table are very interesting is that from a very very big big sample size of the population

there’s a fair amount of people who die I’ll just go through each one from 50 to 55 55 to 60 etc etc so from 50 to 55 a certain number of people will pass away right whether it’s by accident natural causes cancer heart attack stroke whatever that may So the point is, so that takes out a certain percentage of the population as a whole. So when you go to 55, if you’ve made it to that, you’ve m you’ve avoided some of those becoming a statistic, right? I guess. And and so on and so forth. So when you get to 50, you you’ve bypassed a lot. When you’ve done 55, you’ve you’ve missed out on a lot of things that might have taken people out, etc., etc. So, so there are these statistics that you know if you make it if you’ve made it to 70 your chances of living to 90 are much greater. So always be mindful of that. That’s one of the reasons why we say hey you know plan to 90 or 95 or 100. And the reality is we’re talking to people usually in their 40s or 50s or 60s because you kind of know what happens as you go down the road. I would tell you this, the reality is most people who are in their 90s aren’t spending anywhere near as much money as they were in their 60s, right? So that’s part of the eb and flow. That’s part of wealth planning. That’s certainly part of retirement planning and retirement income planning. So what surprises I forgot this is the next slide and this is exactly why. So what surprises does life hold, right? health things we have some control over but the reality is father time forgets no one. So as we get older start moving a little bit slower might need a little more maintenance. So things happen. Family, it’s the same thing. Family gets older, right? So they might need some help. Whether it’s parents, whether it’s our adult kids, whether it is our grandkids, right? So there’s so many things out there. The economy, I wish we could control that, but it is um it is a concern. Sorry, I just saw uh something come through. Um so whether it’s the economy or some major disasters right so many things that you can’t control so we have an allowance on how we plan for that so how much income will you need so I think these are great if you have not done this before um the retirement budget worksheet is actually on our website if you need it uh can’t find it just shoot me a quick email or something and I’ll send it to you um but this is something that everyone should work on at least have an idea and this in theory should not take long. This is like a five or a 10 minute thing. Um and what you do is when I always tell folks when you run that budget right run where your current budget is roughly and then right next to it in parenthesis put what you think those numbers will be in today’s dollars right at retirement. And what you can do is you can see how things will change or how things will reduce like commute right that cost is x amount of dollars. Well once I retire that should go to zero but my travel right it might be very low and it might increase it’s one of my hobbies or if you love golf which I do not well I like the game it doesn’t love me um that might go up. So whatever that might be and this is a very individual snapshot of your cash flow. really good baseline for your planning.

So, um, so what you also want to do is as you’re going in, right, you’re reviewing all of those potential sources of income, right? your social security, your pensions if you’re lucky enough to have that, annuities if you have one, um built one, uh maybe part-time work if you plan on working, uh some investment properties, maybe you have some business interest, right? So, all of those are important. Uh and what we do is when we look at those, right, maybe those might not be for the entire time that you’re retired, right? For example, your business interest might say, “Hey, look, I want to do this. It’s kind of a hobby. It’s profitable, but it kills time, and I enjoy doing it, but I’m not going to do this forever.” Or part-time work might be the same thing, right? I I hope to work for the rest of my life, but the reality is I probably won’t. Um I by choice, right? Not financially. Um I I imagine myself to be that guy at Ace Hardware working part-time just shooting the bull on ideas on projects. So, it’s something that I enjoy doing. So everybody’s different. So when we look at those, we’ll talk a little bit about that like this, right? So here are the characteristics of those, right? Social security, right? This is guaranteed for life, right? And there’s income that is guaranteed for life and other income that is not. So you always have to look at these things, right? So social security, as you all know, it’s inflationadjusted income. It is guaranteed for life. Hot tip, insider tip. even though it’s adjusted for inflation over time, it does not pace inflation. It’s a little bit behind it. Um, pensions, they’re fixed income and they’re guaranteed for life. Now, most pensions are are are static, meaning the x amount of dollars that you’re getting for that month, 10, 20 years down the road, you’re going to be getting that same dollar amount, and it’s still nice, right? But the purchasing power is less. You can’t buy as much. So you always want to make an accommodation for inflation and increase in prices. Um earnings from work fixed variable income that is not permanent. At some point it could um cease if your health changes or as we get older, right? We might not be able just to physically do that. Um annuities fixed or variable. Now you have to manage those for sustainability. they’ve really come a long way and they’re a very useful tool. Uh other income, right, whether it’s investment property or business interest, even at some point those might just become too much of a hassle over time. Um but they still can be a great idea. So income from your investments, right? And this is like your income and withdrawals, your IAS, your 401ks, savings accounts, nonqualified investment accounts, which basically means your brokerage accounts like that. Uh but where do most so where do retirees say their income is actually coming from? Right? So this is the average retirey. So the average retiree makes about 48,000 a year. I saw some more recent numbers at about like 54,000 somewhere around there. Um so a fair share of that actually comes from social security. Uh and then from that you have company pensions. Now, I would probably contend that if I were doing this in another 10 or 15 years, I would imagine that pension percentage would be much much lower. I would hope the 401ks are much much higher as we transition through the generations, right? That we have a better grasp and understanding. For you Gen Xers, um that was a difficult time, right? Because Gen X’s, boomers, baby boomers were used to pensions. Gen Xers came into that time where pensions were kind of going away. So, it’s pretty rare if you have a pension if you’re generation X and certainly even less so if you’re younger than that, right? Um, inheritance, we can all hope, uh, home equity, etc. So, other other savings and investments, and that’s usually, and that’s us like your brokerage accounts, IAS, things like that. But let’s take a look at each one of those, right? So, Social Security, what will your benefit be? What will your spouse’s benefit be? This is actually a really good thing to have kind of an understanding of as far as you factor that into your planning. We actually do a webinar specifically about this. What age should you and your spouse claim? How you maximize social security? And it’s not just about the maximum dollar, right? It’s the maximum dollar combined with the quality of life that you’re trying to imagine yourself, right? How do you optimize those benefits? Um, now with your cost of living, right? So, if it’s 2,000, just to give you an idea, if it were a $2,000 payment today, in 10 years at 2.8, which uh you’d look at about 2,600 in 10 years, you’d look at about 3,400. Uh, and in 30 years, you’d look at about 4,500. Right? Now, in theory, that amount, even though it’s more as the dollar amount on the nominal, what it does do is it should in theory buy the same amount of goods as it does today, right? So, yes, it’s more money, but you’re still buying the same amount of goods. If you have not done this before, right, that SSA gov, that estimator, it’s really good, and you should already have a an account with social security. is free to sign up and it’s a secure website. If you haven’t done that, you should and it’ll give you an individual estimate of your specific. If you don’t have it, you want a quick one, they have a quick calculator on the Social Security website. It’s actually a great idea just to have a rough idea as part of it. Pensions, um, we’re not going to spend a whole lot of time on this because these are far far fewer, but the big question on a pension when you’re planning is whether you even get one or not, right? And if you’re with a company, uh, I would probably say, cuz companies with downsizing and everything, unless you’re already into this and you’ve been in it for a while and you’re guaranteed a certain amount, if it’s early on and you’re working for a company that has a pension, there’s probably a good chance at some point they’re going to suspend that. It’s just too costly for companies. So, from a sustainability aspect of it, um, but that would be an individual I whether you would consider that in your plan or not. um you know when you’re eligible for it right do you need 20 years do you need 30 years etc how much will it be what are your distribution options and when you look at those those specifics and how it applies to you I think at that point whether is when you’d say yeah you know you know I do want it as part of my my plan or or I don’t frankly so earnings from work will you work during your retirement what will you do full-time part-time how much income do you effect how long can you work for? All these things are really good questions, right? So what I normally tell people is we should always first run the plans assuming you can’t work or choose not to work and then see where you fall, right? And then you know are you working because you have to or working because you want to because I think that makes a big difference on what you choose to do, right? Or how much you enjoy work or what you’re going to decide to do from there. Um,

uh, we had someone raised their hand. So, what I would do is we normally don’t do the audio on the question. So, if you don’t mind if you could just type that question in there. I’ll be happy to address that uh, a little bit later toward the end here. Um, so we talk about working, right? That’s one of those things that you want to look at. And I would always say do not assume you’ll work or will be able to work. um annuities. Do you have an existing annuity? Uh are you looking to replace that income? Right, since you’re not going to be working anymore, uh if you do or you don’t, some of the options you want to look at are like these living benefit writers, right? Which is basically like your guaranteed income, how that works, guaranteed income, benefits, uh fees involved in those, any surrender charges, any tax implications on that. Right? So these I would say they’re neither good nor bad, right? Uh if you look at annuities, they kind of get a bad rap out there. And I don’t necessarily agree with that. Um I think less so now because the annuity world is has really become a they’ve come a long way as far as flexibility and pricing and things like that. Um I wouldn’t say it’s a categorical yes or a categorical no. Uh it’s one of those things that you should actually look at your particular situation. uh income investments from and your personal savings. So these are like the different types of you know retirement accounts whether it’s a company whether it’s an individual cash your broker account can vary so much because it depends on how you may uh actually be investing right risk how that is allocated what types of products you have in there’s a lot of choices in there um

other income so home equity earlier earlier we talked about uh someone you know The average person has like 300,000 in home equity in their home. One of the things that you can do is you can use a reverse mortgage. Now, I always say approach that with great caution. Uh because and you want to make sure the source you’re going with, the interest that they’re going to be charging you, the implications on that. Uh you might have real estate out there, whether you’re going to carry that through retirement or just use it asset and sell that off for a lump sum, business ventures, etc. So that really applies to a very small percentage of of the folks who attend these and actually even our our our membership with Alliant inheritances again if only right choose your parents wisely. Um if you have those that’s great if you don’t you’re not alone. Majority of people do not have anything significant as far as the inheritance goes. Uh and the same thing falls into trusts. So let’s talk a little bit about strategies. Uh, and this is this is kind of where we’ll we’ll spend a little bit of time here. So, there’s there’s as a general rule, there’s these three general strategies out there, right? Whether you’re living off your interests, uh, or whether you use the the 4% rule, and that’s been around for like 30 years now, um, and your bucket strategy. And we’ll go we’ll go into each one. Now, you want to look at when you’re looking at your withdrawal strategy, right? You want to look at mandatory expenses and discretionary expenses. So as a general rule, your mandatory is shelter, right? Transportation, food, associated utilities, um healthcare. The discretionary is how much do we go out to eat? Yes, we need to eat, but do we need to go out every night? Um how often do we travel? How much money do we spend on our grandkids, etc.?

So, the first one, it’s it’s a strategy that’s used less often now, right? It was living off the interest. And basically,

what you would do is you would invest your assets in something that generates some kind of dividend or some kind of interest. And then what you would do is whatever that income is is that’s what you would spend, but you wouldn’t touch your principal. That sounds kind of obvious. Now, we’ll talk a little bit about advantages, disadvantage a little bit. I’ll give you the quick sum. Now, here is the 4% rule, which most people go by. Um, I would say now it’s the 4.7% rule, but we we’ll we’ll expand on that. Um so the invest these assets are invested for a total return right so some capital gains some dividends some interest. Um so your withdrawals might come from different sources right it might come from a stock it might come from a bond interest it might be coming from a like a preferred dividend. uh the amount that you withdraw is not dependent on how much those assets earn. Some years they might earn 10, some years they might earn two, but your withdrawal is still really consistent. So basically the way it works is your first year withdrawal is 4% of the account value and then you use that as your baseline moving forward. That’s an example. you have a million. 4% of a million is $40,000. And then no matter what happens in the following year, whether that’s up or down, you will take that $40,000 and adjust that for cost of living. And then the next year, you’ll take that amount and adjust that for cost of living. That’s usually a little bit more complicated, right? And it’s I would say from a practical side that’s good in theory, but that is really hard to do if you go through a year where you’re where you’re portfolio loses you know 20%. To still still continue that and there’s a certain level of risk that goes with that. But um I said now the 4.7 rule. So when this was done back in the ‘9s it was called the 4% rule and it was really like a 4.12 or 4.15 but they just rounded it to four for discussion. Um the argument sake now is that 4% might be too conservative, right? Because the reality is people retiring a little bit later and they’re not living to 90 or 95, right? So you have this shorter withdrawal period. So the argument is that hey, you know, and and with the complexity and the broad choices of investments now, um that your earnings might be a little bit higher. So you might be in a position to be able to withdraw a little bit more than the four or even the 4.7 depending on when you start and depending upon how your investments are allocated. Uh the assumption on that was like a 50/50. So like 50% stocks, 50% bonds. The reality is most people rarely carry a 50/50 going into retirement. They’re usually closer to like a 65% stocks. Um and they they went back they went back like to the mid20s when they when they tested this right that 4% withdrawal rate on 50% stocks 50% bonds and at that point they had a zero chance of failure over 30 years. Um so that’s where it kind of became the standard for retirement. But I would tell you even though it’s happened in the past that and I cannot say this enough or stress this enough that this does not guarantee success. Right? the market is going to do what the market is going to do. So that’s why you have plants. Um let’s talk a little bit about the bucket strategy. So if you can imagine assets are placed in buckets based on time horizon and your expenses, right? So your current expenses, your upcoming expenses like I got a major purchase etc in the next 5 years and you have an aotted amount of money for that and that is invested a certain way right it’s more conservative then you go to your next bucket which is money that will be spent in five to 5 to 10 years now part of what that money will be used for is to replenish the 0 to 5 years and that will be invested it a certain way, right? Somewhere moderate risks, a range in your risk. And then your final bucket, right? That growth with that little sprouting tree. I think it’s a tree um with a 10 plus years. So, because it’s over 10 years, that pretty much covers most market cycles. So, you can pretty much focus on growth at that point, right? It’s just left to grow or left to bake in the oven.

Now, whichever strategy or combination of strategies that you use, now I will tell you for our purposes when we’re working with clients and as far as how I do it myself for my own personal assets, I use a combination of those buckets, right? Each each of those strategies has a strength and a weakness. So, utilizing all three of them to what suits your purpose the best. So, whatever strategy you use, don’t forget about Uncle Sam. Don’t forget about taxes because they’re not going to forget about you. So taxes are an important element right in your retirement income plan because obviously 401ks, regular IAS, those are taxed as traditional of just regular income, ordinary income, but you know things like capital gains are taxed lower. Some things that contribute or distribute from a Roth are taxfree altogether. So what I would say is this is one of the reasons why you start planning 5 years aggressively planning 5 years before your retirement. So you can start looking at your assets and the impact of how that distribution looks like, whether you need to start doing conversions into a Roth, how that might impact your social security, how that might impact your Medicare, right, with Irma, um that penalty for earning too much money. Um all of those factor in, right? So this is a good idea to start planning and looking at your income and having a rough income plan. Additionally, I would say is that even though you have your baseline for income, an annual revisit on, hey, what’s changed in your life? We expect that to change, go up, go down. Do we need to change how the income is coming from, you know, or the source or the amount? And it might be a little bit from here, it might be a little bit from there, it might be a little bit from there. So, all of that is part of your retirement income planning.

So, how retirement income is taxed? We briefly talked about this, right? So, social security and a lot of folks are surprised by this, but your social security is actually taxed. So, depending on how much you make and I have a feeling that if you’re on this, you are probably going to have your social security tax because it doesn’t take that much money to be taxed. So, up to 85% of those benefits can be taxed as regular income. Pensions, right? All are part of it depending on your plan. Earnings from work, right? still regular ordinary income. Now, your investment income if it’s in a regular brokerage account or like a you know some kind of stock or something taxes are paid on well differently, right? So, it could be long-term capital gain which is a lower bracket or a short-term capital gain or even some of your dividends. Those could be qualified dividends so they’re taxed on the lower. So, regular IRA distributions are taxed as ordinary income. So annuities, it depends on the type of annuity and depends on the amount that you’re taking out over the time. Uh and other assets, it just depends, right? Real estate, rental, selling property, etc. Um and all of those should be taken into account and looked at when you’re actually running your plan. It’s one of the things that we look at when we look at the different types of assets that someone has or plans to use. So where do you go from here? Right? So what I would say is the next step is I would always recommend an action plan in itself. Right? This is where you’re gathering your resources on transitioning into retirement. What that looks like whether you’re talking to folks who are already retired, you know, some of your co-workers who have recently retired or been retired for a very short period or recently and you’re still in touch with them. Those are great they’re great sources, right? um any necessary financial information, we can always help with any of those. Make a list of the questions and concerns you have on that and then make an appointment with an adviser, you know, whether it’s us, whether it’s who you work with and that’s how you get started and then you adjust your plan over time. There’s one that we call a fragile decade, which is the five years before. We map that out and then the five years after on what that looks like as far as some of the milestones that you should be looking at. um

how we can help um so life planning right questions to help you imagine your life in retirement if you haven’t thought about it one of the things that we do I think one of our biggest strengths on wealth management like mine is that helping you answer the question that you didn’t even know needed to be asked right um something that you haven’t considered maybe budgeting we have those budgets out there and we’ll look over those budgets and I can tell you, hey, you know, this is maybe a conservative play, you know, or amount that you’re putting in there. Have you considered this and this and this? You might want to consider upping that or not, but I want you to make an informed decision. Obviously, the account managers, we can help you with rollovers. We can help you with conversions, helping you more importantly establish a suitable withdrawal plan, right, for you and your family. uh help you with those required minimum distributions, those RMDs, right? How are they going to impact your taxes later? And more importantly, what’s going to happen when someone passes away and now you have that that joint tax return going to a single tax return, right? That individual tax return. What’s going to happen to your taxes? They go up generally. Um and just portfolio management. That’s kind of what we do. So we have now come to the end and I want to thank everybody for attending. So we’ve come to the part of the end of the presentation where we do some Q&A. So if you have any questions, go ahead and type those in the chat or in the Q&R. Um and while we’re doing that, I’m going to put up a poll as far as if you have any questions on your individual. Go ahead and click yes. We’ll schedule some time to talk about your individual. um plans, looking at what an income plan would look like for you. We can certainly help with that. Let me see what we have on questions.

You can chat.

Oh, so there was a question on Roth contributions, right? What if you make too much money? Uh one of the things that you can do is is Yes. So, there’s a couple of things regarding IAS. If you make too much money, you can’t contribute to a Roth. What you do is you contribute to it’s called a backdoor. You contribute to a regular IRA and then do an immediate conversion and then you just have to file a form. So, you don’t have to pay taxes on that. That part’s pretty easy. Uh, let’s see what other questions we have here. Can’t stay. Social Security. How much do I need to take? When do you take it? Um,

so and then, okay, so there’s a few questions around social security. Let’s see if we can kind of answer them all in one.

Someone asked about the timing of social security. So, let me kind of give you the general. Let me give you the general on that. So, when you take your social security, when you’re trying to maximize, it’s going to be a little morbid here, but when you’re trying to maximize the amount of actual dollars that you’re taking from social security, the general rule of thumb is wait until 70, which is your maximum social security. For most people on this, your full retirement age is 66 or 67. I’m willing to bet most people are 67 at this point. Um, and for every year you wait, you get an 8% increase on that benefit. And that is simply because you’re taking over a shorter period of time, right? Um but but the key thing on that is is how does it apply to you? Right? So so if someone says look my family lived in like their 90s that break even age is like 81 82 that if you think you’re going to live that long delaying social security you will get more total dollars out of social security if you delay it. But the reality is life doesn’t always work that way and it’s not that clean and it’s not that simple. So some folks have said, “Hey, you know what? I wish I had taken it earlier because I would have liked to have taken that those extra dollars even though they were less. I would have liked to have taken those extra dollars to do those things while my health still allowed me to do that. I would like to have traveled um whatever that may be.” Right? Hike Machu Picchu. Um so that’s a very personal thing and I will tell you in our meetings that’s something that we talk about, right? So we can kind of maximize I don’t want to say maximize that’s probably not the best word we can optimize when you should really target on taking social security for you and your wife right we also look at what the assumption when someone passes how does that impact it um let’s talk a little bit about this with social security being a big part of retirement should I be concerned when I hear that social security may be reduced by 25% if the government doesn’t step it up and make it solvent all right so this is a trillion dollar question here. Um, this is what I would tell you. I’ve actually had people say, “Hey, look, I don’t want to plan for social security at all.” Right? That’s the extreme. I don’t know if I necessarily agree with it, but that’s okay. Um, I still plan for it for mine. So, this is what I would tell you. The whole concern with social security running out is it’s if nothing is done, and by nothing, I mean nothing. So there are a few tweaks from a practical side that could extend this and and shore up much of this. And the simple thing would be something like you know they talk about cutting 25%. I’m going to I’m going to I’m not going to be well I am going to be a little cynical on this but but if you are a politician jokingly right what is the first job of an elected politician? To make sure you get reelected right that’s the running joke. There is no politician that wants to be responsible for social security going going under, right? Or having to make a big 25% cut. So, that one is really really a less likely um scenario, right? Your more likely scenario would be a couple of different options or maybe even a combination of those two. Right now, we all pay into social security, right? That’s how it works. They’re not saving for you, but the people who are working now are paying for those who are on social security. And when we retire, the folks who are working now, that younger generation will pay for us. Well, you pay 7.65. When you look at your FICA, part of it is Medicare, part of it is Medicaid, part of Social Security, right? So, what they could do is they could up that 1%. So, that would be a half a percent to you, half a percent to to your employer. So, most likely most people probably wouldn’t even feel that impact. and that would make a huge difference. The other thing that they can do is ex extend you the age on full retirement, right? And they’ve already started doing they’re just not doing it aggressively enough, right? It was 65 before and then it became 66, 66 and 2 months, 66 and 4 months, etc., etc. And now where we’re at at age 67 is full retirement age for most. They could easily go to 68 or 69 as people live longer and they continue to work further. Um or they may simply not put a cap on the tax for social security. Right now that’s what they do. It’s aboutund I think it’s for this year it’s 178,000 or 180,000 or something like that. But those are some easy fixes that could be done and frankly most people wouldn’t even notice that. Um let’s go to the next question cuz we have a few more minutes. Uh what are the benefits of delaying social security payments till 73? There is no benefit on that. So um so the maximum delay that you would ever want to do is age 70. Your your benefits do not increase. You are just giving money back to the federal government. Uh the likely answer for politicians, hang on, let me read this to myself before I read this out loud in case it’s not politically correct. Likely to handle social security is inflation adjust the CPI. Ah could be. So there’s an argument on CPI versus PCE etc. That’s one of the things. Um, should we I would like to get the link for retirement budget worksheet. I mentioned that is on the website. That is I can also make a note to send that to you. Bear with me for a second. Let grab a pen.

I’ll send that out uh later today or first thing tomorrow when we hear back from marketing. Um let’s see what else. How do pensions get taxed? As a general rule, um they are taxed as regular income. Uh do they before they get to you or do we pay for it separately? Uh most of the time you can do a withholding on that. These are really good questions. Thank you for your participation today. Um,

say, all right, let’s look through some other things. Is it really a bad idea to keep

to keep your money in a regular savings account? I don’t think it’s a really bad idea. So, let me let me kind of give you we talk about the bucket strategy, right? Especially now. So, um I think keeping too much cash in there, I’m going to jokingly say that’s recklessly conservative. Um but look, you still want to have liquid money, right? For the just in case, there’s a reason for it. How much you keep, there’s some rules of thumb. Uh you know, if you have a question on that specifically, we can look at like your cash flow and say, “Hey, this is maybe how much you want to keep.” I can say on savings accounts, Alliance Credit uh the credit union savings account is like 3%. So that’s like much higher than most places out there. I know a lot of the big banks pay 0.0 and I and there is like I am not bashing the big banks. I have pretty much my whole life I’ve had big bank accounts as well as credit unions and I do what is best for my personal situation. Um so they’re not a bad idea. Keeping too much money, your money’s probably not working as hard as it could. out the CL spending withdrawals. Uh how early can someone claim social security? Uh early 62. Whether that’s a good idea, that’s a whole another animal in itself cuz there’s some uh what’s your opinion on taking social security early and investing on it on investing it? So, it’s actually not a bad idea. It depends on how you invest, right? Because if you take social security, it’s an 8%. But it depends if you take it early versus at full retirement age because there’s a couple things. If you take it early, there is an income limit where you get a reduction in your benefit. So it’s like a double whammy. Uh so it depends how early and it depends how you invest. Uh

see that was just a question mark. Let’s see if we can I think I got all of them. Sorry. Oh, wait. Hang on here. Um, Cody wants and I’ll go through if you’re asking for the worksheets. I’ll try and go through these questions again to see what I missed because I know there were a few who are asking for that worksheet. Um, and maybe I think one last question. Okay. Tax exempt city, state, federal, AAA bonds for income source. Okay. So, someone asked about MUN bonds. Um, and basically the way those work is they are federally taxexempt. um they can be state exempt if you are in a state that has a state income tax and it’s issued in the right place. Um as far as your local, right? Uh it kind of depends. My opinion on them is it depends on where your tax bracket is. Um and what we do is we look at a net. That’s one of the things that we actually look at. So we’ll look at a net and and I’ll give you an example. And I’m going to use a an example that’s so large it’s not even realistic, right? So, let’s say you make 10% for easy math on something and it’s taxable and you’re going to owe 30%, so you net seven, but you get a tax-free municipal that’s paying six, right? Well, you net six. So, is is a taxable that after tax you net seven better than a six? Yes, it is. Right? So, so there are some there are some other nuances, but but that depends. Uh

so yes, so it depends on how that is. We actually use some different strategies on the tax-free side of it’s actually pretty cool um that you get a much much higher distribution rate on that. But um but that’s that’s that would be something as part of the planning. So I am so sorry we ran a few minutes over. Thank you so much for all of your participation. Those were great. This is a great group. I hope to see you on future website or website webinars. Until then, take care and be safe. Bye now. Thanks again.

June 17, 2026
05/20/2026 – UFO Roundtable – CIA Physicist Proves Aliens Exist

There has been an 80-year cover up of the existence of non-human intelligent life covered up by elements of the US government. But this past Friday, the first trunch of evidence was released to the public. And the evidence is absolutely clear that there is some form of life with advanced technology. They’re all over the place. But the people involved in gatekeeping this information don’t think the public can handle the truth. People have had their lives threatened. A lot of them are afraid to come forward and tell the White House what they know. This has been kept from even sitting president and I’ve interviewed highle intelligence officials and government officials and there have been UAP crashes over the years and in some cases the crashed crafts had the bodies of nonhumans in them and now we have people on ships seeing these things enter the water seen enough times under enough different conditions that we just have to accept that it’s real. So what exactly is inside this report? We have so many sightings, even access to materials. And there’s a number of files, reports, video, and still images that were declassified. And the most notable piece of evidence in there is this. So, I have so many questions. You’re probably familiar with this NASA report. They essentially say that they don’t believe that these UAPs are aliens. Why would NASA be lying? Is there a reason why this stuff hasn’t been captured on like an iPhone? Are they currently living amongst us? And then do you trust the Trump administration to release all of the available information? I think eventually we’ll get to that moment that we’ve all only seen in movies where sitting president steps to a microphone and tells the world we’re not alone in the universe.

Dr. Harold Dan, I wanted to have a conversation with both of you today because you are two of the most popular voices online on this subject of UAPs, which is unidentified anomalous phenomena. Right. Exactly. It has been in all the news recently because Trump a couple of days ago released 400 classified files containing videos and photos and different reports on this subject of UAPs. Now, I don’t have an opinion. I I honestly haven’t gone that far down the rabbit hole on this subject, but I wanted to have the conversation with both of you because you do have opinions. So, starting with you, Dan, what is your background and as it relates to the subject of UAPs, what is it that you believe that most people don’t know or understand? My interest in this topic comes from my childhood. And so, over the years, I just I read every book on the topic, watched every doc. I always wish someone had made a super serious, credible, sober documentary that only interviews people who have direct knowledge of this topic as a result of working for the US government. And so got into producing. As I was getting access to highle intelligence officials and government officials before I even filmed, I really quickly learned how serious and real the situation is and how uh serious it’s treated behind the scenes. And you know, I made this movie, The Age of Disclosure, in secrecy, over three and a half years. And I would say the headlines that I learned that the average person doesn’t know is that there has in fact been an 80-year cover up of the existence of non-human intelligent life. It has been covered up by elements of the US government since at least the late 40s. Other nations have also covered this up. And the other major headline is that the people who within the US government that have been gatekeeping this, they’ve also been involved in a highstakes secret cold war race with adversarial nations like China and Russia to reverse engineer this technology of non-human origin. And and the stakes couldn’t be higher. Those are the two massive headlines. And and I’m proud to say when the film came out, it created a national conversation uh at at an unprecedented level and it led to President Trump issuing this directive in the middle of February. Super unprecedented historic directive instructing federal agencies to start declassifying evidence it has they have of non-human intelligent life and UAP. And then that process began this past Friday. the first trunch of evidence was released to the public. And during the process of producing this documentary, who did you speak to? I got access to the highest levels of the government, military, and intelligence community. My interview subjects range from Secretary Rubio, who’s also our National Security Adviser now, White House National Security Council members, Navy Fighter pilots, admirals, generals, a former secretary of defense, uh the leadership of all the recent classified US government UAP investigations. Every single person is extremely credible. Howal how is one of my interview subjects. ‘s uh one of the most senior scientists uh to work on this topic for the US government in classified projects and him and all these other people interviewed they had a lot of information they could legally share over the years but they were always discouraged from doing so and they never really had the opportunity to comfortably do it. No one wanted to be the one guy out on a limb saying something extraordinary on CNN or Fox or 60 Minutes and then being subject to the the push back and the ridicule. And so when I realized that I I started socializing a plan for how to step out of the shadows arm in- arm with safety and numbers. I’ll pick up on that point there where you talked about safety and numbers. How he he mentioned you there. You’re part of the documentary. I saw you as well in the trailer of the documentary. What is your background and why what reference points are you drawing on to speak on the subject of UAPs and UFOs etc. I’m a quantum physicist worked for the National Security Agency for various uh organizations in the intelligence community like CIA and so on. And so as part of my technical work uh I was also a consultant uh chief science adviser to Robert Bigalow of Bigalow Aerospace. He’s really quite quite a titan. I mean he has two space stations orbiting the Earth. So anyway, th those people who are in in the space business and they’re moving out into space, they just can’t help but wondering, you know, what are we going to run into when when we get out there? As a science adviser to him, uh it turned out that the Defense Intelligence Agency came forward and said, uh, you know, we need to find out uh really what’s going on in the so-called UAP area. So then they determined they were just going to start a UAP program. That program they started was called OAP. They hired all the team for example HAL and that program started in 2008 um and got a lot of push back behind the scenes because it turned out when they looked all over the intelligence community to see if there was another UFO program and didn’t think there was. Turns out there was one and there was a deeply hidden program referred to as the legacy program and it had been operating in the shadows since the ‘ 40s uh outside of congressional oversight outside of the oversight of the White House. Um completely, you know, off officer hidden away. Yeah. As hidden as a program can be. And so they started pushing back behind the scenes against everyone involved in OSAP because they didn’t want anyone else looking into this, right? started to cause a lot of bureaucratic issues for them, red tape issues and ultimately OAP lost its funding in 2010 despite the fact that it was looking into very real issues like UAP over our nuclear weapons sites. It shut down in 2010. Why do you think it shut down? They were dealt uh these bureaucratic hurdles behind the scenes by people involved in the legacy program. People who just caused problems and prevented funding and it’s a lot of you it’s a big bureaucracy. people can people can do things behind the scenes to prevent funding from coming through uh for programs. And so ultimately they lost their their funding in 2010. And then Jay Stratton and other people involved, they were continuing to look into this because they they didn’t want this serious national security concern to go, you know, on uninvestigated, right? So that’s how somebody like me gets pulled in. and they say, “Okay, these pilots are out there and they suddenly see craft coming out of the ocean and making right angle turns at 6G or whatever and they say, “Oh my god, this is way beyond our physics.” So I and other physicists sort of dug into, you know, what could be responsible for this. And we actually found that just like we use so-called Maxwell’s equations and electromagnetic stuff for everything we do in electromagnetics, we have Einstein’s equations in general relativity for, you know, black holes and all that kind of stuff. But it turns out if you could engineer those, you would actually get the same effects that people were observing with these UAP crafts. So we think we’ve come up with you know what it is about uh the science of it. It’s just that we don’t have the engineering to do it. Do you believe in UAPs? Absolutely believe in UAPs because I’ve been exposed to data about them. A more specific question would be, do you believe in aliens? Yeah. So, a number of the people I interviewed went on the record stating that they know from their own personal experiences that there have been UAP crashes over the years that have been recovered by elements of the US government. And in some cases, the the crashed crafts had the bodies of non-humans in them. And numerous people I interviewed went on the record saying that. And keep in mind, everyone I interviewed only shared what they lawfully could. There was a line they couldn’t cross. Everyone I interviewed is aware of classified information. They they they can’t talk about, but they went right up to the line and uh made it clear that there had been recoveries of non-human bodies. A couple people actually testified under oath to Congress saying the same thing. Why wouldn’t they be able to talk about it publicly? Well, when you’re involved in certain programs, uh, you sign certain agreements that prevent you from sharing specific information, highly classified programs. And of course the big concern is okay whatever we might learn about these kind of craft and and so on. Our adversaries are out there and probably been there have been crashes in Russia, crashes in China. And so if we reveal what we’re learning about the subject area and you know said it publicly then it might help some potential adversary step get a step ahead. So that’s why it’s all just kept really close in. So a saying that I heard often from my interview subjects, you can’t tell your friends without telling your enemies. Meaning you can’t tell the public what we know and don’t know without also telling China and Russia what we know and don’t know. And giving them that information might give them a competitive advantage. And the the obvious question anyone would ask when hearing that is then well okay so what’s shifted? Why is why is that no longer the leading thought? Secrecy is best. And the answer is because the US is in a really high stakes race, a technology race against these adversaries to reverse engineer technology of non-human origin. And the secrecy around it in the US since the ‘ 40s has created a scenario where the scientific community and academia don’t even know it’s real. They don’t even know it’s a valid area of inquiry. Don’t even believe it’s real. Yeah. I mean the smartest kids graduating at MIT this year, they are not thinking that this is something they can put their brain power towards. So coming back to the question, do you believe in aliens? I 100% believe that non-human intelligent life is here and has been here for a long time. When you say here, do you mean currently living amongst us? I don’t know about the living amongst us about that. I don’t know about that. rule it out. But there is there is UAP activity being reported on a daily basis by commercial airlines pilot commercial airline pilots the FAA by Navy fighter pilots off the east coast being reported you know up the military chain of command and on top of that uh regular activity over our nuclear weapons sites inside the United States. It’s happening on a regular basis uh on the on on the nuclear sites and on a daily basis in commercial air travel space. UAP have come over nuclear uh missile sites and actually turned off the missiles and so you know once something like that happens you just got to take it seriously. And there the technology that they’re displaying is technology that no humans have. And again there has been some crashes and in those crashes there have been the bodies of nonhumans. How do we know that? How do we know that in those crashes they’ve recovered bodies of nonhumans? the whistleblowers basically coming forward from the So the basis of the that evidence is that some people have said it at this point until until previously classified information regarding crashes is and recoveries is declassified until that happens the best we could hope for is credible people putting their reputation on the line to tell you this is what’s been happening did someone during your process of making the documentary who had seen non-alien non-human non-human intelligence tell you that. Yeah. Who was that? A number of people, but notably, you know, uh Jay Stratton, who we just talked about, right? Who co-created, co-founded OAP, and then became the director of the UAP task force, the largest whole of government investigation of UAP ever. What did he say? He went on the record in the film saying that he seen non-human beings and non-human craft with his own eyes. That was the farthest he could go at that point. Why did he say he couldn’t go further? uh he he he he had a situation that he was involved in that um for a few reasons he wasn’t he just wasn’t comfortable talking about it yet and some of it I think he just wanted to make sure he legally could. Now, going back to credibility, like take a guy like Jay saying that when Jay retired a few years back, he was part of the senior executive services of the federal government. That’s a level less than 1% of all federal employees ever reach. You know, it’s the equivalent of a twostar admiral or general. Um, very very senior, very trusted, you know, cleared at a very high level. Um, he had worked with naval intelligence in a senior capacity. uh he had worked with the CIA, he had worked with the Defense Intelligence Agency as the head of air and space warfare. He’s a super serious, credible guy. Yeah. And he’s he’s he’s putting his reputation on the line to share this information um to the extent that he legally could and comfortably could. And when you asked him why the world doesn’t know this stuff in his view, what did he what would he say? There’s a lot of reasons. I mean certainly the you know the idea that we can’t tell our friends without telling our enemies has been a driver to just to recap the reasons for secrecy I I I actually believe it it’s better kind of start from the beginning when this when when in 1947 there was a crash at Roswell of non-human origin and uh yeah RAF captures flying saucer on ranch in Roswell region. Yeah that’s right and then this is the image of their coverup story trying to show a weather ballooner. Yeah. So, multiple people might film go on the record saying the Roswell crash really happened. Uh, technology of non-human origin and non-human bodies were recovered. Um, if you put yourself in the shoes of the military and government at that point, like put yourself in Truman and, you know, Eisenhower shoes. You’re just coming out of World War II. The world was just chaos for a very long time. It’s finally starting to settle down. You can’t exactly step to the microphone and tell America that there’s a new threat that we know nothing about and we can’t protect you from. They’re far advanced. You know what? what what’s the advantage of that? So secrecy became the plan at that point and they had more questions than answers. So everyone I’ve talked to who gave me context uh explained that the the the the plan for secrecy went in motion there. Uh let’s investigate. Let’s find out more about what we don’t know before we tell the American people. That was quickly followed by the Cold War era and we learned that Russia also had retrieved technology of non-human origin. And so we knew we were in a technology race. So then the idea of can’t tell your friend without telling your enemy ruled the day. So now the cold war mentality, you know, led to more secrecy. And as a security rapper for this this program that it that it started, uh they created the stigma in the late 40s, early ’50s. This cultural stigma, this idea that you’re crazy if you look into this topic, you’re wacky. You’ll have your reputation ruined. You’ll have your career ruined. Yeah. It was actually a CIA meeting where people got together and said, “Okay, in order to not have people be pursuing this area, let’s go out of our way to spread what we would call now disinformation about basically the most effective disinformation campaign in the history of the US government because it got into our culture. some movies were funded that made aliens seem silly and the idea of life from elsewhere seem ridiculous and that got compounded over the years and then we got to the point where where we were like you know just just like few years ago where the average person just thinks it’s not real you know the average scientists academia you know they think it’s conspiracy stuff it’s nonsense it’s silly um there was no advantage for elected leaders to get in front of this or for military members to you know speak up about what they learned or saw it would a career ruiner. Um, and uh, that started to shift uh, several years back when Jay Stratton and Jim Lowsky when they put together OAP in 2010 and they started to go out there and collect data um, and get evidence and they started to actually share it with the Senate Intelligence Committee and the Senate Armed Service Committee and looking at classified data in a classified setting. People like Marco Rubio, who was the vice chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee at the time, started to realize, you know, there’s something here. Not only is there something here, but we’ve got a problem, right? There’s a lot of lot of UAP activity over these highly classified sites like our nuclear weapons sites. There’s a lot at stake. We are in this, you know, race with other nations and the stigma has created a disadvantage for us. It’s very hard to win a technology race when the majority of scientists don’t know it’s a valid area of inquiry. Right. And do people think that there’s one type of non-human intelligence that’s visiting the earth or is there many many types? People who have been involved in recoveries have said there are at least four types. Four separate types. Now I have not had direct access to that but I I I believe the people who I talked to four different types of life. Four different types of life at least. Yeah. And the people I’ve talked through to, you know, through the process of making the documentary, both on camera and off thereord sources and the people house talked to over the decades have said that there are there have been dozens of recoveries of crashed craft in the US alone. Dozens of craft of non-human origin that either crashed organically or caused a crash and then recovered. And have you spoken to people who you talked about Jay. Have you spoken to other people that have worked on these crashed crafts? I’ve tal I’ve talked off the record with some people who are involved in recoveries. They would not go on camera to do interviews. Special forces people that would not go on camera to do interviews. One I actually thought I’ve I’ve mentioned this in another interview, but um one I thought was going to do an interview and then a couple days before sent me a message saying after further consideration and long talks with my wife, I decided I’d be forfeiting my life if I participated in your interview. And I thought that was like veryill very unsettling message to get obviously but also very specific word choice you know forfeiting my life. What did he know? He was a special very senior special forces guy who had told me he had been involved in multiple recoveries. That’s what he told me. Okay. And I met him through uh some high level intelligence people. Early on in my process, I got connected with the Senate Intelligence Committee and the Senate Armed Services Committee and they had on their own learn the reality of the situation through the work of OAP and then ATIP and then the UAP task force and through their own their own intelligence channels. Leaders on those committees wanted to educate the public about what they could lawfully about this, but they didn’t really have a way to do it. It’s such a complicated situation. It takes a while to explain it. You can’t do it in like a 6-minute news head on Fox or CNN or even like a 15minute 60-minute segment. You just can’t do it. And no one wanted to be the one guy trying to do it. So, when I started putting together the film and socializing this safe way for people to step forward, uh it also quickly became those people’s plan for disclosure. That’s why Secretary Rubio participated. That’s why White House National Security Council members participated. It became amongst the group of people would learn the truth. It became the plan for disclosure. The way to bring this information out in a thoughtful way. Do the presidents of the United States know about this stuff? Are they aware? Historically, no. Historically? Yeah. And even Rubio says on camera that, you know, historically this has been kept from even sitting presidents. Who would know then? So, a number of the people in my film break down um who’s involved in the legacy program. Now, simp to put it simply, it’s elements of the CIA, elements of the Air Force, elements of the Department of Energy, and a few major defense contractors. And they have the ability to access information from a number of federal agencies and branches of the military, but the the primary leaders of this program are the CIA, the Air Force, the Department of Energy, and major defense contractors. and Rubio breaks down in the film the way our bureaucracy works. Um, you could have career bureaucrats in positions of power at those organizations for decades and they can just wait out sitting presidents. They can wait out senators sitting presidents as just temporary help that are going to come and go. And that’s what’s been happening up until this point now. So the fact that Rubio had learned so much about the reality of this situation and the extent of the cover up and then ended up arguably the second most powerful guy in the world as our secretary of state and our national security adviser at the same time which has only happened once in US history. Henry Kissinger for 2 years. No one else has ever had both those jobs at the same time. The fact that he ended up in that position of power and influence after learning the reality of the situation and right as the age of disclosure is coming out and driving this national conversation. It really led to the current President Trump being informed about this in a way that no president has in a very long time. So are you saying that the United States don’t think the public are ready to even know that this exists? Because you know they could tell us that they have recovered UAPs or aliens, whatever it might be, without telling us about the technology. They could and I think we’re going to get to that point. Yeah. I think they they were trapped in in this system that had that had grown up and uh people behind the scenes working in the classified programs said, “Well, you know, we don’t know how the public is going to respond, so let’s be safe and let’s let’s just keep it in house.” Do you think Trump believes that there are aliens? Cuz I I was looking at some of his quotes and he said, “Well, I don’t know if they’re real or not. I don’t have an opinion on it. I never talk about it. A lot of people do. A lot of people believe it.” Barack Obama said that aliens are real. Well, he gave classified information. He’s not supposed to be doing that, you know. No, aliens are real. No, I don’t I don’t have an opinion on it. I never talk about it. A lot of people do. A lot of people believe it. Do you believe it, Peter? Well, the president can declassify anything that he wants to. So, if you want to make an announcement, I may get him out of trouble by declassifying. One of the things that came out in the age of disclosure is that during Trump’s first administration, his cabinet was briefed by the UAP task force, by J Stratton. And when he briefed them, uh he was told that they had asked for this briefing because they needed to be able to evaluate what the repercussions would be if Trump decided to step to the microphone and tell the world we’re not alone in the universe. Obviously, he didn’t end up deciding to do that then. However, in this new administration, he’s got Rubio in the position of Secretary of State and National Security Adviser and fully aware of the situation, and that has given him the comfort to put this this process in motion. There’s certainly a disclosure process unfolding right now. Obama said in an interview that he did with Brian Tyler Cohen, when asked about aliens, Obama said, “They’re real, but I haven’t seen them. They’re not being kept to Area 51. there’s no underground facility unless there’s this enormous conspiracy and they hid it from the president of the United States. Now, that sounded to me like kind of sarcasm when he said they’re real, but and then explained all that they’re not real. They’re real, but I haven’t seen them and and and uh they’re not being kept in uh Area 51. Uh there there’s no underground uh facility unless there’s this enormous conspiracy and they they hid it from the president of the United States. So, it would appear to me that Obama also doesn’t know of any aliens. I think Obama was largely kept in the dark. I think he does know that the base fact that we’re not alone in the universe. And I actually think when he said they’re real, I think he was being that was just honest. That was his honest, candid, genuine statement. I think when he then said they’re not kept at Area 51, I think he’s also being honest cuz none of my sources say that UAP and aliens are being kept at Area 51. being kept somewhere else. Um, so I think he was being honest there. And I think when he made the comment of, uh, unless there’s a giant conspiracy, if you watch the tape, he like sips his cup and raises his eyes for as he said, I think he knows there’s a giant conspiracy. That’s the truth. The following day, uh, Trump was asked about that on Air Force One and he responded saying Obama revealed classified information and he shouldn’t have said that. And, um, I think that’s the truth. Yeah. I think presidents don’t don’t know and they’re and they’re told not to talk about it. Trump has started to release a lot of classified information around UAP and aliens. The first batch of that was released a couple of days ago. What exactly is inside this report? There was a number of files, reports, uh video and uh still images that were declassified. This is information that previously had been classified or just never really made public. Um, this was just the first trunch of uh what has been what will be released. Uh, the most notable piece of evidence in there is an image, a still image from the 1972 Apollo mission. It’s an image of a triangle, a seemingly triangleshaped craft hovering above the moon and above the astronauts. And the image was taken from uh the from the lunar module and um you know the UAP task force looked into this image years ago uh and determined it was real that seems to be the most glaring piece of evidence in this this trunch. But I will say this, how and I both have the same a lot of the same sources of information. And everyone we’ve talked to at various federal agencies has told us that when the president gave this directive in middle of February for federal agencies to declassify evidence of non-human intelligent life and UAP, only a few engaged with it. They only gave a small percent of what they have and they only had a couple weeks to do it. Mhm. One of the things I I think I’ve always struggled with with the idea of these kind of conspiracies um is that I don’t know why that information would necessarily fall into the hands of like government officials because you know alien life forms or UAPs would be visible and would land in anyone’s back garden. So you would you could imagine a world especially in a world where we have I don’t know like 8 billion iPhones roaming around. Can imagine a world where if there was some kind of UAP crash in my garden, it would be on Tik Tok within 5 minutes. Yeah. Or if there really was someone got there with an iPhone. You’re right. You know, there was that incident earlier in the year with those were they drones in in America flying Jersey and that was on social media within minutes and everyone was talking about it and looking at what they were. I I don’t know. I think in the modern world because we have so many ways to capture high quality video, if there was something out there, we would have seen a very clear image of this thing by now. That’s why there there’s a lot that came out in these files because over the years, our sensor systems that the pilots have in their planes have gotten so much better. They’ve captured really astounding. Does this life want to be seen? Do these aliens want us to know they’re there? I’d have to assume that given the level of quality of of their technology, if they didn’t want to be seen, we we wouldn’t be seeing them. So, it seems like I would say there’s evidence that for whatever reason, they’re they’re they’re wanting to be seen. But also, like I my personal opinion is that if someone answers that question, they’re answering it through the lens of like how humans think, right? For all we know, you know, we’re we’re ants to them. You know, you don’t hide from the ants. You walk around them, you don’t even but you also don’t pay attention to them. You know, based on their behavior from the interviews you’ve done, how do you think they view us? I I honestly feel like the dynamic is, you know, we are very very far below them on the food chain. You know, Hal makes an analogy in the film. He says, “The ants in your treeine in your backyard, they could be there for generations. You never think about them. You walk around them. You don’t you’re not hiding from them, but like they’re there and you don’t really care, right? But what happens if they evolve one day and out of nowhere they figured out how to get into your house and they’ve belined under your under your door and they’re in your living room, right? We might have evolved technologically over the last 80 years since we cracked the atom so quickly that we’re now, you know, the equivalent of the ants showing up in their living room. Like all of a sudden, all of a sudden this waring species, this violent species, humans, you know, um we have we we progressed so quickly. We went from no real technological pro progress for a very long time to cracking the atom and then figuring out nuclear technology and then continuing to increase, you know, our our nuclear technology development. And you know, we have this program that has been retrieving their crash craft and trying to reverse engineer them. So we might be at that point where we’re about to do what they do and all of a sudden we are a problem. Um that might be the explanation of why they pay so much attention to our nuclear process. You know there’s a lot of UAP activity not only at the nuclear weapons sites all over the world but um sites involved in the process the nuclear process like uranium mines or refineries. Is it, you know, it might just be we’ve gotten to the point where all of a sudden they have they have to in uh in the Soviet Union, uh the UAP came over and actually started a launch of the Russian missiles. I mean, it actually forced the system to start into a countdown process. How do we know that? By the intelligence community’s uh access to information about it. Every person we spoke to in Velikorviche said they saw a flying saucer on that day. For hours, it hovered over the nearby ballistic missile base. No one had touched any buttons. No one had entered any codes. And yet, as the UFO hovered over the base, the control panel showed the missiles were preparing to launch. For 15 agonizing seconds, the base lost control of its nuclear weapons. Logically, I would think that unusual activity would happen around consequential sites. Yes. You know, I’d be more surprised if there was really frequent unusual activity happening in my back garden, for example. But around highly consequential sites, one would expect there to be people flying things around there, spying. You know what people are like with cameras these days? They want to take photos of anything interesting. They they hang around police stations and army barracks, right? Right. So logically I would assume that there would be an increased probability of strange activity in the sky above a nuclear site. Well, in fact, there was a group of people in the intelligence community who who recognize exactly what you’re saying. And so they decided to, you know, make an attractive magnet by getting a whole lot of nuclear uh assets in in one location to see if that would draw them in. And my understanding it was successful. So, you know, our nation and other nations have figured out circumstances that can, for lack of a better term, bait UAP. Um, a a certain level of nuclear footprint in a in a small radius tends to attract them and um, our nation figured that out a long time ago and and so did other nations. One of the things that I I’ve thought about is I I know very little about physics, but I know one thing I know is how big the universe is. Now, I’m quite a big fan of SpaceX. cuz I’m actually an investor in the company and um from my fascination with space I’ve learned just how big the universe is and how long it would take us to travel from I don’t know earth to the nearest uh galaxy the closest star system to us which is called Alpha Centuria Alpha Centuria right is over four light years away which is about 40 24 trillion miles if we traveled at the impossible 10% of the speed of light which is impossible currently impossible. It would take a ship 40 years to get there. Now, fortunately, what we learned in looking at what might be the underlying physics and using Einstein’s theory of general relativity, it turns out that there are ways of modifying the effective speed of light to make it much higher or much lower. So, you you you can do that. So, so when you get into potentially modifying what we call the space-time metric, you could get to a point where you can make wormholes and warp drives. And those are things that are not off the charts. I mean, there are actually textbooks by general relativity experts on on the fact that you could re-engineer the spacetime. So you could do it. You could get from here to there. But you’re not saying you would travel in like a like a a a line like you do in a plane, right? Well, you could you you could it if if you arrange for the effective speed of light in that line to be much higher than without breaking the speed of light, you can zoom over there very quickly. So you even even in in a straight line. uh but no no one at the moment knows how to do that on earth. We can write the equations and see how it doesn’t violate our physics equations but we don’t have the uh engineering. So we figured out basically we figured out how these how these craft are operating the theory of it but we don’t have the material sciences right what you said right to replicate it. What I’m pointing at is if you travel at that speed across the universe, if you even hit, I don’t know, an object the size of a pebble, it would be like a nuclear explosion. But the thing is, if you’re modifying uh space, it’s sort of like making like like a surfer wave on on on, you know, at the the seashore, you you arrange to have space moving ahead like that. So you come up to a rock, it’s just going to push it aside. So you can engineer that. This is how I’ve wrapped my head around it. Um, essentially they’re they’re warping spaceime in a localized area. They’re creating an immense amount of energy around the craft and it creates essentially a bubble around the craft and that bubble separates the craft from the environment around it. So the environment has no no impact on the craft. That’s why we see transmedium travel like a craft going you know smooth from space to air to the water without even a splash. The environment around the bubble has no bearing on the craft inside it. and the craft inside it is in its own spaceime. And once you wrap your head around that, then things like interstellar travel become totally possible. One of the paradoxes with this is they appear to be such so advanced in their physics and their technology if I should call it that. But at the same time they seem to be crashing a lot which is well actually some of them have not crashed but have been simply left in the desert sort of like a gift or a donation. We’re still trying to figure that out. So I mean some of them do do crash and and uh it can have maybe some of our electromagnetic pulsing and laser pulsing can interfere with their technology and and and you might get a crash. Why why don’t you why do you think another country hasn’t come forward with similar disclosures and similar evidence? I actually think there’s a really simple answer for that. Um I think our allies follow the US’s lead, right? And I think our adversaries, primarily China and Russia, have no reason to go public. They don’t have the same sort of societies and dynamics like she can do what he wants anyway. What’s what’s the advantage to him? Same thing with Putin. you know, there is no advantage. And when you look at it that way, you really quickly get to the, you know, this is the way it is for that reason. They did a study in 2026 and found that 45 planets are likely capable of supporting life. They called this the habitable zone. Out of more than 6,000 planets discovered so far by NASA. Mhm. Um, there are approximately a trillion galaxies in the universe and within these galaxies, 100,000 planets could potentially host life, according to Oxford University. Now, I believe that if you think about the entire universe, I believe that we’re not the only life in the universe. Yes. Right. I think that’s only I think that’s a very scientific conclusion. Probabilistically, it would be pretty incredible if we were. I mean, it’ be just it’s almost inconceivable that we are. The question of whether that life has been here is a question that for me is still a big question mark because I just you know I also I think Elon you know whatever you think about Elon he is someone that seems to just say what he thinks and this is part of what’s caused his companies a lot of problem is he seems to be pretty unfiltered. He has been asked multiple times as well if he believes that they are there are aliens in the in in our galaxy and he has said on multiple occasions that he doesn’t believe that to be the case and you know he’s launching rockets all the time. So he said I heard him say if anyone should know it should be me. Do you think he knows? I think that you can’t operate in space at at at the level he does or operate as a contractor at the level he does um without having clearances that require secrecy. You know there’s there’s there’s all kinds of uh levels of secrecy. You know there’s everyone knows the word classified, right? There’s classified projects, but there’s also black projects that are unagnowledged special access programs where you literally by law required to not acknowledge the existence of the program or anything it does. That’s literally the anything it knows. Yeah, that’s literally the whole that they’re literally referred to as unagnowledged special access programs. All of his team as well with So if you’re involved with an on special access program, someone asks you about it, you you have to say you have no idea what they’re talking about and all of his team if if they are a part of the program. Yeah. But just because someone’s um read it on an unagnowledged special access program doesn’t mean all their employees are. Elon said um that we have 9,000 satellites up there. He’s referring to his company Starink. And not once have we had to maneuver around an alien spaceship. He argues that if aliens were constantly visiting Earth, the aerospace experts who watch the skies every day would be the first to know. Well, look, NASA also has said for decades that they had no evidence of extraterrestrial life for UAPs. And last Friday, the federal government released a photo of a triangle craft hovering over the 1972 Apollo space mission. So, somebody’s somebody’s not being honest, right? You know, which also implies a lot of other people know things that they haven’t revealed. I I think I’ve heard you say before, how that you think this intelligent life actually exists amongst us. Yeah. The quote was, “They are not occasional visitors. They live secretly alongside humans, but with advanced technology. We have so many sightings and so many uh even access to materials and so on. I mean, they’re all over the place. 65% of Americans believe intelligent life exists on other planets. Uh 40% of people say military reported UFOs are probably evidence of extraterrestrial life according to Pew Research. And 30% of Americans believe UFOs or unidentified flying objects are probably alien ships of life form. And 47% of Americans believe aliens have definitely or probably visited Earth at some point. According to Yuggov, half of Americans believe that UFOs/ aliens have definitely or probably visited life at some point. Quite a lot of people. Well, you see you see the the uh age of disclosure film and the people that came forward. I mean, you had Clapper, ex uh head of the office of director of national intelligence and senator Rubio at the time now in his elevated position and so on. You now have people of real quality and you know they’re not lying and they’re coming forth and saying this is real and we got to deal with it and there’s a lot we don’t know about it. Could you be wrong? Um I don’t think it’s about whether I’m wrong or Al’s wrong. You’d have to believe that senior leadership across the government, the military, the intelligence community that has access to class information and is saying based on the classified information they have seen, this is a real situation. You’d have to believe all of those people are lying for some bizarre unexplained reason. So, I find that hard to believe. Could it be the case that all of those people were misinterpreting what they were seeing? they they saw something, you know, fighter pilots saw something moving in their visors when they’re up in uh not really because I mean in some cases that could be the case, but then when you have actual materials, crash craft bodies that aren’t human. Also, a lot of these sightings, um, they’re now in the process of the White House cabinet members are in the process of identifying where the evidence exists within federal agencies and the military so they can get access to it themselves and then determine from there what can safely be shared with the public. I think once they get their hands on more evidence, then a plan will be put in place for telling the world this conclusion. And I think we’re we’re it’s like we’re close fade to complete basically like it’s going to get to that point relatively soon. If we get to that point and you get personally invited in to wherever they’re keeping these materials and you get to see every single file that exists and as you go through those files you realize that a lot of what you’ve been told is not true because there’s other explanations. How would it like fundamentally change the way that you see the world? Some of some of the UAP we’ve seen like take the famous everybody knows the tic tac UFO right uh that commander Dave Fraver the Navy fighter pilot interacted with in 2004 right I’ll put that on the screen for anyone that hasn’t seen it great and so take that take that UAP for example multiple data collection systems and commander Dave Fraver a legend in the N in in the Navy top gun guy commander of an entire naval strike group right like total badass legend legend of a guy He sees this with his own eyes and a bunch of data collection systems captured data confirming it’s real. This UAP went from hovering above the ocean to instantly being at 80,000 ft which is the entrance to space right and it did that maneuver all afternoon. The amount of energy required to do that is so bonkers. It’s we do not humans do no human beings have the ability to create that much that much energy right in a localized area for for an aircraft and and so to answer your question if we find out you know the unthinkable that this is not non-human intelligent life that some humans have figured out how to crack that technology and did it as recent as 2004 when the tic tac incident happened that would be even more mindblowing going than accepting that life from elsewhere is here and has been here a long time because that would mean that some some group of humans leaprog the rest of all of humanity technologically by thousands of years and then seemingly did nothing with that or it could be something else. That’s the nature of unusual things. They become great stories. So I I think in the case of the tic tac incident again I’m what I’m trying to do is interrogate this from all angles is could it have been something else? Look any any isolated event like that you could do the whole could it be this could be that thing but it’s the it’s the you got to take a step back and look at this the collective. It’s one report like that after another from credible people since World War II. You know, during World War II, pilots were seeing what they called foo fighters, like these orbs that would move alongside uh our our fighter jets, right? Like they would like they would move in in line with them. Um and now we have we have people on ships seeing these things enter the water and then moving at, you know, impossible knots or something which no no human being, as far as I know, our fastest submarines go like 50 mph. These things are going hundreds of miles an hour under the ocean. So these craft are trans medium, they’re seen in space, they’re seen in the air, they’re seen underwater. There’s just too much activity to to ignore it. Yeah. And and that would be a hard one to say, well, you know, is there some sonar thing that makes you think something is doing that, but it’s seen enough times under enough different conditions that we just have to accept that it’s real? Is there a reason why this hasn’t been captured on like an iPhone when in 4K? There’s been a lot of stuff captured on phones and video cameras in in that scene in the age of disclosure I mentioned where Hal and some of the other people break down how these things are working and they describe that they’re creating a warp bubble around the craft. That warp bubble also makes it very hard to get a clear video of something cuz you’re you’re taking a photo or a video through essentially a space-time barrier. You know, barrier. It’s like the equivalent of taking pictures of uh trying to take video of like koiish in a pond from above the water. It’s going to look all distorted cuz you’re going through the water. If you’re if you’re trying to video or take a photo through a this bubble, it makes it pretty hard and you end up with the kind of videos we we see. Um you’re probably familiar with this NASA report that they produced on UAPs independent study team report where they they essentially say that they don’t believe that this these UAPs are are aliens. Why would NASA be lying? Like all these big bureaucracies, there’s people who are aware of the truth and then there’s people who have the truth kept from them. You know, one of the people I interviewed was Mike Gold who was on the UAP uh the NASA UAP task force and he talked about um how that effort was was flawed from the start. They didn’t want to have a result that said NASA has all this information that they’ve kept from the public. They wanted the result that that they landed on, which is there’s nothing to see here. And they were really discouraged from um for example the uh that that image of a triangle, what clearly appears to be a triangle craft over the moon. Um they were told not to not to include that in their report. Like they were they they they were not set up to tell the world the truth. In your view, is it possible that aliens aren’t uh aren’t real? Is it possible? Possible. I think so. You think it’s impossible? Yeah. Using the term alien, you know, has a certain connotation about it. So, we certainly say, I mean, the evidence is absolutely clear that there is some form of life with advanced technology. You know, if you want to say, well, what can I prove about about it? Well, that those are still unknowns that we’re trying to sus out. I got access at a very high to a very high level of the government, the military intelligence community. And there were a lot of people who talked to me off the record that wouldn’t go on camera. There were a lot of people who uh couldn’t tell me about classified information. I didn’t want to know classified information, but they all made it very clear um not just on camera, but off the record that there that there is evidence at a classified level that is clear as day. like some video taken when like the bubble is turned off and you can see a cra a a craft of non-human origin clear as day. And there is evidence of the technology that’s been recovered and of these bodies. And when you have when if you put yourself in my shoes, when you have so many senior people across the military, government intelligence committee telling you this, it’s it’s really just impossible to ignore it. Especially when most of them aren’t even friends. They’re not like ideologically aligned or politically aligned. They’re all just different groups of people. I’m less compelled by eyewitnesses. This is the problem because, you know, I’m such a big true crime fan. You hear about all the bloody cases where eyewitness said this and then they find out the serial killer wasn’t that person or that thing didn’t happen. So, and I also just have my own experiences of like thinking I saw things when I was younger. Here’s an interesting thing you just made me think of. So, in the film, uh, Rubio and General Jim Clapper, two people who are completely ideologically and politically opposed to each other, made the same really intelligent point, and they both have knowledge at a a classified level of this situation. They’ve all said a problem we as humans have is that there’s something in the human psyche that says I cannot wrap my head around or prepare for things I haven’t seen or experienced. Right? And time and time again throughout history that has proven to be like a human flaw. Right? Uh Rubio goes on to say that the greatest intelligence failures in US history come from a lack of imagination. And he cites a few examples. He says, “We never would have imagined the Japanese could figure out how to get torpedoes through the straits and hit us at Pearl Harbor until they did.” Um, he says, “We never would have imagined terrorists would fly to the homeland, learn to fly commercial planes and then use them in a terrorist attack until they did.” Right? Um he says some other examples too, but time and time again not wrapping our head around a set of circumstances that and using our imagination to think about what might happen or what might be happening has it’s bit us in the ass. And he he ends his line of thought by saying lack of imagination leads to strategic surprise like Pearl Harbor, like 9/11. And sometimes strategic surprise changes the course of history. Mhm. And so, you know, him and and other people I interviewed think it’s really important to get ahead of this as opposed to waiting for something to happen, as opposed to waiting for, you know, to find out the hard way that China, you know, cracked this technology before us and used it as in an act of war or uh non-human intelligent life uh does something unpredictable and then all of a sudden the US government’s on its heels and so are other governments on their heels explaining to the public what they’ve known for a long time. I I’ve often heard that the reason why they don’t tell the general public that these things exist is because general public aren’t ready for this information. Is that an argument? I’ve not really heard you guys say that. Yeah. No, people there are people involved in gatekeeping this information that don’t think the public can handle the truth. Uh you know, Hal recently told me that people in the legacy program are pointing to the age of disclosury and saying, “Look, this film reveals a lot and people aren’t losing their [ ] You know, people aren’t jumping out of windows. is not causing chaos in society. Like the public can handle the base facts. Of all the things you’ve heard, Dan, what is the what was the most compelling story or anecdote that you heard that convinced you? It was really just the sheer number of very high level military government intelligence officials who were telling me in in private settings to my face, you know, that at a classified level, they know with absolute certainty this is real. But if you had to pick one story. Oh, I mean it’s really it’s really it wasn’t one it really wasn’t one thing for me. It was like it was the overall it’s like for example I I interviewed Rubio and Jill Senator Jill Brown on the same day. They both uh participated in the film and did lengthy interviews with me and both looked me in the face and told me they thought this was the most important documentary that’s ever been made and that this was really important to bring this information out in a thoughtful way to the public and make them aware of what’s happening. you you can’t like on hear stuff like that, you know. Um and it makes it makes an impact on you. What about you, Hal? What was the most persuasive thing that you that tipped you over the edge from a you know, maybe being agnostic to believing that there are nonhuman intelligent life amongst us? Well, it’s looking at the technology which is so advanced then I’m essentially certain that no uh us or our adversaries could have made it. So somebody actually made it and it has to be somebody who knows a lot more about physics than we do. I mean there’s this there’s nowhere to go but to say okay there’s somebody who is way beyond humans to develop that kind of technology and display it of all the evidence that’s been released and all of the rumors and videos and you know going back to the crop fields that we used to hear about many years ago presumably there’s lots of this stuff that you don’t believe that you think is nonsense. Oh, there’s definitely there’s definitely there’s tons of reports that are that when you look into them seem like [ ] for sure because you know one of the things people often say is that alien encounter descriptions perfectly match the pop culture of that era. So people saw flying saucers in the in the 1950s after sci-fi movies popularized them and gray aliens in the 1980s after books um like Communion popularized them. And this kind of suggests that sightings are born from human imagination versus well I I think I and I think that’s a reasonable uh place to come to. I think I think a lot of the reports that we get you know we can generally set aside as being you know just manufactured by humans who get caught up in this sort of a give and take on social media and so on. But nonetheless, when you really zero in on actual evidence of technologies and evidence of bodies there, you can’t just say it’s uh you know, it’s just social contagion. The when I think about the technologies, when I watch like the tic tac video, it’s kind of blurry and I don’t really know what I’m looking at. Like there’s this thing moving around on the screen that’s like black and white, but I don’t really know what I’m looking at. And I think this has always been the struggle with it is we’re so used to consuming content in high definition that we can clearly and it appears to be the case that so many of these UAP videos are like in the distance and kind of blurry and vague. So it makes them harder to believe and it just I think we’re all longing for like a solid video. You talked about them going in and out of the water. How come someone’s not got you got if someone like falls over and we we we capture it all on camera these days. CCTV cameras on every high street. Why is there not like a solid video of something going in the water and out the water? Look, m multiple people said on on camera, they have seen with their own eyes, classified videos that are indisputable. Um, and some of them told me specifics like that story I told you, the first video J Stratton was shown when he went down this rabbit hole was a triangle craft hovering over a nuclear weapons site. Uh, Air Force security guards had filmed it on a little VHS camera that they had. It was it was hovering long enough for them to do that. you know, that kind of evidence exists, but it’s just still classified. Will it be coming out, do you think? I I I hope so. I I I know this process is playing out right now where people like like J Stratton are helping the administration find where the evidence exists so they can get their hands on it and then determine whether it can safely be declassified. Like that process is definitely playing out right now. Do you think do you trust the Trump administration to release all of the available information? I I don’t think it’s a question of do we trust the current administration will release it. It’s do we think all these federal agencies and branches of military are going to turn over the evidence they have to the administration? That’s the question. And the juryy’s still out on that. They’re they’re not right now. They’re pushing back and they’re pushing back hard. And that’s why the administration is working with people like Stratton, like Jay Stratton, who who who had who over 16 years has learned where a lot of this evidence is. um they’re working with people like him to find out where the evidence sits, who who’s gatekeeping it at each of these different organizations and how to get to it. Um so they’re doing they’re doing a factf finding mission right now. If it is released, if all the information that you’ve heard from your witnesses is released, if they release, you know, craft, alien craft, and they release alien bodies and all of these things, how do you imagine the world would be different? I think it will lead to a giant technology boom. I think once we’re told, hey, there’s this technology that exists that could revolutionize the way we live, you know, it could lead to anti-gravity technology. It could lead to new energy sources, new energy sources, solve the energy crisis overnight, right? could lead to interstellar travel and going farther out, you know, and I think it would have a great psychological effect because, you know, you suddenly uh you go from the point of saying, well, maybe we’re the only intelligent species in the universe and then you suddenly get the idea that this is a universe full of life. What does that mean for religion? I think all dogmas will just apply to it, you know, and I think the Vatican’s already gotten ahead of it and said, you know, they put out a message a couple years ago that basically the the the gist of it was, you know, God’s God’s universe and God’s work is vast and, you know, vast and basically you couldn’t you couldn’t uh, you know, say that he he wouldn’t have the ability to do that. I mean, so I from a religious standpoint and certainly in theaa case of the Catholic Church, they’ve had uh very positive views about population being throughout the universe and there’s nothing really, at least from the Catholic Church’s perspective, there’s nothing that counters the, you know, that doesn’t allow you to wrap your head around the fact that there’s other life out there, you know. Are you guys religious? not like overly religious, but like, you know, I my my my mom’s Irish and and grew up going to Catholic school and I, you know, I went to a CCD and, you know, Sunday school is called a C CCD where I grew up. Um, but you believe in God? I do. I do. Do you believe in God? I do. Yeah. And I’m a practicing Catholic. So, so would that mean that you believe God has made all of these aliens as well? That’s my That’s what my worldview is. Yeah. I would think that I couldn’t say that’s not the case, but you know, as a scientist, I can’t prove that that it is the case, but you know, just just on the statistics of it, it’s pretty likely. You know, an interesting thing happening right now, Stephen, too, is these people who have been gatekeeping the truth. Um, a lot of them are afraid to come forward and tell the White House what they know because they they think they’re going to be villainized. They think the optics around this are such that like if someone’s been covering this up, they’re they’re they’re they’re the villain of the story, right? And so, um, the White House and the Director of National Intelligence and the Department of War realized this and so in the last couple weeks, they’ve been messaging out to the military and the intelligence community that this is not a witch hunt. It’s not an endeavor to punish anyone. They want to encourage people to come forward. they assure them there will be no no punishment u for being involved in gatekeeping this. They just want to learn the truth and find out where the real evidence sits. So that’s another thing that’s playing out right now that I think if it gets out there enough uh it will lead to more people coming forward with that that evidence we all want to see. Yeah. Earlier on we you talked about how some people feel like their lives are at risk because of what they know. Has there been any instance of anyone being punished for saying anything in this regard? Well, certainly having having their clearances pulled or losing their op opportunities for advancement. Uh we we’ve heard stories like that from from several people in the intelligence. Is there is there anyone you can name that has said that they were threatened or punished or in some form because of what they Well, certainly the the number one whistleblower for for many people has been David Crush. And so he has uh outlined the various steps taken against him to basically ruin his career significantly enough that he went to the inspector general of the intelligence community and said I’m being punished, shoved aside, losing clearances and so on because I came out with this data and they said well what you provided us is, you know, serious worthy of consideration. I think a lot of people have had their lives threatened. Um I’m not certain if if anyone has been killed. Um but I know people have had their lives threatened. No. And who’s threatening them? People that are involved um in this this program referred to as the legacy program who think that the evidence should not ever come out. This legacy program. So this is a program ran within the US government to US government elements elements of it uh and also defense contractors and you think the legacy program knows the truth on this regard? Yes, because they have the firstirhand evidence of the crash materials and the bodies. There’s 80 years of data that this this group has and they haven’t released or leaked that data for the last 80 years. There’d be no advantage. No one’s hacked it. This this program is the epitome of a special access program. I think this program is as off the grid as it it could possibly be. It almost seems like there’s nothing that eventually hasn’t come to come to light that the government have done. Like I’ve sat here and interviewed a lot of CIA spies who’ve told me the history of the CIA and this program that lasted for 12 years and then it comes out and this program and I mean even some of the stuff that I’ve heard you talk about how around um what’s it called? Remote viewing. Remote viewing. Remote viewing. That was that CIA project? CIA. What is remote viewing? Remote viewing. Well, the the the CIA suddenly got concerned because they saw that the Soviets were spending millions of dollars at some of their best institutes to investigate the possible use of quote ESP. What’s ESP? Psychic ability. Yeah. Psychic abilities, extra sensory perception. And so, as it turns out, I was at Stanford Research Institute and uh they saw my background. They they came to me and said, you know, we’d like for you to to look into this. Is there anything to this? I mean, no scientist in America even believes there is such a thing as ESP. Who came to you? CIA. This is this is in the 70s. The CIA. Back in the 70s. The CIA approached you in the 70s and asked you to investigate remote viewing. That’s right. And so they asked me to set up a small program and 50 or 60K or whatever. They said, you know, we hope you’ll find this is all nonsense. We can forget about it. We don’t have to worry about it. And it grew into, you know, more than a two decade program. Millions of dollars. Stargate is uh the label for it that most people know about because by now most the information in the program came out. And basically it we just we just found that uh people essentially just like you have artistic ability or athletic ability or whatever music ability. Well, we found out that remote viewing, this ability to sit in a location and pick up information from someplace far away, uh, is a talent that many people could uh, demonstrate. And so we ended up, uh, actually training Army Intelligence officers at the Army Intelligence and Security Command at Fort me how to do this. And so, so wait, let me just simplify this for the audience that might not fully understand what we’re talking about. So remote viewing is the idea that I could sit here in London where we are now and I could be trained to see what was going on in another part of the world to make your mind’s eye go to a remote location. I’ll give you a specific example. A Soviet plane that CIA wanted to get hold of went down somewhere in Africa and they didn’t they didn’t know where because the pilot had bailed out and it just went on till it ran out of gas. So, we got two of our quote best remote viewers, one that worked for the Air Force and one that worked for my organization to say, “Okay, here’s a map of Africa. Where’s that damn plane? We got to go in and get it.” And they put an X on the map that was in 3 miles of where the plane went down out of the hundreds of thousands of square miles. And so, the CIA went in and got the plane. So, I mean, it was, you know, how do they do that? Well, by the way, there’s an audio recording of President Jimmy Carter telling that story. Yeah. Hm. Post post presidency. Maybe we should play that. One time we had a a small plane go down somewhere in Africa. We were not able to find it by surveillance from our satellites. So the director of the CIA, he was also director of all the intelligence agencies, heard about a a woman in California that uh was a medium and he uh contacted her and she gave him the latitude and longitude of the plane’s whereabouts. And the next time one of our space satellites went over that area, we located the plane where she said it was. Again, this sounds like it’s impossible. Sounds like a It sounds completely bananas. It sounds like something out of an X-Men comic book. It sounds crazy, but Well, I was okay really practical about it. Uh, you know, they they often are skeptics would say, “Well, if they’re so psychic, why aren’t they rich? Why aren’t they in the stock market or whatever?” So we set up a little program on a challenge to predict silver futures. To predict what? Silver futures. Just the value of silver. Yeah. The value of silver silver on a daily basis. Was it going to go up or go down? So we had somebody said, “Okay, I I will if you’ll set up a little program like that for 30 days, I’ll bet on what your quote remote viewers say and I’ll put the money in and I’ll give you 10% of what I make.” Said, “Okay, fine.” Now, long story short, uh made um $260,000 in the 30 days. We got our 10% which is $26,000. So people could actually in this case even look into the future a day and generate a description of what they were going to see and handle the following day. Presumably not everybody. How many people did you have do that experiment? We had uh seven in that experiment. And how many of them were successful in generating? Six of the seven uh generated really good data. So are those six of people now rich? Well, I don’t know. Some of them may may have followed up. They don’t Why were those six people picked? Since we had learned that sort of anybody can do this. Uh we were actually raising money for a school that was being put together. So, I just went to the board of directors and said, “Okay, I’m going to give you a crash course over the weekend in quote remote viewing of the type we train intelligence officers to do.” And um so you’re going to be it. So, you just It was the board of the school. The board of board of the school. Yeah. Okay. They all knew what I did for a living. And so this program Stargate got so much um actionable intelligence from the remote viewers that house started briefing at the time the director of the CIA on a regular basis. Yeah. I’m going to I briefed all the way up to Bill Casey, director of the CIA. So does it still exist this program in any capacity? Remote viewing. If it does, you wouldn’t hear about it. Why? Because it would be a black highly classified program. Why? because we don’t want our adversaries to know how we might be getting access to their data. You just told us, but people can not believe that and that’s fine. But aren’t you under some sort of contract? Well, as it turns out, the CIA and and DIA also went to the DIA. That program finally got declassified at the level it was operating at and that you can go to the CIA reading room and you can get all of the documents on it. So your work was originally classified. Oh, it was originally a top secret special access program. Yeah. There’s a part of me that goes, listen, if people could do remote viewing and see, you know, into other parts of the world or predict the things that you’re saying, I mean, if if if it was trainable, everything so like life as we know it would be completely flipped on its head. I think it’s unreasonable to think that when Stargate became public, the US government stopped remote viewing. I mean, I wouldn’t stop if I was the US government. If if it worked, I wouldn’t stop. I think it just went underground. Moved to a different agency. Went underground. So, you were training people to do it though. Yeah, we Well, we had Yeah, we had we had people that we trained. So, train me. Yeah. How do you train now? A number of the military intelligence officers that we trained have now left the military and they do have training courses. Do you do you believe that? I do. At first I thought it just sounded too much like something in a comic book, right? But the more I first read about Stargate and the declassified documents, started to realize how serious the government took it and the more I learned about it through how and then eventually um I really don’t want to get into the details of this but eventually um I got connected with someone who has done remote viewing for the government and they did a demonstration for me that blew my mind cuz you would think if anyone was capable of doing remote viewing they could go on the internet and make one prediction or do one video that would be, you know, proven to be true and they would literally be considered to be a superhum. Like they would literally be I mean people would probably think they were a deity or a or a spiritual leader or something if one person could do. What we found was that it seems to be an act action that is just part of the human makeup. And so it isn’t like they’re a super deity or godlike or really off the charts. It’s something that people can learn to do like they can learn to play the piano or whatever this for whatever reason. Now we have new new uh you know psychiatrists and neurohysiologists beginning to study you know how does consciousness do its thing in the brain and so on. And are there elements of it uh once you get into quantum theory and quantum entanglement that would say you could have evidence uh you know beyond just our physical structure. like it could be rationalized with like a quantum connection basically the the the moving your mind’s eye to another location which also goes to like you know how’s life very interestingly you know first was the Stargate stuff and then he got into UAP and the overlap that I find fascinating is some of these craft that have been found or crashes that have happened um the reports from people involved say that a lot of them don’t have any control panels in them like they’re basically empty other than seats which suggests that maybe there’s some sort of mind connection controlling these craft. I did wonder about the crafts. I thought, you know, if I was an advanced civilization, why would I and I was that smart, why would I send life to these planets when I could just send the crafts, you know, why am I sending biological life when I could just send the Maybe they’re manufactured biological life. Maybe it’s maybe they’re equivalent. Maybe they’re not sentient sentient. Yeah, it’s true. But the remote viewing stuff opens up a lot of possibilities if Yeah. I mean we as part of this CIA program we found that uh people could affect quantum devices that were totally shielded by superconducting shielding. Tell them tell them that particular story. That’s yeah, we we uh there is a quote psychic so-called and uh so I brought him to Stanford and I I was skeptical at the time and uh I said okay well we’ve got this super experiment where there’s tiny quantum chip down inside of this electrical shielding magnetic shielding superconducting shielding we want to see if you can affect it and he did I mean this is supposed to be totally nonaffectable from by anything on the outside. In fact, it was developed by the Navy to just look for corks and stuff like that. And so it was supposed to not be influenced from the outside by anything. And he influenced it. And when I say he influenced it, I’m not just saying there little blip that, you know, you could kind of read into it. No, it it was a system where it ordinarily just had an oscillating signal like that and then when he affected it just stopped the oscillation and then he also make the oscillation go twice as fast. Of course, poor graduate student who’s life dependent on this not being affected from the outside, you know, really. But then they uh that that that raised a big issue for them. That means uh does that mean if we put if we hide our documents inside of superconducting safes uh the Russians might be able to So actually when we had Dayton the American remote viewers got together with the Soviet remote viewers and traded war stories did experiments together for you know I’m I think I’m naturally skeptical cuz I’m skeptical with all things but I’m often proven wrong. So, you know, my fiance, she um she believes lots of things I don’t believe. And so, so frequently she’s been proven right in those things that I remain open-minded to things in life cuz I’ve leared to. So, I think that’s where I remain. I remain open-minded. And I think on the balance of probability, if you ask me, do I think there’s other life in the universe? I think it would be crazy to say there wasn’t. Right. Right. But, but has there been life that has arrived here that we’ve recovered? I just I would need more evidence. Is that I I think I think that’s the right attitude and we’re hoping that uh with the release of documents that’s starting to happen now that you’ll get that evidence. But in the absence of actually getting access to the evidence, it’s very reasonable that to be skeptical. Yeah, absolutely. I do think though that the current administration in the US is so focused on following through with this directive the president gave to to get all the evidence within the possession of the federal government, all the different agencies, the military branches, and then figure out what can be declassified. I think they’re taking it so serious that we’re going to we’re going to get to more tranches of more meaningful evidence. And I think eventually we’ll get to that thing that we that that moment that we’ve all only seen in movies where a sitting president steps to a microphone and tells the world we’re not alone in the universe. I think I think we’re going to get there. I think so too. Just a matter of time. Does it change the meaning of life if that becomes the case? Does it does it mean anything for us as humans? What do you think the meaning of life is? How? And do you think we should change our behavior in any way even if this moment does occur? I think if we found out that there were life throughout the universe that it’s uh it can be developed in all kinds of forms then then that makes us uh take a new look at well what does it mean to be human you know we ought to think about if we can interacting with these other uh species and seeing what we can learn from them and what might they learn from us and so it just opens up a whole new sort of view of what the universe is like. I mean, I’ve got I’ve got 15 grandkids. They should grow up in a universe where it’s teameming with life and they know that. And that’s a very uh kind of an exciting kind of thing. I think it also could be the one thing that could unify all of humanity. You know, Reagan gave a great speech during his presidency at the United Nations where he said he often thinks that it might be a threat from outside this universe that makes all of humanity come together and think more about what it has in common than than its differences. Um, and you know, it moves them past the the the the conflicts of the moment. And that might be, you know, wishful thinking and might be naive, but it also might actually be the one thing that could that could line people up. Has it changed how you think about the the meaning of life? Between what I’ve learned about the the reality of the UAP situation and the existence of non-human life and what I’ve learned about, for example, remote viewing, it’s made me realize that our sort of western present day view of reality is not complete. You know, we think we know everything there is, you know, to life and and how things work and we just don’t. And when you’re honest with yourself and you look back at history, all the times people thought that they were they were proven wrong pretty quickly. And so it’s made me open to a lot more possibilities um than than I would have been just just 10 years ago. I think it’d be a renaissance in in our attitudes toward life and and everything. Yeah. Are you both open to being wrong? Yeah. Look, I should have said this early on. When I first started making my documentary, I was totally prepared to have people tell me, “Look, this is all [ __ ] It was all cover for our classified projects.” Did they? No, no one did. That was the crazy thing. Not Not a single person did. I would I was trying to pull it out of people. I’d be like, you know, come on. This is really this is like a black project and un unagnowledged special access program, right? Like just just say nothing if that’s the case. And they were like, no, dude. Not not even close. like it was o over and over and these weren’t random people. These were like senior people on the Senate Intelligence Committee, on the Senate Armed Services Committee, um leaders in in the intelligence community, leaders in in in the military, and so yeah, it’s hard to ignore. Yeah. Well, Trump has released the first round of the UAP reports. Um so I guess in many respects, this conversation is to be continued. Yeah. Yeah. And we we we have been told by our friends in government that the next trunch of evidence is likely to come out in the next 30 days or so and it’s going to be a rolling declassification process. So there’ll be a lot more to talk about in the near future. Thank you so much for your time. Really appreciate it. I feel very curious very very curious and I I highly recommend people go check out your documentary. I’m going to link it below. Um, and I think one of the great things about the documentary is the diversity of people you’ve spoken to, including Marco Rubio, who is now working alongside President Trump and many others, including yourself, How, um, and other guests that I’ve people like Jay who, um, I hope to speak to sometime soon. Cool. Thank you for having us and thank you for bringing attention to interesting topics like this. I really do think, you know, you know, people like you are are helping open people’s minds. You know, in the past, you only had, you know, it wasn’t that long ago there’s only four TV networks, right? and a small group of legacy media people controlled what people thought about really. So people here are opening up everyone’s minds to other possibilities and other information. And so thank you. It’s it’s interesting cuz again sometimes I think I have to remind the audience of like why I do what I do and why I pick the subjects that I pick. But it’s honestly just what I’m curious about. And if if something rises in public curiosity and it’s in my my curiosity, then I’ll speak about it. It’s not an endorsement of me believing everything. It is just me wanting to learn more. Yeah. And I, you know, I I wish we lived in a society that was more open-minded generally to the people on the other side of the aisle or to subjects that are currently considered to be, I don’t know, controversial or or or not. Because, you know, it’s not lost on me that my own very existence as a black businessman is in and of itself um something that was once a very controversial idea. And so I’m all for, you know, uh, controversial ideas being having some kind of space. Well, every major breakthrough in the history of humanity came from someone being curious, right, and wanting to learn about something they weren’t aware of. So I I think great things will come out of it. and and and you just touched on something we didn’t mention, which is I found shockingly that this is the the UAP issue, non-human life, is the most bipartisan issue in Washington DC at a time when Democrats and Republicans in the United States can’t agree on anything. They’re completely lined up on this being the biggest issue of our time. Extremely significant. And like that says a lot, too, you know? Yeah. To be continued. Should we continue?

June 17, 2026
06/10/2026 – CallFluent AI 2.0 Founders Live Webinar

First of all, uh thank you for showing up. I’m Adrian. I’m going to be your friendly host for today’s live session. Um I am the co-founder and CEO of Kofalent AI. Um and uh we I’ll be hosting this live webinar for all uh the founding members and new people that showed up on this live session. Okay? So, go ahead, grab a cup of coffee, get comfortable, and let’s get you set up because I am here today because in the past years, I’ve been a an AI in uh industry leader. I’m a marketing expert. I have like over 19 years of building software uh with over 18 product launches under my belt. Now, a lot of people already typed in I’m in, but I do want to know where you guys are connecting from. Just give me let me know what you’re connecting from. What city are you tuning in from? because I want to just give a couple of shout out to everybody who uh took the time and show up live. Look at that. We got Louis from San Antonio. Um there we go. We got Denton Texas. Willie, welcome. Uh we got John from France. Tampa, Andrew, welcome. Uh there we go. All comfy here says someone. Ken from Virginia. Cabera from Australia. Eddie from Utah. Spain on the line. There we go. We got Michigan. Stefan welcome. Marcel from Vancouver. California on the line. uh can’t see you or your screen. The screen is shared. Can you guys see the screen? Just, you know, just type in screen if you if you can see the screen. It should be like 00 on the screen. All right, cool. Uh I don’t want to waste any more time because I want to get right into it. Okay? Because in the next 70 minutes, if you give me your undisputed attention, I will show you I’m going to be building live an AI phone agent and call someone from this room with it. Okay? I’m not, you know, I’m not just going to to the talk. I’m going to walk the walk. Okay. Now, I’m going to tell you that replay is not guaranteed. So, if you stick until the end of the webinar, this is the perfect time um that you connected because I do have some special things uh for all the um founding members from 1.0 and also everybody who’s live in this session. Okay? But it’s only going to be during this session. Okay, cool. So, let’s dig in because there’s so much thing I want to cover today. uh you know um I call this you know this the big idea that I call the quiet revenue inside every business already exists you know the money that already exists but leaks of every unanswered call okay it’s not about getting more lead it’s about keeping the ones they’re already calling the businesses whatever is your business or whatever is someone else’s business does that make sense let me know if that makes sense to you. Let me just uh figure out how can I put the chat room over here because I want to see what you guys are typing over there. You know, the way I like to run this live session is two-way communication line, which means I’m going to be at the other end of the microphone over here, okay? And you’re going to be interacting with me doing this chat room so you can get the best out of it. All right? So, again, it’s not about getting more uh calls or leads. It’s about already saving already uh the ones that are already calling. And tonight and today, you know, I’ll show you exactly how you can collect for yourself or for other businesses. Cool, cool, cool. Okay. Uh, I want you to type recover in the chat. So, everybody that types recover right now, um, and the AI, no, no, the cold AI founding members from 1.0 locks a a special 100% $100 discount, but only at the end of the webinar. Okay? So just go ahead type it in. I want to make sure that everybody is settled in. Let me just see check the name. There we go. Such an amazing audience. We got Steve says recover. Chris recover. Yes. Uh recover 1.0. White labeler here. Eddie, welcome. I appreciate you for being with us for so long now. We’ve been doing this for a while. Okay. This is not uh some uh some untested software, some untested methods. Okay. We’re actually serving over 60,000 to 70,000 minutes every single day. Okay. Recover one point. That’s two three. There we go. Uh Halimey Tom recover everybody. Cool, cool, cool, cool. Awesome. So, I’m not going to waste more time because everybody is paying attention. Um just do do yourself a solid, okay? Don’t do my don’t do a solid for me. Do yourself a solid. Just put away all the distractions. just close Instagram, Tik Tok, any other distractions that laying around around for the next 60 minutes. And I promise you, you will walk away not only with a strategy, but also with a method and a software that will actually help you make recurring income because we’ve been doing the same thing for over two years. Okay, cool. Now, I want to set the stage a little bit because people already know this, but not everybody understands it. Okay, so software has been eating businesses for over 20 years and the last phone call era is right here. Okay, because software already ate retail scheduling payments, you know, Shopify 20 in 20 uh 25, okay, and ate most of the retail, right? Do you agree with this? When Shopify, you know, emerged, what happened with retail? It synced. Okay, everybody moved to online. Everybody started to um uh everybody started to sell online via Shopify, right? Scheduling, you know, usually it’s it’s been done uh manually, but Calendarly and other platforms showed up, boom, immediately dethroned everything. Stripe for online payments, right? It show up in 2015 and everything changed after that. And right now 2025, 2026 and beyond the phone. Okay, it’s every other call. This is the last layer in automation. This is the layer is being automated right now. And early movers like yourself, like myself, are going to be the ones who win. Let me know if you agree that the phone calling and answering industry is going to be the next big thing that’s automated. Actually, I already know this. I just want to see if you guys are on the same page because I’ve I’ve started working on AI phone calling and answering automation software ever since before it was a thing. Okay? So, we have foreseen the future and now everybody is jumping to automate their calls because it’s cheaper, faster, it works 24/7 and is more reliable. Okay? And I’ll prove to I I’m going to prove this to you. But before I do that, I just want to take like two minutes, not more than that, just to put a face and a name to it because there’s people that already know who I am and there’s many people that don’t know who I am. So, let me know one in the chat room if you know who I am and if you’ve been working with me and my software and two if you’ve never heard of of me before in your life. Just one or two. Let’s just see. Just want to make um make a vibe check over here. Look at that. Eddie, uh Andrew, Kenneth, uh Kenneet, um Randall 111 coming in. Ed, thank you. Thank you. Oh, there we go. Chris says too. Ramsey says, “I know you.” Awesome. Awesome. So, there’s the audience is like, you know, I have to, you know, to put my name as well for everybody who is new and never heard about um me before. Uh Ben, can we integrate claw via API? I’ll cover in the FAQ section. Okay. Uh Angela, I know you’re from. Okay, cool. It’s glad to see you here. Okay, so for those of you who don’t know who I am, I am Adrian Ishwan. I am a builder, a software creator, operator, founder. I’m a father of two. I’ve done over 18 product launches, a seven figureure exit on leads gorilla. Maybe some of you have been customers uh on that software. Uh I run a 35 plus agent AI infrastructure running behind every product that I ship uh for founders, operators who want real playbook, not just the LinkedIn version of me. Okay. So currently I am the founder of Creativio AI, Cofluent Club brand AI. Uh I’ve used to run leads gorilla uh which led to a seven figureure exit. Uh my focus is AI uh service as a uh as a software multi- aent system launch strategy teaching people how to win with um AI. You know I write you know weekly letters from inside a real AI software business. So if you’ve been one of my subscribers there we go. Eddie says love creativiand. Uh thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Uh Liz Gorilla AI also. Yeah. uh you know I I only deliver quality products. So if you’ve been with me, you already know that. Uh cool. So I’m not saying this because I want to brag, okay? This is not about this. I have like 18 product launches, multiple seven figure exits. Uh I’m a top vendor or every platform that matters from JVZoo, ClickBank Warrior, even paddle. You know, I’m not sharing theory today. I’m handling you a playbook that already works because I myself use it in my business and I also been teaching my students to do the same. Okay. Now, I run my own AI phone agency on this exact same platform that you’re guys going to be uh show seeing today. Okay. And what you’ll see isn’t a lab demo. It’s an actual business and we’re going to be doing it together during this training. I put my skin in a game so you can trust the playbook. Is that a deal? Just type in deal if that sounds good for you. Okay. I like to put my money where my mouth is and I want to prove the things that actually work before asking you for anything in exchange. Cool. Cool. Deal deal. Flung in the chat room. You guys are an amazing audience. I love when people are actually paying attention and also interacting during this live um webinars because this is how I know that there will be people um who will uh who will live as winners from this live session. Okay, so the opportunity guys, it’s huge. Okay, there’s 33 million small businesses in America alone. And I I bet there’s a 100 million businesses worldwide. And every one of them, one way or another, runs on phone calling. Just think about it. Beauty salons, um, HVAC contractors, um, any kind of service, everything you want to solve within a local business, what are you doing? You’re trying to call them, right?

Uh Rachel, your chat is not locked. I see you typing in. That is the question room is the chat room for everybody who um who doesn’t know where to chat. Um cool. So every business in the world actually runs on phone. Some of them are more dependent than others, but that’s the market we’re going to be playing in tonight. And it’s a 21 billion market industry within phone automation. And you may wonder why is that? You know, because there is a huge problem within this market. Okay, this is what actually happens with the phone industry. Over between 20 and 30% of all inbound calls goes unanswered. Okay, the exact rate, you know, can change by industry and time of the day, but the order of magnitude doesn’t. It’s been one in four missed calls for years now. Every study every year shows the same data. Every missed call is a customer who calls the next business. You agree on this? How many of how many of how many of you guys are actually using phones to close businesses? Let me know if you if your business has a phone line. Just type in yes or no. And how many businesses have you actually called in the last seven days and how many didn’t answer? Just let that sink for a bit. Okay, just let that sink off for a bit. Right? What did you do the next thing? You just call up the next business to solve your issue. Right? So the first business that you called because he didn’t answer, he lost you as a client.

Okay? And this happens to every single business in the world. Okay? Now, let’s make this look a little bit concrete and put a dollar on every single call per industry. Okay? A missed call isn’t just equaling AC isn’t equal across all industry. Okay? You can watch on the screen right now. Okay? Because some industries lose way more money than others. Okay? I’m talking law, medical, home services, HVAC, plumbing, real estate, insurance. Okay? These are niches that every single missed call can cost thousands and thousands of dollar. And guess, it it adds as a compounding effect. Okay? It’s not just one call missed one day. It’s multiple calls missed throughout the day that stack up. And at the end of the month, you’ll see that in a moment, how much money a a real business can lose? Right? Do you agree a missed call at a law firm does not equal a missed pizza order? Let me know yes or no in the chat room. Do you agree with this statement? A missed call on a insurance or a law firm lawyer does not equal the same with a with a pizza around the corner. Like the pizza can be $30, right? Look at that. Ben says, “I sell HVAC.” They said, “I’m in the real estate industry.” Look at that. People are already saying the niches that they are in. Cool. Because how many of you want to see exactly the math for one business and how much potential um loss they have in one year, you know, and because someone says I’m in a HVAC um you know, chances are that I’ve put this together for an HVAC company. Uh because and correct me if I’m wrong. Someone said in the chat room, Ben says I sell HVAC. Tell me how much is your average job in the chat room. Ben over there. How much is your average job if you close it? Just want to make sure I got my number straight. Okay, let’s see. Let’s see. Ben, waiting for you. Uh, look at that. Ben Green says 9 anywhere from 9 to 12k one job. And I was very conservative when I said like 1,000 uh one one one $12,000. Okay. Um, so that can be your league daily. If you missed 40 calls per day, okay, you’re looking at daily leaks of $12,000 every single day. And if you stack up for the next 30 days, you’re looking at $360,000 of missed potential income. And if if you look at that yearly, well, you’re looking like a a seven figure loss on the year. Okay? So, that is undisputed loss money for any kind of company. And it’s it’s not just for HVAC. We can do this all day long, but I don’t want to uh keep you here for 3 hours, but we can do these simulations for every kind of business out there. Okay?

And again, I want to reframe this because it changes everything because many of these businesses doesn’t have a sales problem. It’s not a sales problem. It’s a collection problem. The demand already exists. The calls are already coming in. you or other businesses are not just not collecting them yet. Okay? And why is that exactly? Because before I show you how to do it, I want you to understand what kind of business we are actually um doing, right? I want I want to teach you things before I show you how to solve the problem. Is that okay? Just give me a give me a five in the chat room if you already enjoying the session so far. I want to make sure that nobody is bored over here and everybody understands the importance of knowing what’s wrong in order for us to fix it and actually, you know, create opportunity and revenue. Look at that. Andrew says, “Loving it.” 55 coming from Tom, Marcel, Kenneth, Greg, Andrew, Ross, Hal, thank you, Willie, Jonath Ralph, Eddie, everyone. Thank you so much for, you know, for for paying attention. Okay. Rebecca says, “You are so right about it all.” Of course, because I’ve been doing this for a long time and I know. Okay. Now, there’s some fixes that used to work. You know, you could hire humans. Like a full-time receptionist can cost you or any business anywhere from 2,00 uh 2006 $2,600 per month for each. Okay? And it still can’t cover 24/7. Is it clear on the screen? Can you guys see the screen? You know now if you try to outsource to a call center and this is what other big businesses are doing because they have the founds but not the small ones not the medium ones they charge per minute pricing human margins you know it just makes it too expensive for most small to mediumsiz businesses to even afford it to even consider it okay if you’re thinking dev you know the first uh de first AI solution you can forget it they’re powerful but you need engineers developers skills to ship the working agents for the businesses not to mention that businesses These are not technical people like you and me. Okay, Mike. That is the chat again. Cool. And there’s also some premium AI software like Air AI and other big companies that charge around uh anywhere from 375 to,497 per month and still are too complex for brick-to- mortar. You know, they buy solutions. Businesses buy solutions. They don’t buy software tools. You and me, we love software tools because we can automate it. I’m about to introduce you to a hyper engine uh hyper agent engine. You know, the system that finally collects that quiet revenue for any type of business. It can book appointments, follow up, do outbound, inbound, uh after call, after hours calls. It can survey, it can save data, anything. Okay? Anything that you imagine you could automate during and post um a phone conversation, it’s here and it’s present in Coluent AI 2.0 with upgraded with hyper a agent engines. Okay, this AI voice engines that call and answer in seconds with lowest latency possible, hundreds of calls at once, 24/7, everything on autopilot. Okay, this is the machine that finally collects this quiet revenue for your business or for your customers businesses. Okay, why am I saying for your customers businesses? Because we’ve been working in this industry to know that many of you guys are offering services to businesses. Okay, do you guys let me know in the chat room if you guys are currently offering marketing services to other businesses, local, mediumsiz, enterprise, I don’t care. Just just let me know. Just type in services if you already sell some sort of marketing services to other businesses. Okay, look at that. Thomas services. Carlos services. Eddie services. Um Ed services. William, David services, services. Angelo, James, Willie, Angela, Cruz, Ramsey, Lee, everybody services, of course, because more and more people are going to buy services more than software because they don’t know how to automate. They don’t know how to set up all these things. Okay, but we know uh now what what exactly is the hyper engine? Okay, now I got I got blown away by the chat room and I forgot my my notes over here. But here’s exactly what makes the hyper uh hyper agent engine so efficient. We have the the hyperrealistic voices. Okay, 97% indistinguishable in over 30 languages. We got 60cond agent studio. No code, no code. just we’re going to be setting up the next the next demo is going to be setting up the agent in under 60 seconds without writing a single prompt. Okay? And then you need a white label reseller so you can put your brand position yourself as a markete as a marketing expert. So each of these ones alone are powerful but combined nobody can match it. And I’ll show all three live in a uh in a moment. Let’s just go ahead and break down a bit the hyperreal voices. I already said like 97% indistinguishable from real human. You know, it’s build test agreement on conversational delivery. We got under 500 millisecond response. So there’s no uh latency in the call, no awkward pauses. It just feels humanly. It just feels natural. And I’ll let you guys test it. I’ll let you guys talk with these agents and feel that for yourself. Okay. Uh we got over 30 voices. Actually, we got over 400 voices. I need to update this slide from 30 languages, accents, tones, uh, pacing, you know, per market and needs, and it can adapt in real time. Okay, enough talk, enough theory. How many of you want to see me build a an agent in just 60 seconds flat, you know, without writing a single line of code, without having any experience. Um, let let just go go ahead and type in demo in the chat room if you guys are ready for this because what I’m about to do is in front of your eyes right now, we’re going to be building an agent together. Okay? And once we’re done, I’m going to ask someone from this chat, from this live session, to actually go ahead and talk with the agents so we can make this as real and as transparent as possible. That sounds good. I’m I got excited about this one. Uh so, let me just go ahead and put the demo. Now, I do have a couple more slides. Uh but I think I’m going to be covering this um after. Yeah, let’s let’s do the demo first, okay? Because I’m excited about this one and I want to show you how fast you can actually build this kind of agent. Uh, look at that. Law firm, real estate. Uh, cool. Let me just give me one second to switch my screen really quick. Log to the dashboard of Coffluent AI 2.0. I’m excited about this one. Hopefully, you guys are as well. All right, so I switched the screen. Hope everybody can see the dashboard. So if you can see the Cofflent AI dashboard, go ahead and give me a five in a chat room right now. Let’s make sure everybody has the uh the visual inside. Now again, let’s go in under 60 seconds and create a real estate agent from completely blank. Okay, but there’s a trick. I’m not going to go from blank. I’m going to go from a template. All right. So, we’re going to do an outbound, an agent that actually makes call. If someone kind of fills a form on a website, then immediately this agent is going to go ahead and call them. Okay. So, let’s go ahead and select Morgan Chase real estate. Everything is kind of pre uh configured. All you have to do is just select the phone number that you want from your Twilio and give it a voice. We have multiple voices over here. Uh we got over 400 voices available inside Cofflent AI. Uh more about that later. Let’s just go ahead with Matt. I think this is a real hyper conversational uh natural agent. What I’m going to do is because I do use a 11 Labs voice. I’m going to go ahead and use a the fastest model. And now here we’re going to just give it a welcome message really quick. Hey, this is Morgan from Sunshine Estate. Oh, sorry.

I wanted to follow up on your inquiry

uh on your

let’s spell this

to buy a Oh,

it’s a good time to talk because this is an outbound agent. We’re going to put like um let’s say zero welcome message delay. The call recordings on. We can also have voicemail detection. More about that later. Now, everything is pre-filled for you. We do have some new templates you can actually use from um uh from the agent type. We’re going to go with real estate agent. Uh, and we’re going to go with warm and professional. Uh, and almost everything you have to do right now is just uh replace the placeholders with your company.

Okay, let me just uh make sure I spell that correctly. Uh, there we go. Sunshine State. Let’s see if we have uh this placeholder anywhere. Uh, actually, I think I can just get rid of that. We don’t need that cuz it’s an outbound. And we should be good. Uh, cool. Everything is fine. Everything is pre-filled for you. Just hit submit and you are basically done. Okay. You can embed this on your website, on your customer’s website just as a pop out uh or as an inline widget or even you can use web hooks to customize the fields that you want to also capture like the name, email, um, location, whatever. And the agent will know everything about it. Okay. So, let’s go ahead. What I’m going to do now is actually make it more interactive. Okay? Uh, I want to do this live. And what I’m going to do is ask you if you want to talk with this agent live. Just put your phone number right now in the chat room in the chat box. Um, no, no, no one else is going to see it. It’s completely private. Only uh we can see the organizers. So, we’re not going to be sharing that. We’re not going to be putting here live. I’m going to switch the screen while I put the live number here and initiate a call. Okay. Now, go ahead, put your number. If you want to be among the ones who test this live on this call, just put your number over there. I’m going to select somebody randomly who can talk with this agent so that we make this a more fun live demo. Okay, just give me a quick um moment to look at the chat room. Beautiful, beautiful. Many numbers flowing in. Okay, so what you’re going to do, we’re going to you’re going to receive a call from a USA phone number. Just make sure you respond when that happens. Okay, cool, cool, cool. Let’s go with Look at that. David. Okay, David is actually a real estate agent. Uh, so he wants to try this and simulate everything. Okay, that that is actually a perfect scenario. So, what I’m going to do is select that and just um give me a second to switch the screen and initiate the call.

Hey Dave, this is Morgan from Sunshine Estate. I wanted to follow up on your uh inquiry to buy a home. Is this a good time to talk? Yeah, I have a few more minutes right now. Great. Can you share what specific location you’re interested in for your new home? Uh I think that uh maybe somewhere around the hills. That sounds lovely. Do you have a budget range in mind for the property? Uh, I would say maybe from 1 and a half uh to 2 million. Thank you, David. That’s a solid budget. What type of property are you looking for? Single family home, condo, or something else? Yeah. Uh, single family home with three bedrooms. One of them I’d like to be uh the office and then would like to have a kids room, you know, like a normal family home. Absolutely. I understand. A normal family home with those specifications is very desirable. Would you like to schedule some viewings for suitable properties? Yeah, let’s do it. Maybe tomorrow at 2 p.m. I have I have a free slot. Tomorrow at 2 p.m. works great. Just to confirm, can I get your phone number for any updates? Would this Thursday at 2 p.m. work for you instead? Um, Thursday at 2 p.m. Yeah, I think I can make it. Yeah. Fantastic. I’ll schedule you for this Thursday at 2 p.m. Can I get your phone number for confirmation? Uh, it’s better if you send it to my email uh instead of the phone number. So uh uh the email is [email protected].

Thank you for that. I’ll send the confirmation to john1678gmail.com shortly. Yeah, thank you. You’re welcome, David. I’m excited to help you find your new home. Yeah, see you soon then. Have a good day. Bye. Thank you, David. See you on

now. How amazing was that? David, thank you so much for jumping in on this real life call. Uh I appreciate you actually simulating as you were a customer for this agent. This is actually the perfect way to use it. And I think that this call has been amazing. Low latency uh agent was on point. Uh property booking has been scheduled. Uh, David, let me know in the comments if you find this amazing. And everybody else, let me know in the comments right now. What do you think? How did this go? Okay. And as you can see, we’ve done it in 50 in under 60 seconds. Right, cool. Now, let me just get back to my screen and continue the awesome presentation because now it’s the good part. Just give me one second to switch.

Yeah, guys seeing the new screen. Ah, cool, cool, cool. Awesome. Real nice flowing in the chat room. Whoa, amazing. Awesome. Thank you. Someone says Chris says David was [ __ ] Don’t believe. Look, Chris, stick around until the end because at the end of the uh training, I’m going to share this number. So you can also call in and just talk to the agent yourself if you don’t if you think like if you’re skeptical and it’s okay to be skeptical uh skeptical but I’ll share this number at the end of the webinar so everybody can actually go ahead and give it a try and you know experience the talk the direct talk. Uh now I’m not going to do this right now because we still got a lot of things to cover and I can’t pretty much have everybody calling at the same time and uh nobody’s going to pay attention to this. Okay. Uh Chris, no worries. It’s not not about disrespect. I completely understand and I wanted to treat this uh because uh I do care about everybody who is in this together. Okay. Uh cool. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Um can the system make outgoing calls as well? Yes. Actually, this was an outgoing call through David’s phone, but I’ll share it so you can also make inbound. If you stick until the end, you can I’ll give you a phone number which you can call and you can talk with the same exact same agent uh that David just experienced. Uh David, again, thank you so much for you know uh being really um simulating like a a real customers that would be a um uh that that was awesome. Okay, back to it. Um I already covered the components. This is the 60cond agent studio. Now, we already covered that during this demo. I wanted to show you this demo early rather than rather than later because I want to see to show you not just see the images but to show you how fast I was able to put together a real um live simulating um real estate agent and we have templates for any kind of niche. If you don’t have them we’ll get we’ll give it to you. Okay. Now uh the third component which is one of my favorites is the white label reseller layer which you know you can just turn CFLand AI into your own application and add your clients under your own brand your own domain SMTPs you know you get unlimited sub accounts you know you you set your pricing your margins whatever you want you know and customers will never see that you’re actually using CFluent um in the back end okay so we’re going to be invisible by design and you’re going to be the one saving their business or you can just use golf as it is for your own business. It goes all ways. Okay. So um six things um okay so this I I already covered now I’m not going to do this um again um okay but there’s some secrets that I wanted to share uh during this um during this live presentation and uh I want you to understand this is very important okay so missed calls are aren’t a cost okay they are a recoverable revenue so people who are not understanding this clearly obviously um will lose money. Uh Carlos, yes to your question, but stick around until the FAQ. I have more. Uh so missing recover missed calls is actual increasing revenue. Does that make sense? Just let me let me know in the chat room if that makes sense. If you’re able to recover the missed calls, you’re going to make more money or your customers are going to make more money. Okay? And and there’s there three multiplications, just one number. Okay? Daily call. If you get 40 calls a day and you miss like 25% of them, you know, and your average value it’s about a,200, well, there’s $12,000 walking out the door just because no one was there to um uh pick up the phone and you can use it on your own business or as a cold outreach script to your to other businesses, to other services. Sell it as a service. Okay, there’s multiple ways to use this. Okay. Uh there’s other three real verticals because people have been chatting over there and says like dental, real estate, HVAC, uh lawyer. Um can you So Mike says cannot hear. Just want to make can you guys hear me? Just give me a five really really really quick in the chat. Just want to make sure everybody Okay, Mike, you need to reconnect or something. Is everybody else like flowing the the chat room with the fives? So we’re good. We’re good. Um so as I was saying all different type of verticals, different type of niches um lose different amounts of money uh monthly. Okay, depending on the LTV of that cost of that um business. Okay, now depending Troy Miller says no, let me just try to uh check my microphone settings. Uh I do have my I do have this one. So yeah, we’re we should be good. Uh if you if you can’t hear, just reconnect to the webinar. It should it should work. Okay, cool. Let me I I lost the chat room, guys. Okay, cool. Audio is okay. Awesome. Um okay, so if you’re able to recover this amount of money for these niches, just three examples, okay, with the real numbers, don’t you feel like they will be more than happy to pay you any any amount that you ask for? Okay, even four figures, five figures per month if they’re able to recover more customers and more business. Okay, and then the agent doesn’t have to recover all of it. Even if they just recover half of it, you’ve actually doubled the business, recover a quarter and get paid 18 times over. Okay, the payback at a 25% uh missed calls is actually 18 times. And I’ve done the math. Trust me on this one. I have done the math. The math. Cool. But um I don’t want you to, you know, take my word for it because I know there’s many uh many other uh CFL users here that’s been with us for a while and I want you to hear what other people have to say about Coffluent AI and they’ve been with us as founding members since the beginning. Uh many of you might be here in the chat room as well. Uh so let me just play this. It’s a quick two demo two minutes demo. um not demo but um uh more like experience of users that’s been already using this. Let me just see if I can actually play this if it’s playable. Hold on. Uh uh I think I messed up. But fortunately I have saved it over here. So just give me one second. I have it on my other screen. I can play it for you. Um, so I want you guys to know that, you know, we’ve been doing this for a while and there’s been people already been using this. Uh, where exactly is my Oh, there we go. Got it. Henry here just to say I’m loving the tool so far and uh telling what I’m doing wrong, but your support has been brilliant. Your technical people have been wonderfully assisting me really quickly. So, at the moment, I’m absolutely chuffed. I just set up CallFluent AI for my recording studio and I’m super happy because now I can just keep on working or sleeping while CallFluent AI handles my calls and appointments. The crazy part is that it may actually do a better job at setting appointments with my customers than me. So now I’m just going to let it do its job and I can do my job what I do best. Thank you. Call Fluent AI. Hi, my name is David Lesnik. I am a SAS owner. I am absolutely amazed at the quality of the program and its length and breadth. The capabilities are overwhelming and it’s going to take me quite a while to understand and learn it all. Uh but I have great hope for it. I think I am going to close a lot of business using this program and that is the important part. So do I recommend call fluent? Absolutely amazing. It’s a game changer.

Uh, okay. Hopefully we’re back. Now, the reason I wanted you to hear from um a founding members uh founding members uh mouth is because they are normal people without technical experience. Okay, which leads me to secret number two. Okay, you just pick it up. Um um create agents. You don’t build. You don’t have you don’t have to have any kind of technical skills. You know, the hard work is already dying. You just create agents, assign and um and uh sell to businesses. Okay? You don’t have to build them from scratch. You just need the right template and we have it for you. And if we don’t have it, we’ll make it for you. Okay? So, don’t build the agent. Just assign it to different companies. HVAC, dental, real estates, restaurants, med spas. one of my favorites, Medspots, because my wife is actually running a beauty saloon and I have automated all her call intake, outbound, everything for her saloon, which, you know, just saves a lot of uh time that I get to spend with her instead of her being on the phone all day long answering and booking appointments. Um, okay. So, Gilbert, we’re going to be right there. Don’t leave anywhere because this is the best part. Uh, it’s just about to come. Uh the like secret number three, the last one which is very important. People think like this market is already crowded. It’s not crowded. It’s just open. You’re not late. You are in early. And you are in as early as it can be. And I can prove it to you, but because we’re a little bit behind schedule. Um you can you can do the same search. There’s just requires with zero owners on, you know, on u on um AI phone calling agencies. So this is something that you can build in the future. Okay. Now I can show you more numbers. Uh there’s like you know 0.5 deployment today within the three 33 million businesses that I showed you. And this is growing with a 35% annual growth. Right now we are at about 21 billion uh market but we are heading uh around 50 billion by 2034. like 20 uh 25 were websites you’re early not too late because 2025 2026 and beyond it’s all about uh automation. Uh now there’s one more thing I’m going to keep one more demo towards the end for those of you who are staying at the end where I’m going to show you some more but because we are already behind schedule. Okay, can you guys can you guys still hear me? There’s a lot of people saying lost pod volume last uh just give me a five in the chat room if my voice is coming through. Okay, it’s like the fourth time I I’m asking for your guys’ input. Thank you so much. Uh Bryce, Marcel, David, Stephen, Luis, Andra, Don, everybody who’s just interacting throughout this webinar with me. You guys are amazing. And because you are you stick with me until the end of this, I hope first of all, let me know in the chat room if I delivered on my promise, if I showed you the strategy and you know, how can you actually benefit and and create revenue from it? And right now um it’s that time that moment now this is no news flash you this is not the first webinar you’ve been on okay but certainly it’s going to be the mo the most beneficial one you’ve ever attended to everybody knows that it’s time to showcase what exactly we have what we have on the table. So if you’re ready for it now people will think that I’m crazy okay because we’ve been selling this like crazy monthly yearly uh high ticket but because uh in celebration of launching 2.0 0 and inviting all the um 1.0 uh founding members. I’m going to make a deal that is quite unrefusable. Okay. So, type in in the chat room right now ready if you are ready for the deal of the lifetime on getting access to all the software, all the upgrades, everything. Okay? Because today I’m going to open the gates to CFL 2.0 know is the founders only VIP bundle deal which means on this webinar you only got live here because there’s one partner that invited you or you are already a 1.0 O uh founding members. Okay, look at that. Dios are born ready. Deal ready. Let’s rock. Andrew, I’m ready. Ready. Ready. Flowing in the chat room. Love your energy, guys. Now, the reason you’re here, it’s for two reasons. Either you already have access to Cold Fluent AI and you qualified for this uh founders uh only VIP bundle deal or you got invited on this webinar by one of my trusted partners. Okay? Because today you’re going to get everything that you need to start and scale your AI phone calling empire instantly. the complete platforms with every single upgrade unlocked and masterclass training and the done for you and scaling resources into one single bundle. People asking what’s new in 2.0. Well, there’s a lot of new stuff in 2.0. First of all, we reduced to latency like 10x lower latency than the previous version. Uh we added like the latest AI models like GPT 5.5 5 uh 5.5 I believe. I I need to check. um and many more new features and and I’m going to show you uh towards another demo until the end. But first, I wanted to show you exactly what’s included in this because it’s not about not just about the software. It’s about the software plus all the upgrades including white label license. It’s uh about the training, the masterass training, and it’s all about the scaling resources that will get you there faster. Okay, this is the ultimate AI phone automation bundle which includes software training resources and everything you need to run this successfully, including access to me, a really cool guy that’s going to help you um do marketing the right way. Okay, so the software, the training, the resources. Now, because we’re far behind, I’m not going to read all this stuff. I I’ll probably going to leave it on the enchor session, you know, tomorrow. Um I just want to go through everything and show you what exactly it is that you’re accessing. Right. So obviously we’re going to give you CFL 2.0 full platform access uh to everything everything unlocked. Uh 400 hyperreal voices from 30 plus languages. Uh 60cond agent studio you know you can build by template. You get outbound inbound in one hyper um fast uh AI calling engine. You got white label reseller layer included. You got numbers, calendar booking, CRM integrations, everything. This real world work value is alone that that is exactly what we’re selling for on a yearly price. It’s between 1,997 and 2,9997 for you know um outside this training. Okay. Now, speaking of training, okay, I want to share my playbooks, the exact processes that I use to build and sell AI phone agencies to other businesses. You know, this is will be a seven uh 75 minutes master class plus the replay. I’m going to show you step by step the build playbook uh the recovery math calculator and scripts, agency sales process, you know, from cold to close, live monthly QA with myself, lifetime access to every single update in the training. Plus, because I know how lazy some people are, I’ve put together the best resources, the done for you assets that you can sell agents tomorrow morning if you like. Okay, I set five pre-build agents, but actually, you know, I’m going to offer like a 100 pre-build of this. Okay, sales scripts, objections handler, cold outreach kits, recovery math, angles, everything that you can think of. Onboarding checklist, client templates, you know, private community uh with other operators like yourself and myself, and also pricing and proposal templates already done for you. So, you don’t need to play a guesswork. All of this value alone just like this is around 49 4,997. Don’t get scared because it gets even better. Okay. Uh but before I show you what else I included in the bundle, I want to make sure that I kind of quickly walk through all of the components of Coalent AI 2.0 Founders Edition access. Okay. Um we’re going to give you lifetime access to this platform, which means uh you can use it as long as you have like minutes in it. And if you, you know, if you spend all your minutes, obviously you can get more minutes, but there’s no extra charge, uh, other than just getting more minutes so you can expand and scale your business and revenue. Okay, so you’re going to get full platform access to the founder pricing locked in. Every feature, every update, you know, is never going to be a right price for that. This is alone worth $4.97 and you’re going to get like two AI voice agents, 360 calling credits, included minutes, uh six neural voices, uh 30 plus languages, and overage. But because there’s also pro, we’re going to add another 750 minutes to the deal and another 10 voice agents, another five workspaces, and all of the features that come with it like, you know, web hook integration, 11 labs integration, OpenAI, uh custom API integration, uh Zapier integration, CRM, HubSpot, Salesforce, you name it, we have it. automated SMS actions, automated booking, scheduling, done for you template scripts, priority routing, call forwarding, you name it, it’s in it’s included in the package, okay? Because you also unlock access to the professional license. Okay? Now, this is built for professionals uh who want to scale with more agents, more workspace, and the full automations and integrations intelligent stack plus the white glove on boarding. Okay. Now, because I told you you should sell this to other businesses, well, it just makes logical that I hand over to you the agency license as well, which is included in the bundle, by the way. And it’s built to run an agency. over 30 agents if you want 30 workspaces. The deepest agent tuning controls, advanced security, and intent detection are all features part of the agency license upgrade, which is included in your bundle, which also adds another 1,600 minutes to the package. Okay? Plus, you unlock all the voices, 400 neural voices, hyperrealistic in over 140 languages supported. And because we know you’re going to sell this to customers, okay, we’re not going to charge you um normally for overage minutes. No, no, no. That’s going to be half. Okay, so it’s instead of 15 cents per extra minute, it’s going to be just 0.079. So that’s 0.08. Okay, let’s just call like that. That’s the uh the top you’re going to be paying for every extra minute that you need for you or for your customers. But it gets better because in this bundle deal, we included the white label license which we normally sell this sell this alone for thousands of dollars to big agencies. Okay. But part of this, you know, part of this training, part of this live workshop, I’m going to allow you to resell Cofluent as your own. You get unlimited agents, unlimited workspaces. You get your own dashboard, your own domain connected, your own uh you can set your own price and billing to pay and you can just add your clients day. We stay invisible and you can call it as you want and you can serve the customers within the same dashboard. And on top of that, we’re going to be adding extra 3,600 uh minutes in your account instantly. Okay? And we’re going to be lowering the overage uh to 0.07. Okay, so you get all the features from all the upgrades plus you can make it and call it your own. So again, let’s quickly recap before I move forward and you know unlocking this deal because this is going to be limited. I don’t want to share this with everybody because we’re selling this normally yearly and a much higher price. Okay, cool. So here’s exactly what you’re going to be getting uh if you decide to um secure CFL 2.0 O and this is one of our biggest stacks that we’ve ever put together. It’s going to be one bundle, six concrete pieces, plus all the bonuses that we unlock when you stay on this webinar and on this page. Okay, so again, number one, you get Coflland AI 2.0 founders edition access lifetime. Boom, secured, you’re in. Then you got the professional upgrade. All of these are valued at $497,9.99 agency license. We normally charge agency customers for 299 2997 per year, okay, to sell this AI uh phone agents to other customers because we know how much money it can be made in the industry, okay? And as a as an agency, there’s no revenue shared to us ever. Okay? You get to keep exactly what you sell. Okay? Plus, we’re going to include our, you know, best and most wanted white label account. Oh, sorry. uh under your brand. This is normally we charge 4,9997 for big agencies that want to, you know, list theirelves under your logo, your domain, your pricing. We just disappear. We work from the shadows. Clients is your platforms, not ours. But we handle everything in the back. So, you don’t have to worry about anything. Okay? Plus, I’m going to be doing bi-weekly webinar training sessions with you guys. Um, uh, we’re going to do every two weeks build sessions, sales sessions, you know, vertical deep dives, QA, you name it, we’re going to do it together. Uh, that’s valued at 1,997 as my consultancy price is way more than that, but because I want everybody to have success with CFL AI, I’m going to include this at no charge at all. Okay? Plus, I will I will share you all of the cheat sheets, follow along, playbooks, bonuses for all the upgrades that I’ve just listed from one, two, three, four. All of the upgrades and bonuses um and cheat sheets are going to be included in the bundle. Okay, don’t guess. You just need to follow. Plus, these are my favorite ones. Uh who are ready for just type in bonuses if you are still here. This means you just qualify yourself for the newest, most exclusive bonuses that are not going to be shared outside this room. Okay? And I’m glad none of you have left. None of you. Look at that. Lee, bonuses. Uh Joe, bonuses, David, Waldo, uh Thomas. Oh, I I it’s it’s impossible. Elliot, Jonathan, Sim, Dennis, Roosevelt, it’s just impossible to keep up with the chat room right now. Uh, but it’s for a good reason because these webinar bonuses are a surprise. We h I haven’t even mentioned about them anywhere. They’re not going to to be listed. Only people on this live session and on this page are going to get them and unlocked at the price reveal. Okay, cool. So, without any further ado, with the bundle deal, I’m going to include these awesome bonuses because during this session, I want you to get the software and do not leave it on the shelf to collect digital dust. I want you to use it to make revenue and I’ve put my my bones to work in order to make that happen. Okay? That’s why I created these special bonuses. So, I made a CFL AI agency playbook for 20 uh 26. Okay? This gives you uh the AI but uh you know help you find clients, close the deals and keep them paying. Okay. Uh this bonus alone is going to be your daily uh cheat sheet in you know finding closing clients for AI powered phone calling and answering automation services. And trust me everybody out there every other business wants to automate. They they just don’t know how to do it. And people don’t know how to sell the service. what we’ve been doing for two years and I’ve put everything in these bonuses. Okay. Now, this alone are valued at $1,297, but this is going to be included for free in today’s bundle deal and because you are part of my inner circle community and you’re live with us now. Bonus number two, I’m going to give you the AI voice interaction playbook. Okay? You know, I’m going to teach you how to use the platform that handles the calls, you know, to make them convert. you know, uh it’s not about closing clients, but it’s about making agents for them that actually convert leads into uh clients. And this is exactly what this bonus solves. Okay, we’re going to teach you how to um how to prompt engineer the agents to actually close deals. And because I want you to have a good starting point as bonus number three, I’m going to give you my targeting guide, the 50 best niches for AI calling and answering. 50 best niches that you should target. um that actually uh have the money and are willing to pay for. How many of you guys want to know the 50 niches that are actually reliant on f phone calls and their whole business is actually made through the phone? I can give you like one or two example right off my head. Like think medical uh medical uh spa saloons like Botox doctors like anything that is highriced service and are getting calls they’re in this bonus. Okay, cool. So, we’re going to know exactly who to target and why. This guide is going to break down the 50 businesses across the five market categories that is the best fit for AI phone automation. Okay? So, you can skip the guesswork and and go straight to the prospects that are most likely to say yes to any proposals that you’re going to do. Okay, look at that. Zoblin says high ticket DTC sales. Of course, plumbers. Yes, HVAC. Even HVAC, even plumbers, yes, those are urgency calls. People call the plumber when their pipes broke. They need help instantly. If you’re not picking up, they’re going to call the next one. So, you guessed it right. Uh, who said that? Um, Randall or sorry, James? Chris? Yeah, Chris. Chris, the skeptical Chris. I I see you, Chris. Uh, you’re going to call my agent. Don’t worry. Uh, okay. Back to it. Bonus number four. Uh, we’ve done we’ve created this done for you library of 100 agent votes. So, most people, you know, who buy AI phone servers never deploy it. Uh, and we’ve seen it before. um never deploy an agent and a single revenue generating um uh agent calling not because it’s hard but because of a blank page. Okay. So what should I say? How do how do I qualify? How do I how do I create a prompt? Well, this 100 agent vault eliminates the blank page entirely and just gives you the ones that are working. So, combining all of the um the things that we’ve put together on the bundle plus the webinar only exclusive bonuses, uh the total real world value with the bonuses included have gone up to $50,000 uh and $170 uh with all the items that we’ve included in the bundle. I haven’t even mentioned the bonuses uh that I included for all of the single upgrades. Those are also included. They’re not even here. They’re going to be on the next page. But I want you to, you know, I don’t want you to worry because the best part you’ve been waiting for. You’re here until the end. You I won’t be charging you 50,000 L. Okay? Heck, not even 4,997. I mean, this bundle deal is actually a steal, everything above, software, training, all the four bonus included at $1,997 per year. Right? Just let me know in the chat room if you think that everything I’ve put together and I’m going to give you access to is worth at least $1,9.97 per year because this is one of the price point we’ve been selling like crazy for the past year. Okay,

but because you know you are part of my community, you probably are already CFL AI members and I want you to have this resource upgrade feel naturally for you. Okay, I want you to be to uh I want you to be felt valuable because the value you get versus what today’s VIP bundle deal is far better. Okay, the value is well over $50,000. But today, because you are here now live and because you stick with me until the end, okay, I’m going to lower this to just a one-time payment, not a yearly, not a monthly, okay? This is not a monthly payment. This is not a yearly. It’s just a one-time payment during this launch, live launch event only. Let me know, just type in fair if you think this is a fair deal. This is not just any other software. This is a software that’s going to produce sales that are going to close customers that are actually going to deliver and improve your uh revenue bottom line. Okay? It’s not something that you’re going to get and leave it to collect dust or just think that it’s not working. In fact, stick around because um at the end we’re going to be doing some more live um live interactions together and I’m going to allow you to, you know, talk with any of agents and we’re going to configure some more. But here’s the good part. I like you guys so much because you’ve been sticking around because you’re very very um uh very engaging during this session. I want you to give one more. I promised at the beginning of the webinar, if you type in uh recover, I’m going to give you another 100% discount, but only for the first 50 people to claim it. Okay? It’s because we also have costs on this thing. Okay? And I can’t I can’t go bankrupt offering everyone the best deal possible. But I do want to reward the fast action takers who join in during this live and are among the first 50. Okay, there’s just 50 usages of this coupon. It’s limited. And if you want the coupon, just type in coupon right now and my team are going to send you the link, which is all the discounted link plus the coupon to get an even $100 extra discount just because you are probably part of my CFL AI founding members of 1.0 or you’re just here on the live session. Uh it doesn’t matter. I’m going to uh offer for people who are not founding members of CFL AI. I initially I didn’t want to offer this to everyone just to my founding members which have been with us since the beginning but because it’s a special event and I have so many people I got hundreds of people connected with us live I’m not I can’t promise this is going to be working for each and every one of you but if you type coupon right now and you act fast on it you’re going to get it for 297 one time and all the benefits all the bonuses everything included. Okay,

there we go. Hundreds of coupons, ladies and gentlemen. There are hundreds of people typing in coupon uh in the chat room. I think my team is going to have a hard time uh sharing coupons individually because literally the chat room is spammed. I I I wish I could just make a screenshot and show you guys how many people just type in coupons. In fact, I can just read names. Look, Scott, John, choices coupon. James, coupon, Miles, coupon, uh Kenneth, coupon, Louise, Eddie, um Louise, Eddie, Anita, uh Manuel, there we go. Uh Brad, so if you can hear your name, you know that we are live. Okay, Godfrey, even if you don’t hear your name, we’re still live because it’s hard to just read just about every other people’s name. Michelle, look at that. Awesome. Rupert B. And and these are just the last ones that came in. Uh Austin, look at this. Zabin wants a coupon. D, uh, Anna, Tom, Louis, even Chris. Look at that. Ralph, Roland. Okay, so what what I’m going to do, I’m going to ask my team to do one thing. Um, in fact, I’m going to put this deal into the chat room along with a coupon code, okay? So that I won’t be giving more chances to the people that we respond first. So guys, look in the chat room right now. We got the bundle link over there. just, you know, let me just um actually, you know, something I’m going to click this myself and I’m going to show you. Okay, just don’t mind just close everything over here. Just don’t mind what you see over here. Uh the reason this video is here is because we are live and we don’t have the webinar replay yet and probably won’t have it until tomorrow. Uh but you want to go ahead and claim, just go ahead, click on the claim bundle deal or just scroll down. Doesn’t matter. Just scroll down and go ahead on the checkout form. Just fill in the first name, price name, you know, select your payment information. Uh, and here is the coupon. I believe um we have call bundle 100. Okay, so the coupon is call bundle 100. Okay, it’s very limited if you apply it. Okay, uh I just literally stole one from you. If I’m checking out right now, I’ll probably just stole one. So, I’m not going to do that. But just fill in your information. It’s all a secured checkout form over here. It’s reserved for the next few minutes. So, you know, take your time. I’m going to wait here until you you know, you complete your um um your account until you complete your bundle uh you secure your bundle deal. And once you do that, it is very important because we need to tag people that are actually among the first. Okay. Once you got it, I want you to come back on the chat room and don’t leave the webinar. I still want to show you so much things. Okay? If you can spare like 30 more minutes, we can spend some really quality time together where I’m going to show you some hidden stuff that you know uh many of uh many of you wished they knew before. Um yeah, the normal price uh the discount price is $4.97. But if you you know, if you go to the link that we’ve just uh shared in the chat room again, let me just give the link again. Let me see if I can pin this message somehow. Um everyone, let’s let me just see if I can pin this somewhere. Oh, there there we go. So, I’m going to be pinning the link at the top of the chat. You should see uh grab your CFLand AI 2.0 bundle deal. Here you’re going to see coffin.com. You’re going to see the link that you need to you need to go to use the coupon that you know you are instructed to use and just complete the checkout um and be among the first 50 people. And once you do that, don’t leave the webinar, you know, don’t close the session. We still have to show you uh a lot of stuff. Okay. And for those of you who are wondering how come I did uh this awesome webinar, well, I use clo uh design which is awesome. I hope I can, you know, I can see you in inside the members area which I plan to hold a webinar and show you how I did it all. Um because I’m a geek when it comes to AI and I just want to help everybody around. Uh there we go. So if you are in, very important, if you’re in, come back to the chat room. Just let me know, Adrian, I’m in. Uh I want to congratulate you. welcome you to the family and also have my team tag you for the ultra exclusive bonuses and also for the um private um training webinar session that we’re going to be having um only with members that are joining during this launch special. Okay, pretty cool. Pretty cool. A lot of people I need link. I need link. So, let’s see who was first in. Let’s see. I want to I want to congratulate the first one who actually made it in. And I think it’s Michelle London says I got in. Congratulations, Michelle. Uh, welcome. Uh, Dennis Eddie says, “I’m in.” Eddie Ma Eddie Miles in. Congratulations. Welcome, Eddie. Um, uh, Carlos, uh, will I be, uh, will I still be able to use and sell 1.0? Yes, Carlos, you will, but this actually upgrades your 1.0 to 2.0. And, um, it’s it’s it’s going to be so much more interesting after that. Uh, cool. Oh my god, the chat room is actually on fire. People needing coupons, people needing link. Start says link. Uh the link is in the chat room. It’s actually uh pinned. Let me just put the link here. People still need link. Um it is in the chat room guys. Just you know if you don’t have the link just comment link and my team is going to help you. Uh Marcel says I am in. Congratulations Marcel. Uh congratulations for smart decision. There we go. Starts as coupon. Uh Hal says I’m in. Big upgrade. Yes, exactly. That’s the whole idea. Welcome, Joseph. Just purchased. Congratulations. Uh, welcome. Uh, Godfrey says, “I’m in. Congratulations, Steve. I’m in. Congratulations.” Chase me. I’m in. Congrats. Noella, I’m in. Congrats. Andrew, I’m in. Congrats. Um, uh, who else? I think these are duplicated. Golfy says like three times. I’m in. Congrats. Uh, in Zav says, “Please help with what? I I am here. We’re not going anywhere. We’re going to stick around.” And guys, even if you buy, uh, do not leave the webinar. I still want to show you a lot of cool stuff, okay? I still have surprises for you. So, stick around. Um, uh, Vixen says, “I’m in. Congratulations.” Lee is in. Congratulations. Okay, so these coupon deals are actually fl uh, you know, flying off the shelf. Joe says, “I’m in.” With a big smile on his face. Welcome, Joe. Congrats. Should it uh, should it 397 or 297? It should be 397 if you use the coupon. I already applied mine. Okay. Okay. What am I doing over here? Something is happening. I I clicked my mouse. Uh let me just get back to my presentation over here. Uh just give me a moment. I am trying to figure out where we are right now. Okay. So, yeah, it is 397 if you get a chance to claim one of the 100 discount coupons that I we’ve put for you. If you don’t have the coupon, Ralph, just comment coupon. we’ll give it to you. Uh uh but again, I already pinned this in the chat and we got the link. Uh mine says it’s 397 after coupon. Yeah, it is 397 after coupon. Okay, so without coupon, you’re going to be paying $4.97 like everybody else from this. And I want to make something important. Uh while people are still getting in, I’m going to allow Stephen says, “I’m in. Congrats.” Denise says, “I’m in.” Uh Richard says, “I’m in. Congratulations.” Oh my god. uh coupons are actually flying off the shelf. Uh I might need to go ahead and check with my uh team if there are still coupons available. Guys, if you are using coupon and it’s not working, it’s because you’re too late. Okay? But if it’s still working and you see the price dropping down by $100, don’t sit on the fence because even if you applied coupon not checking out, somebody else will cuz there’s still hundreds of people on this. And speaking of that, while people are still securing their access, I just want to say um during my years of experience um in this industry, I’ve seen it all. But here’s why most people missed these opportunities and regret it afterwards. Okay? People think like, you know, I’ll come back later, but what happens later? You pay more. You lose all the bonuses. The 397 launch price is gone. You’re going to pay the full price. And most likely we’re going to switch to yearly at the end of the launch. So you’re probably going to be, you know, uh, paying a subscription instead of getting it all for the lowest uh, possible price and also losing all the four webinar bonuses, which is alone a $3,000 uh, plus in stacked value. And most importantly, they can lose the fast action um and and fast people who private who are actually the pioneers of putting this to work and winning fast plus $100 coupon code are going to be gone. Founder pricing may never come back to what you’re seeing today. So on the other hand, if you’re securing the best deal now, you’re going to be unlocking everything. Lowest price possible, one-time deal. you unlock the full platform, all upgrades instantly, plus you keep all the bonuses, uh, and you get, you know, uh, founders pricing locked in for life and founding members, um, uh, status. And there’s one more thing I want to show you. Okay, this isn’t theory. We’re already serving um, a lot of businesses in the AI phone calling industry. Okay, Zabin says, “Okay, it worked. I’m in.” Thank you. Uh, welcome. Uh, welcome. Welcome. So many people still joining in by the minute. I forgot to actually read more names. Look at that. Jessica says, “I’m in.” Okay. So, the important thing that what I’m teaching, what I’ve teached you today, what I’m offering you today isn’t just theory. You know, we have real inbound messages, real people, real results, real businesses already responding. I mean, I’ve been contacted by big enterprises and big companies, some names that might seem familiar to you as well. Okay. uh uh Hig Vision has reached out to uh make a collaboration with them. And then Jordan Belelfford, those of you who knows the Wolf of Wall Street, I got emails from them as well. And I’ve got emails from many more other big industry players that I didn’t want to put in the webinar, so we’re not going to stay here all day, but these are some of the most, you know, iconic names that you should already identify with. Look at that. Ron says, “I’m in. Better late than never. Hope you got the coupon.” Craig uh Anthony says, “I’m in. Congrats. Uh can you integrate with any existing website?” Anna, yes. And that’s why I said don’t leave because there’s more that I want to show you. It’s not about just um uh Patrick. Yeah, you might be right. But still, uh he wanted to to work with us. Um cool. Uh and one more thing, you know, you actually have zero risk on your side because for the next 14 days, you get everything, you test it. If you don’t like it, you go, it’s on me, okay? You It’s a risk-free for the next 14 days. If COFlent AI 2.0 isn’t for you, just send me one email and within next 40 days and you’re going to be fully refunded. No forms, no hoops, no hard feelings, no complicated contracts, no questions asked. One email, we’re just going to refund, okay? We’re going to decide with zero pressure. Look, I don’t want your money if you’re not able to make money with my um uh with my training, with my software, with my tools, and with the business that I’m I’m giving you. Okay? If I if I don’t uh if you’re not able to make this back within next 40 days, then it means I don’t deserve to keep that um uh your hard-earned money. Okay? I’m as real as it gets when it uh when when it comes to refunds. I’m not going to fight for them. If this is not for you, okay, but I don’t want you to leave here wondering, oh, but what if I actually decided to go? Okay, today I’m giving you the risk-free decision to just give it a try. If it’s if doesn’t work, no biggie. We’re just going to split um split ways uh as friends, okay? But I do want to give you this opportunity to get it at the best price. Test it out. Um put your work into it. Now again as a disclaimer this is not a push button um getrich money-making scheme opportunity. This is a software a training a real business that I want to hand to you. But at the end of the day it’s still you who have to be the one behind the screen to decide to use it. Okay? So please don’t buy it if you never intend to use it. Okay? just don’t buy it because because I know how to sell because I’m hyped on the webinar because everybody does it. If you feel like this is going to change your business or other people’s businesses or you’re going to be, you know, finally having a great service to easily sell, you know, and a direction, I am uh how can I say I am uh I am okay with guiding you with helping you succeed. But if you are not willing to put in at least one or two hours per day of work, and I’m sorry, just go ahead, close the webinar, get out of here. This is not for you. Okay? This is not a get-richquick scheme. This is a business that I want people to use it to make more business, to make more money, to send me an email one week from now and say, “Agent, thank you. This was the best decision of my life. I’m so glad I I I joined CFAI. I already signed three customers. They’re already paying me monthly. this changed my life. This is the kind of emails I want to get from my customers, not the ones that uh can you refund me? I didn’t have the time to uh to check it out. That is not what I’m interested in. Okay? That this is not why I been here talking for the past 60 uh to 90 minutes. Okay.

Okay. So, James, this is a good one. I have to read this comment. Hey, Adrian, I need this bonus. I want your voice clone. Why? Personally, I don’t think my voice is best, but you know, um uh but some people just enjoy, you know, uh enjoy my my voice and and the vibe and the energy that I bring to this live trainings. And I can’t do it any any other way, okay? I love doing these live trainings. I love putting the best deals for people who are sticking out. And uh it’s not just about giving you strategies uh training, it’s also about giving you the best uh deals possible. Uh, what about credit cost? I am in. Um, Kathy, welcome. Rol says, “I’m in. Finally in.” Why? Why it took you so long, Rol? This you should have been in like minutes ago. Um, if you guys are still, you know, uh, if you have problems with checking out like some people just uh, let us know uh, in the in the chat room. Yes, it is a onetime price. Uh, and so are the minutes. Okay, the month the minutes are not monthly. they’re all one time, but I do give the best deals and really affordable uh minutes. Uh you can overage, you can purchase more minutes after that at as low as 0.07 per minute. So, if you need like more minutes, that’s no biggie. You can get as many minutes as you want and you can scale as to as many clients as you want. Okay. Uh Senol has says, “I’m having problems. Let us know what’s uh what the problem are. My team is going to help you. Uh, okay. Cool, cool, cool. Let me just uh give me a sec. What I’m going to do now, I’m just going to put um uh put 30 seconds of pause because I need to consult with my team and find out how many coupons are left because people still want to buy it. And I think the coupons are almost um are almost done. Hold on just one little second. Uh just just give me one. Adrian, your team is top gun. Uh yeah, hopefully hopefully I don’t have to fire them and yeah, just keep saying good things about the theme. Okay, look at that. Okay. Uh yeah, uh we got the update. There’s only nine coupons left, but I I don’t want to double check this. Just give me one sec.

Meanwhile, you know, while I’m checking this, just make sure you’re checking out while the coupons are still there and they’re still working. Uh hopefully everybody is getting the chance to, you know, to claim it and not getting left behind.

Okay. Okay. Okay. I just confirmed with my team. Uh I am attempt to make a purchase. I already tried. What do you mean you’re $10 short, Anna? Um, Ali, please help Anna as well. Uh, uh, and I am not embarrassed to say it. Lol. Anna, we we’ll help you out. Okay. I’m just I just asked my team to go ahead and um and help you out. Thank you for coming up uh forward. Okay, cool. Cool. Uh, seven just seven coupons left, guys. If you are not yet checked out, make sure you are uh checking out. Anna, we saved your spot. So, my team is going to give you the opportunity to just go in. So, no worries about that. Um, let’s see who else joined. I want to make sure I’m actually

uh trying to pay now. Sino Solovo Cartel, I don’t know. I’m sorry I didn’t pronounce that name correctly, but uh yeah, go ahead. It’s still seven available. Okay, cool. So, before we do some live interaction and while people are still checking out, is it okay if I play you a demo video that I’ve I’ve recorded ahead of this webinar for the pages, but I feel like I’m demonstrating there something I didn’t get a chance to do it live, which is the new improved real time uh web RTC technology that we added to call 2.0, 0 which means the you can do um uh calls directly on a uh on a web. So you won’t need any phone number or any tool integration. You just take the widget, put it on your website and just have it work. Okay. So I’m going to take uh a um a minute to switch my screen and play you. Uh Miles, please repeat the question. Okay. while we’re going to be playing the demo,

we’re going to be trying to uh answer that as well. Okay, it’s just we’re sorry if we missed any of your questions. Please ask the question again. The chat room is literally on fire. Hundreds of people typing in the same time and my team is trying to handle it. I’m here live. It’s hard for me to respond. But why I while I play this demo video for you, there’s still unanswered questions. Go ahead, put it. And after this demo, we’re going to be jumping into uh the Q&A session where I’m going to make sure that each and every question is not left unanswered. Okay, cool.

Hey, it’s Adrian here, the founder behind Cold Flint AI. And in this demo, I’m going to build a working AI phone agent that gives you the ability to book appointments, have text follow-ups, and then call it live on my actual screen. Let’s get started. You have two options. You can inbound or outbound. Let’s do inbound for this example. Now, we’re not going to start from scratch, even though you could. You have many more templates, already created agents, so you can move fast. Let’s go ahead and pick one that actually is going to help us demonstrate the booking capabilities of an agent. We can either do restaurants, insurance, or beauty services. Let’s just go with Skyler and save and continue. But because we selected a template, everything comes prefilled. You don’t have to do anything. And then we can have a welcome message. Now the welcome message, we can put this to zero. We don’t need it. We can leave call recordings on. We also have voicemail detection. Now, everything here is prefilled. We also added some new agent types that you can choose in the 2.0. Let’s say go appointment setter. Uh, also there’s a lot of new options in the tone of the agent. Awesome. Now, the goal is already pre-created for us. We just need to replace a couple of placeholders here and there. Let’s say new age. Sorry, let go. Age beauty. And pretty much that’s all you have to do. Just swap a couple of uh placeholders and your agent is ready to go. Now, click submit. And that is all. Last step, you can put your agent on any website by embedded a simple form. Just copy and paste it in your website anywhere. You can use pop-up widget, inline widgets or even a link or you can even use web hooks and add fields that you want to use. But for more advanced, you can find trainings inside. Now we can give it a call right now. But before we do that, I want to show you that you can also add knowledge base. So you can add your files like price list or whatever you feel appropriate. Last but not least, I want to show you how we add actions to the agents. Very simple. We have a list of actions that agents can do in call or post call. Let’s go with Google calendar. Give it a name. Okay. Now give it a meeting title like booked customer. Now we’re not going to allow multiple bookings. Uh we can send confirmation SMS. Uh we can give it a meeting description. Now in the instructions you can use plain English to tell agents when this action should be triggered. Like create a booking calendar. Once user confirms uh and agent confirms better and booking slot available. Yeah. Now meeting details. Here you can set the availability to check like let’s select one month. Um booking time like 1 hour. Also, you can set weekdays like Monday to Friday from 8:00 a.m. to let’s say you can even put different week uh weekends timing or you can just turn it off because it’s a beauty. Let’s just turn it off for this demo of create action. And that’s how simple it was to create a booking action. Now before we call it, let’s just create one more action and let that be send an email to the customer confirmation. We want to send this email to customer that your booking is confirmed. Same princ same principles. You can just uh put plain English instructions of when this automation should be triggered. You can put whatever content in the email you want and just save it and it’s done. just create action and that’s it. And of course we have many more actions that you can choose from like call forwarding, sending text, SMS, web hooks, JPER integration, data collections, go highle calendars and many more. Okay, this is it. Now let’s go ahead and actually do that live call.

Hey, welcome to New Age Beauty Salon. Uh, yeah. I’d like to book a reservation, please. I can help you book an appointment right now. Which service would you like to schedule? I’d like to schedule a haircut. I can schedule a haircut for you. Do you have a preferred stylist or should I book whoever is available? Uh, you can choose whoever is available. That’s fine. I’m checking available weekday times so we can pick a good slot. Please share your preferred week. How about tomorrow at 2 p.m.? Tuesday at 2 p.m. Your haircut is booked for Tuesday at 2 p.m. What name and phone number should I use for the confirmation text? Uh, it’s Adrien and the phone number is plus I’ve noted Adrien with plus 4. Your booking details are saved for confirmation. That’s the phone number for confirmation texts. What email address should I send the confirmation email to? It’s ISF A. Let me quickly confirm that email and get your confirmation sent. Your confirmation is on its way by email and text. Is there anything else you’d like to add for your haircut visit? Um, no. That would be it. Thank you so much.

You’re all set for Tuesday at 2 p.m. If anything changes, just call us. Have a great day. Thank you. Bye-bye. Thanks for your time. Goodbye. Bye-bye. Now, how amazing was this? And we can check my calendar and see if the booking is actually there. Oh, look at that. 14 or 14. So, it’s my local time on 9th of June already booked customer for beauty. Awesome. It’s all there and it just took me minutes to set up this kind of agent for any kind of business. Also, we can have the full call history. We can download the the recording, the transcript, everything. You can find this in call history and you can even look over the full transcript uh on this menu. Okay? And everything that happened during the call actions are also um filled over here. So you can check them real time. Look at that. Google calendar booked and yeah the rest of the call is there. Email has been sent with this powerful features all the businesses need to implement this to survive and CFL AI 2.0 is your answer and I look forward to seeing you inside the members area shortly.

and you guys can’t hear me. Oh my god, nobody says no audio and I was talking to myself for the past minute again. Okay, so I was saying um that so let let me just start over. I you know I was I was talking by myself. I was asking you guys, how did you find the last demo that I’ve played for you? This was a recording one, but I wanted you to see that there’s um some new WebRTC technology that we implemented that allows you to just put a answering AI AI calling AI answering agents on your website that doesn’t require any phone number. So, how did you what did you think about latency about the quality of the conversation? That is exactly how it you know how it sound you know there was no cuts in between. I just put the whole recording there. Um more than that I would um towards the end of this after an FAQ whoever wants to stay to convince themselves that this is actually sounds just as good as you hear it in these demos you can call one of my agents and just talk with it. Okay. Um cool. Now, uh I think if you’re not in yet, I think there’s still a couple of coupons left. I want you to go ahead take one minute break. Go ahead, check out and remain here in the webinar because we’re about to go into the Q&A session. And here I’m going to just answer all the questions that you guys have. Let me just uh find the right slide for that. So many slides. I’ve been working on these slides for since like forever. Okay, good. Found it. Um okay, so now we are in a FAQ session. I’m going to be spending 10 to top 50 minutes over here just to make sure that I handle all of the questions that are coming in the chat room. Okay, but please be patient. There’s a lot of questions you guys are throwing at me. You guys hear me? Someone says no voice again. Just want to make sure like I I’m going to have nightmares that I’m going to uh talk alone during this live session. Can’t have that. Okay, cool. We can hear fine. Voice is fine. Voice loud and clear. Adrian, thank you Miles. Thank you. Thank you, Ben. Thank you Chris everybody. Um Chris I feel like you are enjoying this. I mean somewhere around the webinar you said like ah this is [ __ ] is not real. Now I want you to be the next one who’s actually uh having a call at the end of the webinar with whatever agent you want. Okay just stick around. Uh cool. Are future upgrades included? Uh yes. Uh all of the new things that we’re pushing to the 2.0 are also included. Yes. Um okay. So guys, right now, um, if you want to, if you have questions, whatever it’s pricing, whatever you have trouble checking out, whatever you have, uh, uh, questions about minutes, about money back, about whatever, okay? Like, do I need any tech skills, like none, pick a template, drop your details, and you’re live. You assign your agents. You don’t have to build them. Another uh, formula questions, will it work for my language? Yes, it will. We offer 400 neural voices uh and hyperrealistic voices across over 30 plus languages. I think 120 the slide is wrong. 120 languages for both inbound and outbound calls. Is this the founder price locked locked for life on this call? You know it never come back to the number once you know the session ends. Can I use my own brand? Yes, white label included in on the agency and the white label tiers. So it’s going to be your domain, your prices. we actually disappear in the shadows. We just run it from the uh from um from the background so nobody knows uh nobody has to know that you are actually using this service um in the back end. Okay. Uh what if I get stuck? Okay. That’s why I created a masterass training and on boarding are included plus ongoing support with me, my team. You’re never going to be alone if you join Kofulant AI family. Okay, if you know me, you already know this. I I don’t abandon my products. I grow them, I improve them, I scale them, and I make them uh work for my customers. Okay. And how does this guarantee it work? Well, as I said, I can’t guarantee you are going to make money with it because this is not a push button money-m that you eat and just, you know, pop monies out of your somewhere, right? It is based on your own actions. So, if you are willing to put in one or two hours per day to build your business, well, then I am willing to say that you’re probably going to have success with this. Okay, it’s if not, okay, if if if it’s even not working after you’ve put your efforts into it, this 40 days money back guarantee, one email, full refund. You know, you risk nothing by starting today. Okay. Okay. Now, let’s get into the submitted questions. This was this ones was the most common that I see all the time. Now, I want to make this chat room a bit bigger if I can uh to actually get into the questions. Okay, let’s see. Um Tom Lynch says, “Can we install everything for a client remotely or do we need to do that at their place of business?” You don’t have you don’t even have to visit their place of business. You can just set it up all in the cloud. You just need to ask if they want to use their own phone number or if they want to use a phone number that you provide and you just set up completely um behind your desk. Okay? You don’t have to go physically and install anything anywhere. Okay? It’s just it’s just in the cloud. Uh can we train it on sales infoscript so you can learn and use it as a pre-sale warm-up? Yes, you can. Zabin ask that. And yes, you can. And I’m going to show you how. Let me just uh let me just exit this. How do I exit? Okay, cool. Uh let me just show you actually. Okay, I’m going to log in back here. Okay. And I’m going to show you some extra things that I might not covered on the uh on the demo. All right. So, uh each of these agents, right? So, first of all, we have workspaces. You can create as many workspaces as you want as a bundle deal. So you can create workspace for every client that you come on that you bring on board or for every business that you run. Okay, we have a very well organized structure structure so you can scale. Okay, you can create workspace or clients workspace and in the workspace settings you can basically connect it with your Twilio to have the phone numbers. You can add your 11 labs account. You can even connect with Chad GPT and we recently are pushing the latest model GPT 5 um 5.5 nano which is going to be amazing and it’s only for the 2.0 members. Um it’s already done. I just waited to um push it after the initial launch. Uh we got Google integration so you can basically just connect your calendar, your Google calendar. We have go high level integration uh and many more other you know integrations but these ones are the ones you can basically uh set up here and if you want you can just add your customers or team members inside the platform. So you don’t have to share your um you don’t have to share your your credentials with anyone. Okay. And you can just type in user or guest. So they can uh they have limited things uh and control of what they see. Okay.

Now, as a white label um white label um uh uh Manuel, depending on what country you are in, uh Twilio may work. Twilio works in most countries. Uh UIE. Yeah. Yeah, it works. Dubai. Oh my god, Dubai. So much business in Dubai. Plus, I love Dubai, man. Everybody can know I I am a big fan of Dubai. Can’t wait to get there again. Um, yeah, as I was saying, you snatched my attention away. Uh, as I was saying, if you’re white label, you can just customize the whole thing. So, when your customers are logging in to check their phone calls, they will not see call fluent. They will see your your brand, your name, and your email, your uh domain name, everything. Okay? your website name, description, even the emails that are going out are going to be under your own um customized SMTP host. Okay. Uh also the widgets, okay, you can customize the widgets and have them say whatever you want. Okay. The side by banner, a lot of customization for white label members. Of course, we do offer dark um uh UI as well. Uh also we do have a lot of um video training walkthrough. As I said, this is not uh something that we’ve just released yesterday. It is something that we’ve grew for the past two years and we’ve reached to the 2.0 version with a new UI, fresh look, lowest latency um that everybody enjoys and love. Um cool. Now I want to show you something about automation. Somebody asked about can we do integrations? Yes, there are many more integrations that you can do and this is under actions. So you can basically you know add all kind of actions like send emails during the call, post call, uh call forwarding, web hooks, Zapier integration, you can collect data from what’s talked during the call. Basically the opportunities and um the flexibilities are literally unlimited. It’s just your imagination. um that can create like new actions, new integrations. Okay. Also, we do offer web hooks, which means you can just send your data to our web hooks and initiate the calls automatically. Cool, cool, cool. Uh I’m not saying uploading leads. Yeah, uploading uh uploading leads or CSV is not supported. Not because we don’t want to. It’s because um we want to prevent you guys from getting your Twilio account banned. Okay? Because there are like even if we allow you to do that, there’s going to be uh there’s going to be um limitations on Two or any other calling platforms that’s not going to allow you to call thousands of of leads at at once. Okay. But what you can do, okay, is actually um actually use web hooks to just send one call at a time and we can handle hundreds of calls like just 3 seconds delay between them. So we can do that. Okay. So speaking of knowledge base, yes, you can add knowledge base to your agents. You can add websites or you can just upload normal files like PDFs, docs, um even HTML. Like all of the file types here are accepted. So you can just add it here. I think we’re going to be adding MD files as well or you can you can use just a website to get to learn your business if it’s simpler. Uh yeah, we do offer that. Uh under the behavior of the agent, you can we added some new um agent um agent types which initially we only had like sales, support and lead engagement. But now we have appointment setter, receptionist, lead qualification agent, customer success agent, survey agents, recruiter for uh HR, uh billing, payment reminder, a medical clinic, real estate agent, and service dispatcher. Now, we added this because we’ve learned a lot during the uh time that we’ve served so many businesses, right? So, we knew exactly what are the most used tones, types, goals, templates, everything. and we’re going to be keep adding to this uh platform, okay? We’ve we’ve added for the past years and we’re going to be keep growing it um uh even with your own suggestions. So, if you have good suggestions that you want it implemented and if we can we will just you know send them to my support and I’ll get uh get them reviewed. Uh who says anyone uh this is from Tila we will guide you on this. Uh yeah, just send a send an email to my support and we’re going to be answered them.

Uh JC asks, “What’s the difference with GoHigh Level AI agents?” Well, ours is better. Everybody knows that ours is uh faster, better, lower latency and plus we already have like integrations with Gohigh level calendar. So if you want to use Gohigh Level for booking appointments, you can do so. there’s nothing you know stopping you from actually you know do it right I already tested couple of them uh but yeah if you want you can just integrate with go high level as well uh but ours is faster that’s the difference uh can I add link for receiving calls to my company LinkedIn profile u I see no reason why you could not do that because we do give you a popup link which is a click to call right so you can basically do some now I wouldn’t expose this too much and one more thing somebody asked about security and how we can be preventing unwanted calls I’m glad that was asked because in the advanced se settings section we have anti- fraud protection which blocks outgoing calls to the following number types like if you don’t want your agent to call landlines mobile fixed VIP non-fixed VIP personal ones toll-free premium shared cost UA voice emails pagers unknown types And even none, you can just go ahead and set this uh level off. And you can just select mo multiple if you want. Like just add as many as you want. If you don’t want it, you just can, you know, deselect it. Um, we’re going to be adding some uh new open AI models uh as soon as by the end of the week, we’re adding the 55 nano uh for all the members who just joined. Now, these are some advanced um options where you can set the answer creativity of the agent. Uh you can set the maximum number of tokens that agent can uh use for each answer. Uh speech stops sensitivity which tells the agent uh how many words should stop him from talking whether it’s two, one or four. Right? So you know uh the caller can basically interrupt the agent. Uh we got the answer length. How many words should the agent respond in one response? Silence message delay. Utterance detection. Silence end of the call. So if now nobody says anything for let’s say uh 15 seconds well it’s going to be automatically closing the call. You can transcribe filter words or you can just reset to the defaults. Okay. So these are like more advanced but uh useful uh settings that you can uh play around with. Uh yeah and also you get to see the whole uh call history. Uh, by the way, this is the exact call that one of our um, uh, members from the audience actually had. And this is exact thing. Look at this. Hey David, this is Morgan from Sunshine Estate. Want to follow up. And you got the transcript over here. So, you can review everything and see exactly what happened during the conversation, who said what, and if a deal has been closed or not. Uh also you can play like I’m hearing it now in my headphones. So you can hear the the whole conversation here in the menu. Uh and you can even download the recording uh MP3 file or the transcript uh text from uh from that. Okay. And you can even send a text message to the caller afterwards or you can even re-engage another call by just by pressing one. Uh cool. So, I wanted to show you this extra cool stuff that I wasn’t able to do uh during the live uh presentation and during the live uh during the recorded demo. So guys, if you have like any more questions, now is the time. I think I’m past I mean seven more minutes and I’m going to close down this um

keep calling the intent for user minutes. Uh yeah, that’s where the anti- fraud gets in, but I like your suggestion, Ben. And probably we can add a blacklist for numbers as well. That would be interesting. Thank you. Uh how much will it cost in tokens? We’re not charging in tokens. We’re just charging per minute. So depending on how many minutes you’re using, it’s per minute. Uh we have our own API. So you don’t have to put your own APIs. uh unless Twilio like if you have if you want this is the only required one for having phones numbers connected with the system. Uh but the other ones are um optional right so you can you can add your 11 labs integration if you want to have your own voice clone your voice and bring it to a CFL AI you can put your own uh API key over here. Now if you want the more advanced um models that we are not providing by default you can add your Chad GPT and you can just use your own desired models inside. We wanted to give you this optional as well. It’s not required. We already use ours but if you want you can use yours as well. Um yeah Google calendar obviously this is just oneclick connect. Uh same goes with go high level. So yeah I just want to make sure that I’m you know clearing upon these options as well. Uh, Michael, I I think I already stated that it’s going to be 0.7 per minute, but you already have like minutes included into your account. Let me just go to my account detail. If you go to billing, you’ll see that um obviously I’m the owner, so I have like as many minutes as I need. Uh but you’re going to see your under the billing details. You’re going to see your, you know, your license and the minutes that are already, you know, um, uh, set on your account and how many minutes has been already spent, how many workspace you created, how many invited members you had, how many agents you created, and you can actually top up your accounts and just recharge um, by 100 minutes every time you need or you can just like buy like 10 and then you get a,000 minutes or you can buy 100 and then you get like 10,000 minutes added to your account. I hope that I I we wanted to make it easy for rechargeable as well. Uh cool. Let me just go back to my presentation because this is the last five minutes of this uh webinar and I wanted to take the chance to thank everybody for uh showing up. Um you know it was great spending uh this time with you. Uh hope the feeling is reciprocal right. Uh, does okay. Eddie asked, “Does the rechargeable minutes ex have expirations?” No, none of the minutes that you get extra expires. Not even the ones that you’re getting over here. So, we’re not rushing you to consume it. You use it when you want, when you feel ready, and then you can just add more and they’re never going to expire unless they are actually consumed. Okay? Hopefully that, you know, make it easy for everyone to just feel um easy. Uh Tom says, “Is there a link to purchase and is there a replay?” Tom, where have you been? You’ve just connected right now. Uh somebody please share the uh the special deal link with um uh with Tom. Uh and yes, also share him the coupon. I don’t know if it’s still available, but if it is, Tom, you’re going to get like 100 extra uh discount. Uh Stanley says, “I got home late. Lifetime updates.” Yes, already mentioned. Uh like again, guys, do you need me to I know some people got in late. Some people um so here’s what we’re going to do. We’re going to be running a uh anchor session probably tomorrow and the next days. So, if you you know, if you missed out, you can still catch those ones. But, uh it is important that you grab your copy right now while the coupon is still active. I can’t promise it’s going to be tomorrow. It’s going to be the same deal, but if you show up, you know, at least you’re going to catch up whatever it’s uh whatever you lost. And if you’re watching the webinar replay, I’m I’m just talking I’m just saying this for the future people that are watching the webinar replay. If you’re watching the webinar replay and you still see the deal uh on the page, make sure you grab it before it goes to yearly because trust me, this deal is going to switch from um it’s going to first of all the price is going to increase uh every day and after that at the end of the launch special we’re going to be shifting back to uh monthly and yearly as we have been until this point. Okay, cool. So, I just want to make sure that I point this out clearly. How do I sign up as an affiliate for CF? Also, Eddie, just open a ticket. I’ll help you out. I have multiple clients. Are they using minutes one of the same package? Um, actually Johnson says, “If I have multiple clients, are they using minutes out of the same package? How do I change clients when it comes to minutes use?” Um, yeah, we did cover those in the bonuses, but however, I think it’s uh appropriate for me to just go ahead and show you something uh that might make it easier to understand. Hold on, let me just go to where was it? Just give me one sec.

Yeah. So the way you can do it is set up workspaces for each individual client. And then in that workspace, you basically control how many minutes does the workspace have, but at the end of the day, you’re going to control all the minutes, all the credits, all the minutes are going to be in your main agency account. And the workspace uh can have like max agents, max members, uh and how many monthly minutes. Let’s say I want to limit this um workspace for one client to 1,000 minutes per month. Okay. So, what I’m going to do is just go ahead and save changes over here. And I’ve just um uh added like 1,000 minutes uh dedicated for this workspace. When this is uh ending, you need to just uh add more, but it’s going to be taken out for your main account. So, I hope this makes sense. Anyway, if you still have questions about it, just open a support. Uh we’re going to be covering you that. Uh Kevin, I just got here. Sorry, very late. I really know I I really need to know the per minute cost. I will be expecting a ton of things very quickly. Um look, first of all, if you get the bundle, you get uh 3,600 minutes right off the gate, right? Right credited to your account. Okay. Um but still, if you need more as part of the white label license user, you’re going to get like special um overage rates at 0.07 07 cents per minute. Okay, this is only for white label. We only offer this uh rate for uh white label uh users. Okay, sorry I missed a lot. What are the limits for customers? Where can I reach out to learn more about cost uh ongoing and by minute? Well, we’re still here. We’re answering all the questions. Uh if you’re getting the bundle, which is why you’re here, you you’re going to have like no limits on customers. Uh you can reach out about costs and ongoing per minute to our support at help at uh help uh coffin.com. Uh but still if you need more minutes that what we already offer in the bundle package, it’s just 0.07 cents per um per minute. Okay. So we we’re giving it very cheap. Uh Kevin, yes, bundle includes uh access plus all the upgrades, white label, extra minutes, all the bonuses, everything. Okay, the bundle is the best deal. It’s one time. I hope the coupon is still available. There’s 100 uh coupon flying around. So, if you can get that, uh just go ahead and try use it. I hope it’s still um it’s still available. Uh can you have Adrian explain about the web widget where no phone number is needed? I hate using Tulio. Never have. Uh actually, this is a great question. I already showed this in the um in the demo, haven’t I? Where have you been? Uh, Scott. Cool. So, again, if you don’t want to use phone numbers, uh, and only do inbound, let’s say you want to put the phone agent somewhere on your, uh, on your website and, uh, just have web calls with it, you can do so by creating, hold on, I’m on the wrong screen. Uh you can do so by setting an inbound agent and just put it in um this is doesn’t require to have a phone number, right? You can just use no number. If you do set a number, it’s going to use a number. If not, we’re just going to use the new uh engine to have it talk. Like if I would if I would uh have to use this right now, all I have to do is just go to API forms and just copy this code, put it anywhere on my website, and this is going to show up uh on my website on the right bottom like the chat uh agents are and just click it and it’s going to ask you for allowing access to the microphone. Actually, let me just go ahead and ask my team to put this somewhere on a page so in the next session I can also demonstrate uh to you guys. Um, okay. You guys may want to have a chat with this one. So, let’s just uh Alex, are you are you still here? Just do me a solid. Uh,

just give me one sec. Just give me one. I’m putting look uh there is links to buy uh uh Ken Ali. There we go. There we go. I previous version of call fluent. Do I need to buy the new version? If you want all these new awesome features that we have pushed uh and the new low latency and voices and the extra extra agent types and everything that Coffan 2.0 comes with uh then yes, it is actually the deal for um founding members only. But I extended for um everyone during a short launch period time. Uh plus a this is the best way to upgrade your call um call operations.

Uh, someone from my team, please go in the chat and ask uh, Alex if he can make a page where we can put a we can put Skyler this widget. I shared the link and also I want to put uh, an inbound agent which you guys can actually call and talk with. Okay, so give me one second. I’m not sure this is the one. But what uh just give me one. This is Kyler. Hold on.

Okay. Uh one sec. I’m going to give you some. So guys, if you want, I’m going to give you a number where you can call in and have a natural conversation about CFluent with Nick, which is our agent, which actually booked thousands of of um of uh businesses that signed up with us on yearly packages, enterprise packages, and so on so forth. So, what I’m going to do is check some settings before we actually uh give you Okay, we have the phone number. I’m just going to go ahead and copy this. I’m going to change this. And I want to use the same voice I used in my example. And that’s all I’m going to do right now. Just going to be save settings. And now, just give me one second. I need to note this number down. Uh it’s plus one six uh five uh 92 277350.

I hope I pron I put this correctly. Okay. So here’s what I’m going to do. I already saved this. If you guys want to test the, you know, the service and everything, I urge you to go ahead and just call this number. I’m going to put it on the screen. Just uh how I’m going to put it on the screen. Hold on. Just uh you know something. I’m just going to ask Claude to quickly like uh

above this slide, please. Uh just hold just take this above this. Uh

There we go. Just going to ask him to just make me one more slide. I should have have this done uh eventually.

Uh and um again, like if you want to just give it a call right now. The number is + 165-9227735

uh 055. Okay? And you can just go ahead and experience um a call with our system yourself. Now bear in mind that Nick has been trained to talk about Coluent and convince you to buy. So he’s he’s a he’s a sales agent. He books look at this. He has a lot of uh action set like uh email coupon codes, forwards to me, uh Google calendar, uh you know, everything, data collection, send call details to uh to admin. We’ve been using this. It has like quite some uh calls already made. Okay. So, go ahead and call that number. Let me just put the number. You know something? I’m going to put the number in the chat room so you guys can just dial it in. Call Nick here. This this would have been simpler, but I am an AI geek and I did ask cloud codes to put this in my presentation. Apologize for that, but uh you know, we’re still having fun over here, right? Let’s see if anybody’s calling. We’re going to just check real time who’s talking with Nick. And after you talk with Nick, let me know what you think. And if Nick is not able to convince you to join in, then I might have to just close the webinar and call it a day. Okay? Plus, I mean, I already overextended with 20 minutes. So, we’re going to be call we’re going to be calling this uh off in a bit. So, now is your last chance to put your questions. If you’re still on the fence, haven’t joined in, now is the time to say what’s on your uh what’s holding you back. Too many numbers. Oh, I I I did something wrong. Uh, hold on. There’s something. Okay, let me just let me just retype that. I’m I might have gone. It’s plus one 65. I’m sorry. I’m a bit tired after this live session. 77 35.

Oh, yeah. Yeah, someone was right. Okay, guys. If you want, you can just talk with Nick by calling that number. He’s going to answer immediately, instantly, and he’s going to be um giving you answers about Coluent AI. Now, this is an old agent. Haven’t been updating it, but still, you can make a good impression about what’s going on. Uh cool. Meanwhile, I’m going to just check the chat room for the last questions. Um I don’t know what what did I what have I done? If not, just if you want to call, just shoot us an email at support and we can just give you a number where you can basically test out the agent.

Okay, cool. Now, uh let’s see if this actually finished uh my stuff over here. It’s just Yeah, well, the number is wrong, so I have to re redo all this. Okay, anyway, it’s late. I just need to go back to uh handling the ongoing launch. So I I might have to redo this. But actually this is not that bad. Um so without a two it’s just plus one 659277350 I I believe right. It still doesn’t work. Can you can my team guys can you just test the number please?

something that I, you know, I I missed out on.

Oh my god. Uh I am I’m a bit tired. Apologize for that. Uh let me just uh reverify that. Let me just drag this a bit over here. Um, so it’s + one 65 65 92 65 92 73 350.

Okay, I I might not have this agent active. That’s that’s probably that’s why. Okay. So, yeah, the number should be.

Why? Well, it depends from what country you are calling because it might be restricted to USA only. So, I I need to check this restrictions. I wasn’t ready for it. This is a live session. So, uh what I’m going to do is now prepare one and share it with you over email. Just open that support ticket and I’ll, you know, I’ll handle that. Cool. That cool.

Okay. Cool. Beautiful. Beautiful. Now, uh we really need to call it a day and close down the webinar. Look at that. Chris Powell, I’m in. And Nick worked fine. Look at that. Chris waited. So remember Chris when he said like uh like David is a fraud. David is not real. Well, he called it. Chris, let me know in the chat room if you actually called it. Okay. Let me know in the Actually, you said it worked fine because you talked with him. Uh so what I’m going to do uh if we’re outside, can you dial the number? you basic. Okay, somebody is playing games and they want to talk with me. So, it asked the agent to redirect the call from me. So, I’m going to answer. Let’s see what’s up. Hey, who’s that? Hello. Hello. It’s definitely me. It’s Godfrey. Who’s this? Yeah, it’s Godfrey. It’s Godfrey. So, you are in my webinar right now and you asked my agent to redirect it to me. Yes, I did ask who is your boss and then it took me straight to you. So, what do you think? Did the call forwarding worked? It’s the best thing that I’ve ever seen this one. What? This is the best thing I’ve ever experienced. Look at that, guys. This is amazing. At the end of the webinar, someone asked my agent to get redirected directly to me. And I am actually doing the webinar while I’m actually talking with one one of the members from this. How insane is that? Okay. Uh thank you so much for testing this feature. Thank you so much for asking to get redirected to the owner. Uh definitely this explained it worked and it not only explained but it also proved. Okay, look at that. People saw that and they’re like Stanley, I’m in. Chris, I’m in. I asked Nick for discount code. Um again, this is an outdated Nick agent. I have to uh uh improve it. But nevertheless, I’m still live. I have to I have to close um I’m sorry, but I have to close your phone call because I still need to close this webinar as well. But thank you so much for for testing it. Thank you. Thank you so much. Thank you. Bye. All right. So, this was insane, ladies and gentlemen. This was insane. There’s still hundreds of people on this call. and somebody decided to ask uh uh Nick to to redirect me forward the call to me and I got called and I got answered during this live call. How insane is that? If this doesn’t prove that this system is actually working and it’s doing more uh it’s doing more than we actually promise. I don’t know what is. Okay, Charlie says, “I can’t get the link to work. Uh I’m in Sam or some need a VPN.” Uh you don’t need a VPN. Uh we do have affiliate program IDA. Just shoot us an email. We’ll help you out. Um uh by the way guys, if you want to, you know, join in as an affiliate, you surely can. Um during this launch, uh how many lines uh look at that how many lines agent handles in uh simultaneously? As many as you want. That’s the beauty of it. We do not have uh we do not have uh limitations on that. Lee Godfrey, the the the guy who actually called me during this live webinar says, “Amazing system. I love it big time.” He said, I mean, he said during the call like, “This is the most amazing thing I’ve ever seen in my life. Thank you so much for doing that. Thank you so much for proving the point.” Uh Paul says, “The call worked with Nick. He only promoted monthly payment options.” Yes, because we only sold monthly, but because you’re here um uh in the webinar, you get better deals. Now I want to go ahead and just do one one last thing. I want to go ahead and uh check the call that actually forwarded the call to me. Let me just see. I don’t know so many calls happening right now. Uh these are actually many of you guys testing it. Okay. Uh I I know for a fact because you know just minutes ago all of this for prospecting. You can ask Nick anything. He is well trained to answer all your calls. Uh, cool, cool, cool. Recruitment call. Anyway, I wanted to find out the one that actually got forwarded to my my personal phone, which was insane. Uh, but it was actually an unprogrammed unprogrammed live action that I I loved. Thank you so much for, you know, for having this idea. Um, okay guys. So, I I think I I think I covered it all. Right. At this point, it’s either you get in or you don’t. Okay? If you still are skeptical, let me know what’s holding you back. If you’re still not in, let me know what it is that we can do for you. We do not have payment plans. This is the best deal we have. It’s the best deal on the table. Um, and this deal is actually closing once the launch ends. So, if you’re not in, you’re not, okay? you’re going to be paying monthly. As you talk with Nick, you saw that we only sold monthly up until this point. Uh, beautiful. Still hundreds of people. It’s hard for me to close this webinar. It’s hundreds of people still connecting. Um, uh, Brson, this is actually the next level. 2.0 is the big upgrade that we’ve been, you know, working for years. So, if you are a 1.0 member, this is the logical upgrade that you must have. Plus, you’re going to get like all the extra minutes added to your account. you’re going to get all the extra features, lower latency, and everything that we’re going to be adding. Um, cool. So, guys, I really need to close the call. It’s been two over two hours since I’ve been talking here non-stop. Unfortunately, I do have a I do have to put an end uh to it. Again, the the phone number is on the screen. You can test it out. It’s the correct one. We we got that out of our way right now. So, it’s, you know, it’s the correct one. And you can test our uh our service before making a decision. But speaking of decision, the decision is now or never because now is the best time, the best deal, the best discount. Uh later you might end up paying a bit more, which I want to save you from. Nevertheless, I want to thank everybody who already joined in. Congratulations for making a smart decision. I can’t wait to start working with you and help you build your uh AI powered phone calling automations agency or even implement in your own business. Uh and nevertheless, thank you for showing up. Okay. Now, go build something that actually answers every call. You know, if you got a questions after this webinar, my team and I are just one message away. Just send us an email at [email protected] and my full team is going to be there waiting to help you out. Yes, call transcripts are also exportable. Yes, Kevin says, “Already bought this great deal.” Thank you. So many people joined during this training. Hope everybody got the chance to get the extra extra coupon. And I just want to say from the bottom of my heart, thank you so much for being such an amazing audience. I planned for 60 to 90 minutes and we are closing in on 180 minutes and this is been crazy. Ben says what a learning curve. Kevin says awesome. Thank you. Thank you. So guys, one last thing just let me know how did you find the webinar? Just put it one word over there in the chat room. I just want to make sure that I delivered on my promise and you guys uh been having a good time on this live call with me and hopefully you’re going to be joining next session. If you joined late, we’re going to do it again tomorrow in an anchor session. It’s going to be great uh session again so you can catch up whatever you missed out on the beginning. Look at that. Uh Zavali says great webinar. Fatty says awesome. Kevin, awesome. Ben says what’s a learn what a learning curve. Uh, and this is incredible session. Thank you. Thank you guys for the awesome words as well. I appreciate each and every one of you. Uh, superb. Thank you says Rolf. Uh, Dennis says, “Amazing. I’ve learned so much. Uh, will you start a training webinar for um for those of us who bought, yes, you will get emails from me. Um, why not uh why would you not have a number to call foreign agents to answer all questions? Uh, uh, you know, launch uh rush. That’s why uh some Franks asked, “Why wouldn’t you have a number to call the agents, answer all the questions?” This is this is what this is all about. Yeah, you can call Nick. I already had the number placed. Uh but I’m going to update Nick tonight and he’s going to be answering all the questions. Okay, cool. Awesome, guys. Thank you so much for showing up. Um you’ve been an amazing audience. I enjoyed doing this live session. It’s been way more than I uh expected to be here on the live call. Uh and yeah, thank you everybody for showing up. Hopefully you got your access. Hopefully you are in. Uh if not, just shoot us an email at [email protected]. We’ll help you out. And I look forward in seeing you inside the members area shortly. Thank you and bye-bye.

June 17, 2026
06/10/2026 – CPI, Iron Escalation & Market Selloff

Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the True Trading Group live stream. Hope you guys are all doing well. Hope you’re having a fantastic day. We sure as hell are. This has been a

this has been a really wild last two days. Um, volatility has really picked up in the market. If you guys have been following the channel for a while, you know that this is something that we’ve prepared for. You’ll know that this is something that um after last week and you know Friday’s big pullback, we told you that we were going to be shorting bounces into resistance. We told you that um we actually had started it going short the markets last week and then we really sunk our teeth into that trade this week. caught it yesterday over 200 points on S&P futures yesterday and then today we caught over 100 points on S&P futures. That’s over 300 points in two trading days on futures. It’s been one of those weeks where the analysis has been spot-on. And I’m not just I’m not like a Monday morning quarterback. I’m not trying to come on here and just be like, “Oh, hey, yeah, trust me. This is what we did.” Well, on Sunday night, I went live on Sunday, right on this YouTube channel, and I told you guys exactly where I was going to get short. First, I told you we were going to be short. Then, I told you exactly where we were going to go short. So, I I really stick my neck out there every week and I tell you what I think the market’s going to do. I tell you what I’m going to do, what stocks I’m going to get in, what prices I’m going to get in at, where I’m going to get out. Um, and this way you guys are, even if you you’re not a member of True Trading Guru, you’re just paying attention to the lives when you go through the analysis, you’re able to make some money from it. Listen, I’m not gonna be right every time, right? I’m going to be wrong sometimes. I’m not perfect. I don’t have 100% win rate,

but I’m right more than I’m wrong. And, you know, if you guys are new to the channel, you know, welcome. Hope you guys are able to to stick around long enough to to realize that and to see some of that analysis and hopefully we can make some money together. Um, you know, this is an an unbelievable trading environment. When you talk about the movement that you had on Friday, the movement you had yesterday, the movement that you had today, these are huge range candles. Absolutely huge range candles. So, let’s dive in. Let’s talk about it. Let’s go through kind of the trades. Um, I did close out my short position today. So, um, we were short yesterday. We were short today. I closed that position out. I don’t have a position going into tomorrow’s print. I’ll tell you exactly what I’m looking for the markets to do tomorrow. Um, and uh, we have Oracle earnings that just came out as well. So, we’re going to touch on that also. That obviously has a big impact on the AI trade. So, we’ll talk about that. So, welcome. Right. For those of you that are new, my name is Michael Edward Parinati. I go by Michael Edward. I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group. Um, I want you guys to understand that True Trading Group, we are not just a chat room at trade alerts and courses. an entire fintech platform that has that is home to the TTG terminal that has access to tools, resources, data, analytics that you otherwise would not have access to as a retail trader. These are proprietary tools that we have created through our partner

partnerships with the NASDAQ and OpenAI, Benzinga, Databento, Unusual Wales, just to name a couple of the partners that we have that we work very closely with that have allowed us to build out these these tools and to build out this platform. We also received the global benzinga fintech award for best AI analysis tool for our AI platform Mari. Um and then all the different tools that go along with that that have been a real game changer for the members that we have here at True Trading Group. So when you guys join our platform, you’re going to get access to all of these tools, these this suite of tools as well. It’s not just, oh, I’m going to join, I’m going to get courses, I’m going to, you know, listen to people trade or or listen to trade alerts. We do send out trade alerts, of course. There’s myself and seven other professional traders that trade with you live every day. We share our screens, um, answer questions, provide market commentary, send out all of our alerts. The moderators and I collectively have a cumulative win rate around just around 80% now going on roughly the last like six years. We track all of our trades, all of our entries, our take profits, our stopouts, green reds, break evens. It’s all right there for you guys in the traders history section on our website. Full transparency open book. Um, and if you’re wondering why I should pay attention to what it is that I discuss on this channel, it’s not because I claim to be the world’s greatest trader. Um, I, you know, I think I’m a damn good one, but I’m I’m not the world’s greatest. I’ve never claimed to be. But I think you should pay attention to what I talk about here because I didn’t figure this stuff out on my own. I began my trading career working at T3 Alpha Fund in New York City, my first job out of college. They had me go through a training program before they let me touch $1 of the firm’s money. And then shortly after that, 2008 happened and that was the great recession, the big stock market crash, but also the same year that I received one of the firms trader of the year

awards. So now you fast forward, I’m the co-founder and head trader of TTG. And now we have 11,000 members from 114 different countries. We day trade, we swing trade, we scalp, we cover long-term portfolio investing, we trade stocks, options, crypto, futures, you name it, we trade it. There’s something for everybody here. So, if you’re new to the channel, subscribe, smash that like button, show some love, turn on your notifications, make sure you never miss out on any of these lives because we’re dropping golden nuggets on a regular basis. All right, so let’s take these on over to the charts. Let’s talk about, you know, what we’ve got um cooking here. Obviously, the markets are are in a experiencing a really nice pullback off of their highs from 760. We’ve now fallen back to 725. Um that’s where we currently sit and we’re starting to finally get into some support levels. So, if you guys followed, if you guys were with me on Sunday when I went over my when I went through my live stream, I went over some specific levels for you guys. Um, we talked about where we were going to be going short. We said the mid740s was our short target to reload on the short position because we had originally shorted on Wednesday, the week prior, and we wanted to reload and get back into that position. We did so at 7:45 and then we did so at 7, I’m sorry, excuse me, we did so at 7 um, yeah, right around 7:45. It was a rejection off of 747 and then we got in short around 745 and then we reloaded back onto that short position today at 737. Um, and we’ve completely covered out of that position now as a spy has fallen to the 720s. If you are a futures trader, we covered out of that position just underneath 7,300.

Okay, I actually was in a futures short, but I also whenever I enter a futures trade or whenever I enter an equities trade, I always will alert an option contract for my option traders out there if you want to follow me on the trade. Okay, so um was a triple digit banger today on the put options and was over 100 points on futures. So, wonderful job. Okay. Uh, absolutely wonderful job from 7394 for the short and the final take-profit down there at 7291 today. Okay, so really great job and 7470 yesterday. So, very nicely done. Fantastic job. But I’m not going to get into the analysis on why we were going short today. I already went over that stuff on Sunday. So, if you missed it, go back and watch that live stream. It’s right here on this YouTube channel. You can go back and watch it anytime that you guys want. Let’s talk about not what we said a few days ago. Let’s talk about what we now think happens a couple days from now. Right? That’s what we’re here for. We’re here to talk about how we can make money, not how we already made money. Uh we don’t want to talk necessarily just about positions that we took. We want to talk about positions we’re either currently in or that we’re going to be getting into. So, I went over some key support levels with you guys. And we have reached one of those key support levels, which is the gap fill from May. And if we go back here and we take a look at this open gap that we had here from early May that never got filled and tested, it has now been filled. So if we draw a line right across that gap, Bill, it takes you right to around 724 or so. All right. And there it is. And as you can see between yesterday and today, that gap has now been filled. Now, historically, my experience will tell you that whenever you see one of these real big bottom tail type of reversal candles that gets wiped out and tested again on that second day, usually without some major news catalyst, usually that means there’s still more downside to come that we were not able to hold any of this bounce back and this recovery. And not to mention, we actually tried to reclaim what was a previous support level. And then that now previous support level is now acting as resistance. And you have your 9 EMA momentum indicator that’s curling to the downside. That just is going to I think put pressure on the markets down here in the 720 730s to push us just a little bit lower. I still don’t think that this pullback is finished yet. But I do think that we’re coming up on a support zone that I think could cause a little bit of a bounce and we’re going to be trading it. Okay, we are going to be trading it. So, let’s kind of dive in here. As you can see, this gap bill 725 was one support level. And your next support level that we’re going to be looking at is going to be right around 715716. Now, the thing that I like about this next level, 715, 716 on the SPY, is that it lines up with your 50-day with a 50-day moving average test. This dark blue line you see on my screen, that’s the 50-day. What I think we’re going to end up see happening here is that tomorrow we have PPI data. Okay, we’ll see if the PPI data is good or bad. Today’s CPI data was in line with expectations generally. Uh but one of the metrics, the core month-over-month number was lighter than expected. So, you got a a better than expected CPI number today as far as the ant the expectations. We’ll see what the PPI number shows there tomorrow. Um, the market’s still sold off today because the leading culprit here in the markets is not necessarily what’s going on with inflation right now. The leading culprit right now is a complete momentum tech unwind. A complete momentum tech unwind. Like yesterday, you had that huge sell-off. The NASDAQ was down around 4% near the lows. But yet, the equal S&P, the Russell, and the Dow each finished green yesterday. Now, today it was too much for everyone to handle. We all just all the everything in the market just kind of got pushed back to the downside here today. Um, but we are really being led lower by technology and led lower by the NASDAQ and the semiconductors, the MAG7 and the AI trade. We’ve been we’ve been led lower by Apple. We’ve been led lower by Nvidia. We’ve been led lower by big pullbacks in, you know, semiconductors like AMD and Broadcom and SanDisk and Micron. These are the stocks that are taking us to the downside currently. And I think that that momentum is going to continue into tomorrow. And then I think at some point in the middle of the day tomorrow, the market’s going to try to bounce. And the area that we’re going to look for the markets to try to bounce is going to be underneath the 50-day moving average. If you look at my screen, I’m looking for follow through to the downside tomorrow early. Okay? Breach breach that 50-day moving average. get into the 715 716 support level and then try to bounce from there. So price action that we look for tomorrow is going to look something like this.

Okay. Now I’m going to delete the support levels. Okay. I’m going to delete the support levels just so you guys can see the candle. All right. Well, I’ll delete the that top support level. This is the support level that I think we’re going to try to hold from. So, I want you guys to see the candle that I just drew there. All right. So, we’re going to look for follow through downside early. Look for weakness early. we can maybe breach that 50-day moving average, get down to like 716 or so, and then try to recover and bounce from there, and then give us maybe a potential bottom midday and see if the markets can recover and make a push into the close um tomorrow afternoon. What I also think that you have been seeing, and there’s been a lot of questions about, you know, the SpaceX IPO, and I’ve been covering the SpaceX IPO a lot. I’m actually going to be publishing a video um on the channel probably tomorrow laying out for you guys my entire analysis and my entire plan of exactly what I’m I’m going to do with SpaceX. I’m going to lay out for you my trading plan and I’m also going to lay out for you my long-term portfolio plan. Am I buying the SpaceX IPO for a day trade or a swing trade? I will let you know if I’m going are am I going long? Am I going short? Am I going to buy it in my long-term portfolio? Am I not? I’m going to go over all of that with you guys. I’ll probably publish it tomorrow just so everybody has a good idea of what I’m going to be doing. Now, if you are a member of True Trading Group, obviously, I’m going to be trading that live with you guys on Friday. I absolutely will be trading the SpaceX IPO. I think it’s going to be one of the craziest IPOs um ever. I really do. I think it’s going to just be absolutely crazy. And and here’s a a crazy stat. Not only I don’t know if you guys knew this or not, but not only has the NASDAQ changed their rules to allow fast entry into the NASDAQ 100 for SpaceX, they okay, I don’t know if you knew that or not, they changed their rules. They need to be a public company for 15 days instead of several months, what it used to be. They need to they also um removed the the size of the float requirement. So the NASDAQ literally changed their rules so that SpaceX can go into the NASDAQ 100 within the first 15 days. Absolutely incredible. Never seen that before. Second, the other thing that’s taking place that just blew my mind is ProShares. ProShares, okay, is the largest provider of leveraged ETFs in the world. Okay, largest provider of leverage ETFs in the world, ProShares. ProShares put out a press release yesterday that went unnoticed by a lot of people. ProShares is listing a two times leveraged SpaceX ETF on Friday. I have never seen a two times a two times leveraged ETF launched the same day of the IPO itself. That’s nuts. So you guys are going to be you can trade space X SPCX or you can trade space F SPCF. So instead of SPCX SPCF as in Frank that is the two times leveraged ETF that is being launched by ProShares on Friday. So, right out of the gate, there’s a leveraged vehicle for the maniacs of the market to participate in what is surely going to be a wild roller coaster of a ride on the SpaceX IPO. So, and then you’re going to have all of these NASDAQ, oh my goodness, all these NASDAQ funds. So, like all the funds that track the NASDAQ like the QQQ, right? QQQM, like all these other ETFs that are out there. There’s a bunch of them that are out there that track the NASDAQ. They’re all going to have to buy SpaceX.

You know that within 15 days that SpaceX is going to be added to the NASDAQ 100. You know that. So, all of those those funds are going to have to be buyers of it. I I just this is going to be absolute insanity. Now, so without giving too much away, right? Well, I’m not going to talk too much about how I’m going to, you know, how I’m going to trade SpaceX. Like I said, I am going to publish I’ll do something I’ll do probably do something tomorrow to kind of give you guys my full analysis on that. But there’s no doubt in my mind that a lot of the momentum unwind that you’ve seen in the market, a lot of the pullback in some of these AI and memory and um excuse me, AI memory and like semiconductor names, there’s no question to me that people are taking profits in those high-f flyers because they’re up an astronomical amount of money and they’re raising some cash from those positions to then allocate towards the SpaceX IPO. There’s no question in my mind that that’s where a lot of the liquidity that is going to go into the SpaceX IPO. Remember, they are raising 75 billion. They have received $300 billion worth of orders, which is a four times it’s four times overs subscribed. Um, which is actually not that high, by the way. Like for an IPO to be four times overs subscribed is actually not that high. You’ve had a lot of other IPOs that were oversubscribed by way more than five than four times, but they weren’t raising $75 billion. I mean, you have some of these some IPOs that are overs subscribed, you know, 20 times, but they were only raising, you know, two billion, right? So, it’s they’re not raising 75 billion and then, you know, a four times would put you at 300 billion, which is obviously an incredibly large number, but to be four times overs subscribed is not that much, but to be over but to be subscribed for 300 billion is an astronomical um like an astronomical size. These other these other IPOs are not oversubscribed by a $300 billion nominal number. So when you see someone on because you’re going to see you see people on social media that are like, “Oh, it’s only four times overs subscribed. These other IPOs were oversubscribed by a lot more.” Yeah, they were overscribed a lot more, but they were raising 1 billion. So you can be 10 times overs subscribed and have 10 billion dollars of orders and you’re 10 times over subscribed. You could be 20 times overs subscribed and you have 20 billion in orders. SpaceX has 300 billion in orders. So it’s like you’re not it’s not apples to apples

when you compare it that way. So that that specific detail is important when people try to talk about that. Um so it’s going to be nuts. It’s going to be crazy. And I also think that some of that selling pressure on some of these high-flying momentum names could ease as the allocation for the SpaceX IPO closes. Okay. So, I think you’re seeing some of that now. And that’s why I believe that tomorrow, now we get into Thursday, IPO launch is going to be Friday. Now, you have a little bit more weakness tomorrow morning. That could be from whatever. It could be US and Iran tension headlines. It could be the PPI number, but some weakness tomorrow morning to start. Sell it off. Sell it off. Get into the 50-day. Pierce the 50-day. Make everybody go, “Oh no, we broke the 50-day.” Run right into that support level. And then the selling pressure eases on some of these high-flying AI names. Some dip buyers step in, right? some dip buyers now step in on some of these names as the the selling pressure that’s coming into them for the for the um raising cash for the SpaceX IPO is over. You have some follow-through weakness from PPI and maybe some Iran headlines. That takes you through that level and then now the selling pressure eases. The dip buyers step in and that’s why I think you get a candle that looks like that tomorrow. Okay. So, what I’m going to be doing tomorrow is I’m going to look for early morning weakness and then by midday I’m going to start to look for reversal signals. Now, what is one of the main signals that I’m going to look for that is going to give me um some type of a of a sign that it’s time for us to try the long going into the close. From the from a chart pattern standpoint, I’m going to look for either a lunchtime double bottom or some lunchtime like a late morning base that breaks during lunchtime and immediately recovers. So, let me just draw for you. We’re going to play little We’re going to have a little segment here that I like to call arts and crafts with Michael Edward. It’s one of my favorite segments. TC members love it. It’s when I just I I just, you know, Bob Ross the [ __ ] out of these charts. So, we’re going to draw some nice happy candles, you know, we’re going to draw some happy candles. Um, so we’re going to look for I’m just going to draw it up here just so you guys could see. So, we’re going to look for, you know, morning weakness, right? Morning weakness. And then you look for us to just try to form a little bit of a base. All right? And that base will look something like this.

Right? Like you form this little bit of a base and then all of a sudden it breaks, right? So like you would draw, you would say here’s your support and this would be like the morning price action, right? So here’s your morning price action. We open up, we sell off, we sell off, we sell off, right? Okay, we sell off. Yeah, there’s no such thing as mistakes. No such thing as mistakes here on these arts and crafts with Michael Ever, just happy accidents. So, we’re drawing some happy candles and then you break the level and then it immediately um you break and pierce that low and it and this would happen sometime during lunch and then you immediately take it back. So if I see some price action that looks like that in the middle of the day that is occurring at around 7:15 7:16 on the spy I will go long right there and then we will look for an afternoon push back and an afternoon bounce and and a recovery attempt going into the close. So that’s one thing that I would look for. The other uh that’s one confirmation signal. The other type of confirmation signal that I would look for would just be a regular plain good oldfashioned W pattern or double bottom that will look something like this.

See, I told you guys you’re going to love Arts and Crafts with Michael Letter.

Okay. The other would be a good oldfashioned W or W or double bottom pattern. I would then wait for that double bottom and then I would go long somewhere inside here anticipating a higher low and then a continuation to the upside. Okay, so that’s going to be the confirmation signals as far as price action that I’m going to look for. But then I’m going to use my secret weapon and my secret weapon is courtesy of the NASDAQ and it is what I use today to capitalize on a 100 point move on futures and that I’m going to be using our level three data. So, for those of you that don’t know, we have a data partnership agreement with the NASDAQ, and that gives us access to their level three feed. Level three, if you don’t know what that does, level three allows us the ability to make a a distinction between an institutional order versus a retail order. So, we can actually see where institutional orders are beginning to cluster. If I look at a chart and I say, hold on.

Um, sorry. If I’m looking at a potential support level at 7:15 716, I’m going to go and use a level three feed and level three data to see, okay, do I actually now see institutional buy orders clustering around that area? And if I do, then that confirms my support level and gives me even more confidence to pull the trigger long for the afternoon bounce. If I don’t see that, I’m not going to take the trade long, right? I’m only going to see that if I see the institutional buy orders beginning to cluster together. We were able to use the level three feed today. I I literally owe it um I should probably call our rep from the NASDAQ today and tell my own mistake dinner because the money I made today um I literally owe I owe to the fee. And I’ll take you guys to a three-minute chart. I just want to just recap on today’s trade for a little bit. We we we certainly could, but you had a very nice clean resistance level here around 738 uh 737. And you guys can see the structure that you see here. This is a threeminut chart, but you guys can see here, right? This is your lows of the day and your close from the 5th. Then you have your low of the day here that sits at 738. Then we broke underneath that zone there yesterday and then it became resistance and then you had the big sell-off. You then bounced back in the afternoon and then it became resistance in the afternoon and then that’s right where the markets closed yesterday as well. So you had some really good structure there coming into the day today. We had the gap down today early. Then the markets push push push push push and then you can see it became resistance again. So I waited out and I told this to all of our members and this is not something that’s that’s new here. This is what you get every morning inside your trading group. tell our members exactly what I think the market’s going to do on the day. I tell them whether I’m going long or short and where I’m going to be doing so. So, I told our members today, guys, I’m looking for 737 738 resistance and then we’re going to look to go short. It’s going to be the exact same game plan as the price action that we had the prior day. Um, so when we pushed up into this level, I kept saying to so we have we have an AI charting software where our AI is completely integrated into live charts tick for tick and the level three data is overlaid on top of that chart. So it actually plots on

the chart for you. You can see like you know green and red arrows for the institutional buys and sells iceberg orders. If you don’t know what an iceberg order is, an iceberg order is an order that an institutional order or a large order that’s hiding the size. So, if you have you might see an order that says 200 shares, but really the orders for 4,000, that’s an iceberg order. Okay? So, I really like to see where are the iceberg orders sitting. And once I see iceberg orders accumulate at an area that I already believe is resistance, that’s my confirmation signal. And that’s where that tells me that there’s a lot of institutions now that are also selling this level. That creates a very heavy supply zone. So I go ahead and I short the supply zone itself with a stop loss above it. And then we look for the move to the downside. That’s what we did today. So I will sit there and I will actually ask Mari, that’s the awardwinning AI system that we have. That’s our proprietary AI. That’s what received the Benzinger Fintech award for best AI analysis tool. I will say to it because you can just talk to it right on your chart. And I will say, hey, I see resistance like 737, 738. What’s level three show you? And it will come back and say, okay, well, right now you’ve got, you know, 14 institutional sells to 10 institutional buys. Or is it 14 to or no, I’m sorry, it was 13 institutional sells to 10 institutional buys. There were no iceberg orders yet. I was like, okay, not exactly a very heavily skewed sellside institutional pressure. I wait a couple minutes and I’ll say, what about now? And then it will tell me, it’ll say, “Okay, yeah, 26 institutional sells, 22 institutional buys, still no iceberg waters.” I go, “Ah, that’s still kind of balanced.” And I would say, “I’m thinking about going short here. What do you think?” And it will say, “Well, you’re slightly skewed to the downside. You know, that would support a rejection off of 737 to take a short, but let’s wait and see, you know, what the institutional flow is going to look like because 26 to 22 is not a very heavily skewed short side or a heavily skewed one directional flow, right? wait another minute or so and then all of a sudden I ask again and now all of a sudden it’s like 41 or 42 institutional sells to 28 institutional buys or something like that. So now all of a sudden you’re starting to get this nice spread between institutional sells and institutional buys which now tells me okay the flow is beginning to the order flow coming in is beginning to to bulk up. And then it said now there’s four iceberg orders. All four iceberg orders were more than 4,000 shares each. 4,000 shares on the spy is a lot of money, right? 4,000 times 737. That’s a lot. Those are sizable orders. Once I saw that, I said, “Okay, done. That’s all the confirmation that I need.” Now, the institutional flow is in my favor. And then we go ahead and we take a short position. And I literally went short on futures right there. Okay. So, right here is where we stepped in. We took a short at 7394 or right when the spy was sitting at around 737. We took the short and then just just melted the entire rest of the day, right? We just melted out the entire rest of the day and we covered right into the close. Was an absolutely beautiful, gorgeous trade over 100 points on futures and well like 100 to 250% depending on the expiration date and the strike price that our members went after on put options. They racked in triple digit gains. Just unbelievable. But I would not have been able to do that if it wasn’t for the level three data because the level three data allows me to really identify those resistance and support levels and and get a feel for when price action and direction is about to shift. So I’m going to use the exact same tool tomorrow when I’m looking for the market to try to put in the bottom around 7:15 716. If we get down to that zone and I just don’t see any of that institutional buying begin to cluster together, if I don’t see any of those iceberg orders, I’m not going to go long. I’m going to really rely very heavily on the tools that we have, the to the tools that are part of this platform to make those trades and to make those decisions for me. That’s the reason why so many of our members are successful here at True Trading Group. It’s not because I’m the world’s greatest trader. It’s not because I have a 100% win rate. I don’t. Okay. Yes, the moderators and I are very good traders. We have great win rates. We have years and years and years of proven, you know, documented success P&L-wise, everything. But the reason why our members are successful is because they have access to tools and resources that genuinely give them an edge over other traders that don’t have them. This being one of them. And when I say our members have success, I I literally mean they make money. And I’ll prove that to you. Don’t just believe me because I say it. Members of True Trading Group, I want you to do me a favor. I want you to type the number one in chat right now. If you’re making money and you’re becoming a better trader because of TTG and the platform that you have access to, the tools that you have now have access to. Type the number one if you guys are making money and you’re becoming better traders because of True Trading Group. Anyone that’s watching this live stream that is not a member, I highly suggest you pay attention to how many people you see type the number one because all these people are no different than you. They literally were you. They were a viewer on a live stream and they joined True Training Group and now they’re telling you they’re making money. If they can do this, so can you. There’s zero reason whatsoever why all these people are able to make money and you can. They’re not luckier than you, and I promise you, they do not have more time than you. 82% of our members have a full-time job. So, there is literally no excuse. The tools and resources you have on this platform make it so you don’t need to be sitting in front of your computer screen all day, every day. They make it so you can become more consistent, so you can become more profitable, so you can make money. That’s why you’re here. You’re not here just to look at the painting that hangs behind my head. You’re here to make money. Those of you that are not members of Tru Training Group, I’m going to do you a solid right now. Actually, if you’re not a member, I’m going to let you guys, you can join this platform for 90 days and try it out. I’m not going to let you try it out for seven days or 14 days. That’s not enough time. I’m literally going to give you three months. I’m going to give you a trial for 90 days to come into TTG completely unrestricted access, get the trade alerts, come and chat, use the courses or go through the courses, use the the AI tools that we have part of the part of the platform and make money with us. Then we’ll talk about you becoming an annual member if you would like to stay. And I’m confident you are going to want to stay because 75% of our members stay with us after they join. Our refund rate at Trinity Group is less than two and a half%. We put our money where our mouth is and we believe so strongly that once you try the tools that we have on this platform that you are going to see an improvement in your trading results that I allow you to use them for 90 days for just 90 bucks. It’s literally $1 a day. We are going to lose money on you. All of our AI tools are usagebased. It will cost us more than $1 a day for you to use these tools. I don’t mind. The reason why I don’t mind is because I truly believe if you use these tools for just a couple of weeks, I don’t think you need 90 days, but I think if you use these tools for a few weeks, you are going to want to become an annual member of True Trading Group and it would have been money very well spent for us as a company. Make no mistake, True Trading Group is a business. We have over 30 employees. We have 11,000 customers. Okay? This is not a charity. I don’t do this for free out of the goodness of my own heart. You are paying for a service when you join True Training Group and that service is to give you access to tools, resources, guidance, mentorship, data, analytics that will help you become more profitable, more consistently. That is what you are paying for and that is what we are going to deliver. You can go to trueradinggroup.com990.

You can sign up for 90 days. It’s only going to cost you 90 bucks. You can get unrestricted access. Use our tools. Let’s make some damn money together. Again, it is trueringgroup.com990.

Brett, if you want to maybe post the link inside chat for people as well. If you have any questions at all about anything whatsoever, do not hesitate. Send a text message. Okay? The phone number that you see at the bottom of your screen is available. You can send a text message right now. We will answer any questions that you have. If you need help, you you need clarity on something, text us 1888-621-2127.

Again, that is 1888-6212127.

Text that number now if you guys have any questions whatsoever. Okay? But I strongly suggest you guys go ahead, 90 days, 90 bucks, use the tools, become part of the platform, and then we’ll talk about you becoming an annual member afterwards.

No long-term commitment, no lock you in for a year, no bigger investment. Forget about a thousand bucks for a year. Give $90. make some money first and then let our platform prove itself to you because I real strongly that it will. You just have to use it. This is how I prove that to you. All right.

As we sit here, markets are selling off a little bit further. I think part of that has to do with Oracle’s earnings. So, let’s talk about Oracle here a little bit. Oracle came out with earnings. And the reason why I believe the stock is down is not because the earnings were bad. their earnings actually weren’t bad, but they’re saying next year they expect to raise $40 billion through a combination of new debt and equity financing. Um, and that’s what is is that’s what is pushing Oracle further to the downside. Okay. Now, obviously, Oracle has gotten the absolute crap kicked out of it um from that that September day when the stock gapped up like 35% on earnings. um which seems like a decade ago at this point. Stock’s gotten the crap kicked out of it. You had a nice little recovery there in April and May. Um but it’s come back down to earth. Reality has set back in and the stock has sold back down to 190. Um their earnings, I’ll go through those with you. Their revenue came in at 19.2 billion. Analysts were expecting 19.1 and earnings per share was $211. Analysts were expecting $1.97. So, it is a top and bottom line beat there for Oracle, but you’re talking about a company that has already raised an astronomical amount of debt

and uh they’re going to raise more. They’re going to raise more. They’re also another big um another big problem is that their free cash flow was negative 23.7 billion in 2026. Let me say that to you again. Negative23.7 billion. So they are really kind of betting the farm here, right? They are betting the farm here on all things AI and data center related. and they are going to continue to spend money, capex, debt, equity financing, however means possible to make that happen. And investors don’t like it. So, this is not this is not the stock is not down 8% on the day right now because their earnings were terrible. It’s down because investors don’t want to hear that they’re going to now go and start to raise even more debt next year versus what they did raise um this year and last year. So that’s what’s going on there with regards to to Oracle. Okay. And if we take things back over to the SPY, we are continuing to sell off in the after hours. We are now getting very very close. We are getting very very very close to the prior days low. That prior day’s low on the spy is just underneath 723. 722 and a half. That is your next support level. And then once you get through that, I’ve already identified for you guys our next level, which is 715, 716. You do have this 50-day moving average here, but I do believe that that gets pierced. Okay. So, we’re looking for a pierce of the 50-day tomorrow, run it down to 7:15, 716, and then try to bounce. And I’m going to be using our level three data to try to identify when the tide is going to turn. uh and see if we can catch ourselves a really nice trade. Aside from that, the the long setup there would most likely just be a day trade. Maybe a one day swing, meaning like get in tomorrow, take profit, take profit, take profit, and maybe hold on to a small piece for Friday. Um is probably what I would say. Um but I still think there’s more downside here. You know, I I posted a video on Saturday telling everybody that I believe that this is not just going to be a quick little two to three day pullback, that I believe there’s going to be a little more. This is going to be a real pullback is going to give us some downside. And I I still feel that way. I told you guys on Saturday that it was and Sunday. I posted a video Saturday. I did a live stream Sunday and I told you guys that I had shifted to a short bounces trading style. it was buy pullbacks into support for two months. After Friday, we shifted to a short bounces and that’s what we’ve done so far this week. It’s worked very well. We got 200 points yesterday on futures, 100 points today. Um triple digit gains yesterday and today for options traders if you guys followed on options with the spy. Um and I’m still in that mode. Okay, the long that I’m talking to you about is just more of a quick trade, but a little bit longer term, like over the course of the next couple days to one to two weeks. I think there still think there’s more downside. I think the market’s going to test um Kevin Walsh with his first Fed meeting. Um and the PPI number tomorrow I think is also going to be pretty important because the CPI number today was better than expected. Um with the the core number which could insinuate that maybe the worst of the inflationary pressure is behind us if oil does not go back over 100. Right now oil is kind of settled in the 80s on WTI. If we can stay in the 80s, 90, 88, 91, 92, 87, 88, 89, 87, 88. If you can stay there or just move lower, I think we’ll be fine. But if if oil starts to push back above 100, I think it’s going to be a problem. So, we’ll have to wait and see what happens there. But the PPI number tomorrow, I think, is going to be pretty important. The market really didn’t have a big reaction to the CPI number today. when the number came out, you had a little bit of a move to the upside, but we were already well in the red with the the escalation of, you know, tit fortat with the US and Iran overnight. Um, and oil oil pressuring higher, bond yields pressuring higher. So, we were already red and the and the sell off in the semiconductors and the AI trade was still in effect. So, I think we were going to move lower today regardless of of what happened with the CPI. Um, so I just think everything is still going according to plan and let’s look for us to get into that support level tomorrow. Let’s look for weakness in the morning and then maybe a bounce late in the day and then we’ll let that bounce run its course but then I still think that bounce we short into a resistance zone. We’ll talk about that at a later time and then turn it over. Okay, so that’s it folks. That’s uh that’s going to be the game plan going forward. Um that’s it. That does it there for me. Really great job today for all of our members. um an amazing day. We got the Oracle earnings. We just went over that. Now you guys know exactly my game plan for tomorrow. And then be on the lookout tomorrow. Make sure you subscribe to the channel and turn on your notifications. I will post um I will post up either a YouTube short or YouTube video or something and I’ll go over with you guys my full SpaceX trading plan, okay? How I’m going to trade it day of IPO and what I’m going to do in my long-term portfolio. Okay, that’s it folks. TrueTrading.com990. You guys can join the platform for 90 days um unrestricted access. You guys can use the AI tools, make some money with us, and then we’ll uh we’ll talk about an annual membership then after you guys have made some money with us. How’s that sound? I like it. Text us with questions. 1888-621-2127.

Have a wonderful rest of your night. Enjoy. I’ll see you guys all tomorrow.

June 17, 2026
06/14/2026 – Content Growth Engine

Ralph, everything I have tried has failed. I have no idea why. Kevin, how to start. Julia, too busy with traditional job. Jerry, starting. Mindy, starting and not being afraid to be on camera. Timothy, uh, just don’t know how to get started on the niche and go from there. Nicholas, I’m new to YouTube and keen to learn. Dominic, inconsistent results in between published videos. Got it. Michael, best practices. Simon, don’t know what niche or what I have to offer. Got it. don’t know organize my thoughts and what and how to say it. Uh Ari looking to grow and SAT tutoring business. Okay. Yeah, I I have a lot of familiarity with that. That’s a really good niche. Um Sean, uh New York consistency. Amanda, overcoming fear is the first and most part. Then YouTube is something very new to me. Shay, not feeling technical enough. Need education. Julia challenges packaging thumbnails to bring in eyes rather than fading into the background. Awesome. Uh, ag going through layoffs on my company uh and would like to obtain an opportunity to make money. Okay. Yeah. I mean, YouTube is a is a great side hustle. It’s one of the one of the reasons it’s such a good side hustle is because it works with just about any other business model out there. So, it’s extremely flexible. Um, so if the your first plan doesn’t work out for some reason, which that’s that happens a lot in business, right? Like the first the first idea doesn’t always work out. uh that’s the norm actually. Uh usually it’s not the case that the first idea works out in business, right? But when that happens, you’re you’re good because you have a YouTube channel, you can just pivot to something else, right? So that’s one of the things I’ll talk about here in a bit. I call it the hybrid personal brand. Um okay, Nancy from North Carolina. Awesome, guys. Okay, so let’s go ahead and uh jump in. You should be able to see my screen here. And let’s go ahead and jump in. And we are having a ton of people. Wow. Over 484 already. That’s uh yeah, usually a lot more people join over the next little bit. Okay. So, uh should say how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 uh without fancy gear, without uh techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow this one simple rule. So, let’s go ahead and get started. Um let’s first let’s do a poll, right? Why are you here today, guys? Go ahead and do the thumbs up thing. It should be on the bottom right of the screen. Uh, if you’re excited about one of these things, right? So, it should be on the bottom right of the screen. Views. Do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about views. Getting views.

Okay. I see a good amount of people. All right. All right. Excited about views. All right. But but how about uh how about this second one here? How about the second one? Are you excited about money? Are you excited about making money? Is that are you more excited about making money or getting views? Okay. Way more people excited about making money. Okay, good. So, yeah. Uh I I find that uh I I really like the people who come to these live trainings cuz you you people h have your priorities straight, right? A lot of people are obsessed with getting views for some reason. They just assume that views equals money. That is not always the case, right? Uh really, you want to be excited about getting the right views because the right views will are going to be people you can help a lot and then that’s going to lead to money, right? Okay. Okay, so let’s talk about this third one though, which is having an impact, right? Basically creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people, right? Okay, awesome. Awesome. Okay, I think this one got the most uh likes out of all of them. Okay, perfect. So, yeah, see the thing about having an impact, guys, is if you have an impact, the views and the money take care of themselves, right? So, um, of course you want to get views, but you want to get the right views and you want to to make money from those views. And if you have an impact, if you’re actually solving people’s problems, then that just naturally happens cuz that’s how the economy works, right? The economy is all about just solving people’s problems. And you either get paid directly or indirectly by doing that, right? Now, by the way, we’re giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro uh chat GPT or the cloud version. Right? People have been really loving the cloud version. Um, and you know, the chatbt version is great, too. But the cloud version is, you know, it’s it’s it’s really good, right? Whichever one you like to use, though. And this is the newest version yet. It’s a massive upgrade over anything we put out before. We’re constantly upgrading these. And you’ll also get $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. You’ll get an opportunity for that. Okay. So, Mr. beast just hit 500 million subscribers and he is the first individual creator to ever hit half a billion. That is history. Nobody on the planet has done that before and it is genuinely incredible. But here’s why I am showing you uh this right? A lot of people see a number like 500 million and they get discouraged, right? They think that’s what it takes to make money on YouTube. But it’s not. That is a completely different game. Mr. beast is playing the fame game, the biggest audience in the world, spending millions per video to get there. And think about like the most famous person in the world, right? Uh like maybe an actor or something like some of the most famous people in the world. Are they the are they the richest people in the world? No. No, they have a lot of money, but they’re not the richest people in the world. The fame game is it, you know, it requires you to get unbelievable amounts of views and subscribers and followers. And there’s tons of people that have that are way less known than like famous actors for instance in the world that have way more money, right? It’s just like it’s kind of obvious that the the same way that it works in real life is the same way that it works on YouTube, right? So you don’t need that. You don’t need 500 million subscribers. You don’t even need 500,000 subscribers. You just need the right people watching. In fact, I’m going to show you an example in a little bit of someone who you probably never heard of that actually that came from YouTube who has a much smaller channel than Mr. Beast, who is actually far far richer than Mr. Beast, okay? And actually like liquid net income, right? Uh liquid net worth, right? So, I’ll show you an example of that here in a bit. So, you uh you don’t need 500 million subscribers. You don’t even need 500,000 subscribers. You just need the right people watching. And these are just two different paths. One chases the entire world. The other targets people who actually pay you. And that second path is almost uh is one that almost anyone can walk, right? And that is exactly what I’m going to show you today and how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. So, you start here at the top and you finish here at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income. And then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place. So if you’re right here right now, you are ahead of the majority of people. So congratulations. All right? Cuz most people don’t even start in the first place. They just get paralyzed. They stay at the entrance and they don’t even take the first step. Right? Additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part, right? Anything that you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze because most people go into the maze, they get lost, they put their hands up, and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” Okay? And getting lost in a maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear, right? When that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. Okay? Their entire channel is about YouTube gear when that makes just such a tiny tiny difference in the success of your channel. Okay? And that is the maze. that is the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on a few things that actually matter and actually get you results. And that’s what I’m going to talk about tonight is the few things that actually matter. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly. Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Okay, here’s the fastest way that you could get from start to finish. Just like this. Okay, so like make zero mistakes and this is the fastest possible way you could get from start to finish. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. You’re basically going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But even this is not the fastest route. This is. We’ve all were taught from a young age that the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. And one thing I want to say about this part right here, by the way, a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice. Maybe a few of them are, right? Some of them might actually be purposely giving you bad, but most of them are uh giving good advice, but they’ll give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that, right? Because there’s a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s the type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. And before they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth around $1 trillion by 2034 and now they’re saying it’s going to be worth $1.6 trillion. Right? So they said before $1 trillion by 2034 and just 6 months later they updated it and they said $1.6 trillion by 2034 and by 2035 2 trillion. Right? But the point is it was up it it like they expected it to grow super fast but it’s growing even faster than what they expected. In fact, it’s growing 60% faster than what they expected just updating it 6 months later, right? So, it’s growing at an unprecedented rate. And these are the experts, right? And look at this going up while so many other things are going down, right? It’s harder than ever to get a job. Uh there’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just just going up and up and up. And that is a sign. And you know, this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sidelines as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start uh to start. And mind you, uh, YouTube pays out billions and billions of dollars every year, tens of billions of dollars every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle bloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we have helped online businesses of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay at home parents, nineto-fers, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, uh digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. Uh people that own software companies or SAS, uh location specific uh type uh businesses, right? like realtors or uh law firms or uh cosmetic dentistries or uh financial adviserss or insurance agencies, that kind of thing, right? Um people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar business owners and even people with disabilities do this. And this works uh for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTubers uh the YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income, but he’s got about 4 million subs, and he revealed on a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. Now, he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views. But views do not automatically equal money. Okay? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making 10 million a year on YouTube. But there are also people who get a lot of views and don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. you’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first, you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things, right? But you basically found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living because my brother was a total beginner and uh he came from the HVAC world. So he was in the trades for about 30 years. So he uh was a HVAC he he owned his own HVAC business. So you know repairing uh heating and air conditioning and that kind of thing. And we’ll talk about the results we were able to get him. So uh security manager, banker, founder builder. I’m a lawyer, nonprofit employee, financial adviser, designer, Navy veteran, retired teacher, therapist, HVAC, uh network engineer. Hey, there you go. HVAC. Awesome. Uh teacher, retired graphic designer. So, my brother, just to be clear, he’s an HVAC business owner. Um, but he, you know, he spent about, I think, 10 years, uh, being an HVAC tech and then and then started his own business and he’s owned his own business for about 20 years in HVAC. But he’s actually selling his business because of because of YouTube because it’s just so much better than being uh in HVAC. Uh, and we’ll we’ll get into that here in a moment. network engineer, teacher, retired graphic designer, system admin, auditor, seamstress, uh chiropractor, business financial analyst, data analyst, author and coach, office manager, teacher, surveyor, teacher, uh full-time custodian for high school, realtor, accountant, software dev, photographer, security officer, life insurance agent, but I hate it, automotive, martial arts instructor, college student, instructional designer, therapist. There’s actually a whole channel uh from an instructional designer that uh is is doing extremely well. He he got that to I think multiple seven figures a year just teaching people instructional design. Uh Nikki and honestly for a lot of these, but I just thought that was that was oddly specific. So yeah. Um okay, awesome. Uh retired accounting, HVAC, awesome mortgage banker, nurse, excellent, excellent. Okay, so I am so confident in this system that I literally use it on my brother who’s in his 50s, who isn’t techsavvy, who’s never made a video in his life. He’s not particularly charismatic. Um, and first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel because the algorithm is different for a new channel than an existing channel, right? And that’s that’s kind of one of these things is a lot of people teach stuff that’s outdated because they don’t start new channels all the time, right? But last year I decided, you know what? I’m going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never even made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old. All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I just told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted, blew up. Got over 800,000 views, right? And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. That’s just from AdSense alone, right? So that’s a $78,000 year run rate. And yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. So, he literally went from zero to a full-time income in uh less than a month, right? So, this this definitely can work for beginners. And let me just just pause here for a moment just so you realize like the gravity of of this situation, okay? Uh just in case you didn’t fully fully comprehend it, right? I took a random 50-year-old in my family. I’m so confident in my system that I took a random 50-year-old in my family who’s not tech-savvy. He never made a video in his life, not charismatic, had zero setup, like nothing, right? And he he just used his phone, right? Uh no professional setup or anything like that. And and I got him results in less than a month. I got him from zero to full-time income in less than a month. And I documented all of it, right? So you can go back to the older videos and watch it. I documented the whole thing. Okay? So, I I I just I don’t know how much more proof that you’d need that this system works, okay? It’s just like it just it works. It works and it works incredibly well. There’s no other YouTube coaches that would do this because most of the other YouTube coaches teach people how to get views, right? They’re not really focusing on actually solving problems and actually making money. And that’s what I teach is I teach people how to actually solve problems, to make educational content, niche educational content, which we’ll get uh get to uh here in a moment. Uh but yeah, also update, you know, uh last time we checked, he made about $520 in a single day. He actually uh recently uh got nearly a 20 thou he recently had nearly a $20,000 month, right? Um but yeah, $520 in a single day. That’s $189,000 year run rate. Uh he’s he’s making money from other stuff as well. Uh he’s not making money from just AdSense. He’s also trying to sell his business right now. He’s very close to closing on that. And uh yeah, that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. You know, AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are a lot of other ways to make uh where you can make money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you make from AdSense. And actually, Zach started a second business now, which he’s a essentially he’s a realtor, right? So, he’s selling real estate in his area and he wants to start a YouTube channel for that business, too, because he saw how much success he had with the first YouTube channel. So, uh we’ll see. Maybe we’ll stay tuned for part two. Um it pays to be my brother, I guess, right? Uh, so this is also for you if you’re a faceless creator or you want to use uh YouTube automation. So we don’t really accept too many people who do faceless content, but there’s one type of faceless content that we accept and that is this kind right here. So this is an example, Whiz, he was one of our clients. When Whiz first started uh his YouTube channel, it was totally faceless channel and he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. And then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel and either directly or indirectly he got almost all of his clients from YouTube. So they might have originated from other sources but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. So he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on but he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where you can do that because again he used the hybrid personal brand method which means you have a lot of options in the future and we’ll get into how to do that. So, if you’re making a faceless or a YouTube automation channel, you need to listen to this because it’s very important you do this the right way. So, one of the secrets, for instance, if you are doing a faceless channel is you need to have some sort of cartoon character that represents you, okay? Somebody that actually represents you if you’re doing a faceless channel. Um, because I if it if they don’t feel like they’re talking to another human being, they’re just not going to trust you. They’re not going to know, like, and trust you. It’s just that simple. if they feel like it’s just some random AI voice and all that, like nobody’s going to make a buying decision from that, right? They need to feel like they’re talking to another human being. And so, I recommend you use your real voice and you have a cartoon character that represents you. And that’s exactly what this client did. And he got to seven figures with a with a faceless channel. Um, but I typically do not recommend this. And by the way, he actually decided to reveal his face because he realized all the massive immense benefits of actually having a personal brand. So, he decided to reveal his face um because he realized just having a personal brand is better, right? So, if you don’t do it the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you’re going to make. You’re probably not going to make money in the first place. Additionally, if you try to use AI to do everything, your your account’s just going to get banned, right? It’s going to get demonetized and banned. YouTube has made it very clear they do not like AI slop. Um and they want you to actually give value and they want you to make original content where there’s a real human being on the camera, right? Um, and you’re also just not going to have options in the future if you do it wrong. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or a coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, an example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up by 400% and after working with me, he’s making about $100,000 per month. Basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies and he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies, just one YouTube channel and one company. And that is obviously not sustainable. But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore, right? He has other people recording the videos. And now uh he’s spending zero hours a week. Even though he has multiple channels and from multiple different companies, he’s spending zero hours a week, right? Um so if you’re a business owner, you have uh you’re you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you, and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. And we help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, and become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, yeah, here’s a really good example of networking. Josh basically just started making really useful videos in his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry, and he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. and he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are part of Fang, which is Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it’s literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. Uh Harvard or Yale, right? So, Ivy League universities. And usually, you have to apply to these jobs, but the companies were reaching out to him. So, he got an offer from several different fang companies and Fortune50 companies, and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan. He was working a remote job, making multiple six figures a year. Uh, but then the YouTube channel just kept going up. 5,000 a month. Now, it’s a really nice side hustle. 10,000 a month. Now, it’s a full-time income even though he’s just working part-time. Uh, 30,000 a month. Now, it’s making more than his dream job. And eventually, he scaled all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point, right? And I like it. I like his example because it goes over every single stage, right? Just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking and getting his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30K per month, and then scaling his business. Now, one of the things that a lot of people don’t don’t realize and don’t really talk about enough is the tangible benefits of having a YouTube channel where you’re an authority in your niche are massive. you know, you can make millions of dollars. You can make a tons of money. Like, you can have it supplement your your existing business as well. But the intangible benefits are arguably even better, right? So, this is an example of an intangible benefit. He used it to literally get into a company that has like a 0.01% acceptance rate, right? And they were reaching out to him, right? And that’s because of the networking. He’s also extremely wellletorked within his niche. He knows everybody in the niche. Uh we all know what kind of opportunities come from networking. They say that your your net worth is your network. There is a lot of truth to that. Uh we do have one client right now who’s in commercial real estate of all things, right? The like the probably one of the most B2B niches of all time, commercial real estate, and he’s growing his YouTube channel and he’s absolutely crushing it. And he said one of the biggest most valuable things about having having a bigger presence in YouTube is the fact that is the network part, right? He’s like he’s really well known within his network and it’s bringing him deal flow and it’s getting him a lot of intangible benefits. He’s getting to meet people that he wouldn’t have been able to meet anymore. Just as an example, I have equity in a company that might end up being a hund00 million or even a billion dollar company because of my YouTube channel. There is no other reason. I would not have equity in that company if it was not because of my YouTube channel. It is that is the one reason why. Okay. So, uh, like the intangible benefits are just as big as the tangible benefits when it comes to YouTube. Now, you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s so easy, then why do most people fail?” Because most people do fail that try to start on YouTube. Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Uh, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera and have a fancy set and have the best lighting and the best lenses and all the best tech, you know, just all that stuff that I always hear. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. Four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, uh, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. So, if you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Hummus, the content growth engine, uh, we actually made over $30,000 in the first uh, first month starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to 1,000 subscribers as well. So yeah, these are the myths that people believe in that stop them from having success on YouTube. Okay. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soontobe trillion opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? I’m Shane. I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.5 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. I’ve helped well over 100 people make full-time incomes from YouTube, again, from scratch. And I’ve also helped lots of other people that were, you know, already had some traction on YouTube or already had successful businesses. I’ve helped countless amounts of people like that scale as well, right? So, I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Um, here’s a company that I work with just as an example. Course careers. um they like working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because they gave that much value to the company and we were able to over 30x the amount of money that they made or help them over 30x the amount of money that they made uh since they originally started working with us. I think it’s pretty close to 60x now per month. And with that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. Um, and before this, I came from a very poor background, right? I lived in section 8 housing. I lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. Um, this is the exact Salvation Army that I stayed at and for about 6 months in Lawrence, Kansas. And uh uh there there was even a few nights where we even had to like sleep outside like homeless homeless, right? But we stay we were homeless and had to stay at this Salvation Army for about 6 months too. And of course, I did not want to be poor anymore, right? So, I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I became a pharmacist. I got a doctorate, right? And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt. I went $300,000 in student loan debt, uh, to be exact. Um, and you know, this is what society told me to do, right? And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have a lot of money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games or watch movies or, you know, TV shows or whatever, right? But when I became middle class uh working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time and money, right? Because I was spending all my time working and all my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it was kind of like an out of the frying pan into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. Here’s one of the videos of us getting robbed. So, on top of being incredibly stressed out, depressed, uh anxious, uh uh just burnt out, right? Uh to to the maximum degree. I was also in fear of my physical safety on top of all the other things, which is, you know, that’s a fun little extra one to add on. So, I cannot describe how how bad the situation was. It was really bad. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Uh maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products. Here’s one of them that I tried. It’s called the Booty Kid. It’s basically an at home workout thing that you that you use to work out your booty. I think I sold this on like Shopify, drop shipping, Amazon FBA. Um, and I pretty much failed at almost all of them, right? I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And I and I tried over a long period of time right before the pandemic and and then even past the the pandemic uh or during the pandemic too. Um you know I couldn’t really make any I had a little bit of success here and there but I couldn’t really make any of them sustainable. A lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and always just trying a bunch of different things and just having shiny object syndrome to be fair. Um but as you can see my bank account was was always very close to zero. But YouTube was different than all of these other side hustles, right? See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so, I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again at that time, um, you know, I was living in a house of seven guys to save money. One of the guys who I ended up meeting was from Lebanon and his name was Sam. And he started a wedding photography business and barely even knew English. And he started his YouTube channel where he was making about 10 to $20,000 a month from a channel with less than 10,000 subscribers uh from his YouTube channel and his wedding photography business. Now, he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And before this, I’d even spent some time in LA. I’d met influencers who had millions of subscribers, millions of followers, and they were broke. They weren’t making any money. So, I was like, “Wait a minute, Sam. How are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a small channel?” And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like, right? And he showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like 10 to 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where I um where there are some channels we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make 10,000 uh dollars from a video, right? And I’m I’m not even kidding when I say this. Like I’m going to show you examples later on. So this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about. And so basically I started posting videos and just to put this in perspective I have gotten lots of views 6 million 1.2 million 1.7 million 4.3 million views but this video right here the most useless degrees this is my first ever breakout video and it got over 4 million views but in its whole lifetime it made around $30,000 from AdSense because it wasn’t making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last month that got less than 10,000 views but made $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. Okay. And there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made much more uh than this video even. So that is kind of my secret because listen, it’s way easier for me to reproduce a video that got 8,000 views but made $48,000 uh especially over a 6-month period, right? So in 6 months it made $48,000 than to reproduce a video that took 6 years to make $31,000 and and had to get 4 million views, right? This kind of video right here is really hard to reproduce. But this video right here is not hard at all. It’s not that hard for me to get 8,000 views. And it’s really not that hard for anybody to get 8,000 views. The point is, you got to get 8,000 of the right views, right? And just to show you guys proof, by the way, here’s how much I made around two plus years ago. So, this first uh one right here, this 283, this is when I was just running my career coaching business. So, I started off on YouTube. I started a career coaching business. Okay? So, I was teaching people how to, you know, get the right college degrees, get get the right jobs, you know, etc., etc. Um, and I got to about multiple seven figures a year doing that just with a career coaching business. Okay. Then this one right here. Uh, so that that was uh about two and a half years ago, this one. So so three Septeers ago. Then two Septeers ago, I started uh uh my YouTube coaching business and my income went up a little bit, right? Not not too much, right? My income went up a little bit. About 325,000. And then this one right here, uh this was one September ago. This is about $1 million in a single month. Okay, so I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube. But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started teaching other people how to do it, right? And the craziest thing is, and it had nothing to do with YouTube, right? And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week, right? So, here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here’s me in the San Juan uh uh uh islands just off of British Vancouver, Columbia. Um uh whale watching. So, this was orca watching. I think we we saw orcas that day. Yep. And uh Yeah. So, I only had to work 4 hours a week. Now, I choose to work more than 4 hours a week, just to be clear. Okay? I choose to work because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube. So, I choose to work more than that, but I only have to work 4 hours a week. That’s the point. In order to maintain my business, you know, I I only have to work four hours a week. And in many cases, I’ve gone a month at a time without working or even two months at a time at one point without working at all, spending basically zero hours on my business. So, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world, I can do whatever I want and my business just keeps going up and up and up. This is a very rare case, right? This is most businesses are not like this. Uh but something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of, but once in a while I would create a video and post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would and I would watch it and I’d be like, hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels. And so I decided once every six months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you coach me? Can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching. Or I thought, “Hey, maybe this works for my niche, but it doesn’t work for other people’s niches.” So, I turned them down, but I felt bad about it, and I shrugged it off for years until one day I decided, you know what? I’m going to do it. you know, one of my friends reached out to me and he was like, “Hey, I’m really struggling with YouTube. I I’m financially like I need help right now. Can you please help me?” And I was like, “All right, I’m going to help my friend and because I’m helping him, I’m going to help all of these other people cuz it’s actually not that hard to just help multiple people at once, right? So, if I’m going to spend the time helping him, I might as well just jump on the call with all of them at once.” So, I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them and it was a very diverse set of people as well. professional truck driver uh for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who is crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, a lady from Texas uh in the medical field, um an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, etc., etc., right? Um just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. Uh there are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives, right? And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy, right? Because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. And this was literally the first moment in my entire life that I felt, wow, I’ve actually found my passion, right? Like this is actually my passion, okay? and I can do this for the rest of my life. And basically these and the reason for that is because not only like they these people that I was helping were able to impact literally hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And that’s way more than I can impact on my own, right? And they all got rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money and there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In the first month that we launched my second channel, um we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got about $24,000 views in the first month right off the bat and it made about $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about$1 to3 dollars per 10,000 views. You can see it right here. So, if I would have gotten that same amount of views, about 24 uh,000 views with kind of like an entertainment, like a Mr. Beast style channel, I would have made about 24 to $73. Okay? If uh let’s just say a typical education content, it makes about $20 per 1,000 views. So, that’s still 10 times better than entertainment channels, like per per view, per 1,000 views, right? But even with a typical education channel, just a normal mass market education channel, um it’d be about $20 per 1,000 views. that would have been about, you know, at 24,000 views, that would have been about about $484. So, still probably not worth it. But since I did this particular type of content, which is niche authority content, um, or what I like to call niche educational content, we made about $1,736 per 1,000 views times 24,000 views, that’s about $42,000. And just to put this in perspective, guys, that channel, this was just the first month, the $1,700. That channel typically does like $4,000 plus dollars per 1,000 views. Uh now, so you know, your first month it’s not going to do as well as it does down the line, but uh in the first month it was, you know, it was already crushing it, doing $1,736 per 1,000 views. So that is literally um about 60 times more, I think, 60 70 80 times more than even an education channel. And it’s and it’s about it’s literally almost a thousand times more than an entertainment channel per 1,000 views, which is pretty nuts. Now, even with more of a mass market education channel, if you monetize it the right way and you make the content in the right way, you can still do really well. So, I would say that my main channel uh almost purposely, you know, I’m again, I have shiny object syndrome. There’s a lot of things that I want to talk about. you know, um I like talking about a lot of different subjects and you know, if I just stuck with a niche, I probably would make more money, but I like I like the freedom to be able to talk about anything I want, right? And so, this channel still, even though it’s not really niched down to one subject, I’ve expanded to many many many subjects and I’ve pivoted the channel many times, it still makes about $400 per 1,000 views. So, it’s still 20 times better than the average education channel. And that’s a channel with 1.5 million subscribers, right? So, it’s still making a heck of a lot more money than the average education channel because it’s properly monetized, but you can honestly make way more money if you just do niche education content. And that’s where I almost always recommend that people start off with. Okay? Uh is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. That’s how I started this channel as well. And then I made the decision later on to go more mass market. Okay? So, I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something we’ll talk about here in a moment. Now, if you choose to go mass market, you can definitely do that, but it’s also a lot more difficult, right? It’s a lot more competitive to make mass market content. You know, you’re competing with much more skilled YouTubers when you do that. Okay? But we’ll talk about that here in a moment, how to do that. And I’ll show you an example uh with that. But first, let’s show some examples of people that niched out, make niche educational content. So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about $36 to $100,000 a month on this channel according to view stats. And that is just from AdSense alone. So, if he’s properly monetizing, he’s easily making far more than that. So, if you do the $10 to $20 per 1,000 views that we talked about before, he’s probably making about 136 to $273,000 a month from this channel. And that is pretty conservative. Okay. Now the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 62 days and he was still making that much money uh from the channel and that is because he has been uploading these videos for a long time. So it says right here 62 days still made that much money but he has been uploading these videos for a long time and each of one of them is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. Doesn’t matter whether he works or doesn’t work. Uh it never takes a day off and it just goes and gets views, gets subscribers and makes him money for the rest of its life. And some of these videos he posted a long time ago and they’re still crushing it and making him a ton of money, right? So, it’s almost like having a little internet real estate, like digital real estate asset that’s just constantly working for you. Uh, next one, uh, Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him is he is quite entertaining. And when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you ever watched him, right? He’s super entertaining. But he basically made $24 million from YouTube. Okay, he made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products. And that is his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s one thing I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same thing, but he recorded it with a camera and posted it online. Okay? Same thing with Scotty Kilmer, right? Just talked about stuff that he was already doing, stuff that he already knew, and he just records it with a camera, post it online. Okay? He’s just telling people about this stuff all the time anyways. Might as well just record it with a camera and post it online and make millions and millions of dollars. And that’s exactly what both of these guys did. Now, this is the craziest story. Physics Walla, he came from a small village in India. Uh his first videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are. Blurred face, uh terrible lighting, can’t even see the whiteboard because of the lighting. Uh too dark, too bright, you know, it didn’t matter. He started making videos about these standardized tests in India and the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. It’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US, but probably even more important. And he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests. And at first he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. physics India standardized tests only very specific how he was turing people he started making these videos he kept going and then he launched a company that’s now worth 5.2 billion called physics walla it’s an educational app and it’s now worth 5.2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos and he is probably richer than Mr. beast now and that is the power of educational content because you’re solving people’s problems. You are actively going out finding problems that people have and you’re solving them in mass. Okay. So most of you I would say probably don’t know who physics wall is. You you didn’t hear about this before you maybe you heard about it from me. Almost everybody knows who Mr. Beast is. And this is a perfect example. Nobody knows who this guy is um in the in the normal world the general audience but he is still richer than Mr. beast with way less views and way less subscribers, right? 150th the 100th of the amount of subscribers, right? So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this. And there is a secret formula. These are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of other niches outside of that and you can make money in all of those niches as well, right? U but generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to and by the way, just to emphasize this, you do not have to go into health, wealth, or relationships. Okay, just just to say that again. If you don’t know what to do, then I recommend looking into health, wealth, or relationships. Okay, if you don’t know what to do already, if you already know what to do, that’s fine. If it’s outside of health, wealth, or relationships, okay? Um, so what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Just comment in the uh uh chat here uh what you think your niche is, and I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this uh to illustrate something as well. So, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is here. Um, let’s see. Faith, health, healing, trauma, gardening, education, finance, voice acting, tradesmen, health, uh, coding with cloud code for developers. Awesome. teaching peaceful parenting, SATs, self-help, wish I knew what my niche is, Ryan, addiction, uh, do-it-yourself, rust repair, m east politics, health, budgeting, health, uh, bringing value to international students, human design, nutritional gaps, psychology, health and relationship, children, uh, education testing, interior design, real estate, uh, buying and investing in Atlanta. Got it. Got it. Okay. Um, now I know that, uh, a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers, which you did, which is fine. Okay. uh when you’re commenting your niche, and I don’t blame you for that, but that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes something like this. You select a market or what people would traditionally call a niche, but I like to call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem that people in that market have, okay? And you need to pick a specific problem, right? Because they might have 20 different problems, but you pick one problem that the market has, okay? And then you find a specific solution for that one problem, and that is your niche. So, it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Now, um the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. You know, the I help X overcome Y by doing Z. Um that is something that we can do later on. And for the purposes of this training, it’s it’s actually not that important. In fact, some people literally just leave the Z out. Um it can be important in some niches, but it’s not important when you first start. The important thing is that you establish that there is a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you help them solve that problem and that is the foundation of how markets work. Right? That’s the foundation of how the economy works. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently and 73% of uh companies like 73% of GDP in the United States is uh comes from services which services are literally all about solving people’s problems. Okay. So this is like the foundation of how the economy works, especially in in first world countries, right? So if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically, right? because for some people for some sorry sorry for some reason I’ve worked with so many accountants right um so I’m going to use the accounting market right so I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels and these people by the way all of them are either my clients or I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube so these are not people I’m making up I I’m telling you actual real niches here with every single one of these levels and I’m going to show you five of them but I could show you 50 I could probably show you 500 but unfortunately we don’t have the time to do that but But the point is I’m going to show you five different ones and you’re going to see how different they are, right? So at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So that’s more of a mass market channel and it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor but for accounting. Now this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year and they’ve been doing it for a long time, right? But they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L or uh what’s a balance sheet or what’s what’s you know etc that kind of thing. Right now let’s go to the second level which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree and they’re trying to pass standardized tests or certifications. So that would be like physics walla but for accounting right because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So physics swallow but for accounting and in the US typically. So that is the second one and I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay, the third level people uh helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. So that’s another business that owner that I know uh they are making multiple seven figures a year. So who is the market there? Well, it’s people who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry-level job. That is the market. And that is different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all of these other ones. So, people who are trying to refresh their knowledge in accounting do not want to get an accounting job, right? Totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Okay. Fourth level, the people who are already accountants and they’re making $50 to $100,000 a year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller, which is a very highle accountant, right? So, this is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making 50 to 100,000 per year become financial controllers who can make 200 or even 300,000 a year. So, totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants. So they’re actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. Right? So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience and the type of content that you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all of these different ones. Right? So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement. Uh even though this is the same niche, it’s all accounting, right? Because if I would have asked you if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? You probably would say, oh, it’s account, you know, it’s accounting. I’m in the accounting niche, right? Just like all these people, for instance, that commented their niche. They probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc. But that is why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement because there’s probably 500 or maybe even 5,000 different little subniches within accounting. And if you don’t make the right content, you’re not going to be targeting the right subniche, right? So, if you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you’ve lost from the beginning. It’s so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, that that did you find that valuable? Right? Give me a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable and if you want the niche validator uh both in the cloud version as well as the GPT version that we’re giving out here in a short while because that is going to help you dial in your niche hypothesis statement uh even further. Right? So whether you think you already have a niche or whether you don’t have a niche, it’s going to help you either way. Okay? It’s going to help you dial it in and make sure you have a proper uh niche hypothesis statement to get started with. Okay, awesome. Good stuff. We’ll be we’ll be handing that out here in a little bit. Uh and yeah, by the way, for this type of content, you know, how to hire the best accountants would be a good uh video title, right? Okay. So now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people out there. But you need more than that, okay? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche in our YouTube automation AI system, uh what you have uh you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Okay? So, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement. Okay? But I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with IHEL X2Y. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way, uh where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So here’s an example of that. Alex Herozi. Well, one example is me, my content, right? But another example is Alex Herozi. When he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, “I help gyms do marketing and sales.” And now he can talk about anything. Now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about just about anything that he wants. But he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle, then the king of a small pond, then the king of a lake, then the king of a river, then the king of a sea, then the king of the ocean, right? And you got to start small. You have to start niche. But don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. And that is how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there are so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. And there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topics as well as how you make money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Heroszi, for instance, basically opened up like an investment fund, right? He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. This is one of the rarest types of businesses in the world. It’s called a family office and he gets his deal flow for that business from YouTube. So, you can literally start just about any business out there, like any type of business you can possibly imagine, you can start it on YouTube or you can grow it with YouTube, right? So, uh he’s getting money from, you know, eight and nine figure business owners that he invests in and he’s making millions or even tens of millions from each deal. And this is all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You know, you could do memberships, you could do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand traffic and you have distribution people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me give you an example of that. Doug Demiro uh launched a website called carsandbids.com and he sold it for $80 million, right? And the reason he was able to do that is because of the fact that he built his channel with the hybrid personal brand method, right? So, uh, carsandbids.com sold it for $80 million, right? And this is a secret way of building your channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want in the future because your YouTube channel is like the golden goose. Okay? The golden goose is going to lay the golden eggs. And you don’t ever want to sell the golden goose. You want to build up your hybrid personal brand because it’s the most valuable asset you could possibly have. Okay? Uh, somebody just became the richest man in the world with his personal brand. The first trillionaire ever, literally with a personal brand. Okay, that is how he did it. That was his secret. He’s a very smart guy, don’t get me wrong. Like he’s a very smart guy, but it was his personal brand. That is the reason why he was able to become the first trillionaire in the world. Okay? So, uh, you want to build up your golden goose and then you lay the golden eggs and you sell the eggs. Okay? You don’t sell the golden goose, you sell the eggs, right? That is how you build a personal brand. And the other thing that makes uh a personal brand so beautiful is listen, lots of different things change in business. Most businesses fail, right? If you if you do a restaurant and for some reason it just doesn’t work out, you can’t pivot that restaurant to something else. Like you you you just got to take the L, right? But the beautiful thing about a YouTube channel is the first thing you try on a YouTube channel, for some reason that doesn’t work out, you can very easily pivot to something else, right? especially if you make it with the hybrid personal brand method. Now, some people make their YouTube channels in such a way where they literally can’t even pivot. They’re just stuck in the niche forever, which doesn’t make any sense. That’s a terrible idea. But you want to design your YouTube channel in such a way where as market conditions change, as you change, right? As you grow and evolve and have different interests and maybe there’s different a different business that you want to launch or there’s different topics you want to talk about, etc. Your YouTube channel can evolve with you, right? your business and your channel can evolve with you and that is going to give you the ultimate advantage which is the even the ultimate advantage in nature which is the ability to adapt to changing circumstances. And this is what makes you absolutely unstoppable. And this is what makes it to where there’s pretty much a 0% chance that you’re going to fail as long as you keep going. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well that’s just wrong. So here’s some examples of our clients, right? So by the way, a lot of our clients don’t want to be known for obvious reasons. you know, they don’t want their their channels to be known, and I respect that. I only talk about clients channels if they’re okay with me talking about it. So, uh, this worked for. So, we was 18 years old when he first started working with him, uh, when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college, and he was making all kinds of different content on study skills, productivity content, and all kinds of stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major, and he wasn’t making any money, right? and we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month he made around $80,000. So, he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weight list customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people wanting to work with him immediately. So, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy, right? As a freshman in college. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with. He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company, working over, you know, 80 hours a week. He had a brand new baby, had lots of investments, like real estate investment properties, all kinds of stuff like that. All kinds of different stuff going on, right? Just a super super busy guy. And he was basically able to grow his channel from $12,000 in a single month uh uh grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about two hours a month on his channel. really really busy client. So yeah, I’m pretty proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results. He had almost zero time to work and he still was able to get to over, you know, $12,000 in a single month cuz he could, you know, he could only work a couple hours a month. Here’s another example. Guy, uh, this one’s a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple like 1 to2,000 extra dollars a month, right? Cuz he was close to retirement and he’s disabled. He has what’s known as tenitus. It’s a constant ringing in the ears, something a lot of veterans have. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran. And it’s very debilitating. And so he made this channel where his goal was to just make$1 to2,000 extra dollars a month in retirement because that would make a huge difference in his quality of life in retirement if he was able to make a couple extra thousand a month. Plus, he wanted something to keep him busy. Plus, he was passionate about helping people that have tenitus, right? helping to make, you know, to manage it, making sure it doesn’t get worse, and even preventing it in the first place in some cases, right? Um, so he was able to make uh $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers, $446 to be exact. Um, and that was his version of Rich. Okay. So, this was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. It’s ongoing, right? So, it’s $1,500 every single month ongoing. And, uh, now he’s getting close to 10,000 subscribers. You know, he’s around that mark. and he’s crushing it even harder now. Um, but before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind a thousand subscribers because most people think you can’t make any money if you don’t have a thousand subscribers and you’re monetized, right? But before he even got to 500 subscribers, he was making money just from sponsorships alone, right? So, if you don’t think you can make money with a small channel, you absolutely can. And this was his actual brand deal, which is an ongoing sponsorship right here. So, one simple rule, guys, to make this happen. Start simple and scale fast. You do not need a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-dollar studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. You need viral video ideas, right? This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that is a lot easier to do than you think. Okay, especially if you use some of our AI tools, which we’re going to give you a taste of here in a moment. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video idea. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry, and basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from finance in the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. So, I was the first person to ever do this. And so what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and they’re going to watch anything that they put out, right? So had a lot of views despite uh uh having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad, right? So the thumbnail, the title, the intro were either mediocre or bad. So just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry, right? Uh, the door in the background is in actually in better focus than his face. His audio was really bad if you were to watch the video. And he was literally drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes while drinking beers. This is a Coke Zero, but he was drinking beers, drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about Polish degrees. And yet he got 760,000 views even though it was an objectively bad video, right? So basically all of his subscribers probably came from this video. And this was his thumbnail, too, by the way, guys. So, so that was literally the thumbnail. It’s just a still shot from the video. So, what you do is you steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So, the most worthless college majors, you could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly. You make a better video and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? Most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. and I made a better thumbnail, a better video. The the video itself, by the way, um has I I don’t even think I watched his video, but the video itself uh is just totally different. And uh boom, it got millions of views, right? So, this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And the video idea is the single most important thing that will make or break your your video and your channel, right? After choosing the niche because the video ideas are basically like the building blocks of the niche, right? And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all the work for you. Right now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, no being on camera if you don’t want to, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing. 1 day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people that get this early access to, and you’ll have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shenhum.com/coaching chains.com/coaching or you can scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CGE. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. Okay? And by the way, who’s booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. Okay. First, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Okay. Lots of people booking. Awesome. Steve, uh, Todd, Pete, Sheena, Scott, Lane, CJ, Rain, Alex, Paul, James, Kevin, Wletta, George, Lisa, uh, Keith, Michael, Karum, Kareem, uh, uh, Timothy. Awesome. Okay. Yep. Uh, post it again, guys, because there’s a lot of comments. So, post it again. Um, so yeah. Uh, so yeah, the the first one, very first module, niche 2.0 selection. very important that you have this dialed in. Um, you know, everything else kind of flows from the niche selection. Okay, so it’s super super important that you have this dialed in and, uh, a lot of people love this one. Second is the core foundations. So this is teaching you the fundamentals of business that are the most important things by far. So the core foundations of business and also the mindset, right? because it’s so important that you have the right mindset and this is something that you know a lot of people think that they don’t need but it actually ends up being people’s favorites right so you might be having a hard time starting even though you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube right and I get it sounds easy but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube and you probably would have started YouTube already or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy right even business owners face minds mindset issues. This module is the cure for that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually what I ask people. These first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection. People are just obsessed with this. Um and then also the mindset section. even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations um when they first join uh they end up like saying that this is their favorite module right and another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system success is inevitable right if you follow the system you’ll understand that when you go through this on a deep logical emotional almost on a spiritual level if you follow the system success is inevitable for some people like my brother it was the very first video that he posted for some people it takes 5 10 15 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable and you’ll understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three, the content genesis system. Now, this shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. Uh this is where the secret is right here, right? Finding the right video ideas. Okay, so this is a super important module. Finding the right ideas is incredibly important. Um, it will make or break your video if you have the right ideas. And you know, the idea also is sort of like the building blocks of the niche, right? A niche is made up of individual video ideas. So, it’s super super important. The next is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how to make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea and have the highest chance of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good and you need to make sure that they’re congruent as well. The next is the script writing alchemy system where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes and we show you the exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this makes it possible to only have to work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. In some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple of hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. Now, this is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views, right? Very, very important that you’re actually monetizing the views you’re getting effectively because if you’re not, then you’re an influencer, right? Because influencers don’t monetize the views they’re getting effectively. And you don’t want to be an influencer, right? You want to be uh a niche content creator, a niche educational YouTube channel, right? And that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community, right? You don’t get one or two tools. You get the entire arsenal, right? Custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, well, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. So, Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and even much more. So, whether you run ChatP or Claude, we do recommend Claude, but it works for both of them. There it is. There there’s a tool sitting there ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. Uh, this is just a taste of what’s inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all the coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, a and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peak inside of our private community. These are real wins coming uh coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views. Uh, grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. And one just closed a $75,000 year contract and bounced straight off the platform. Uh, someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another crossed 5,000 subscribers. Uh, 39,600 views on a channel with just 800 subscribers. Uh, this isn’t a course that you buy and just forget about it, right? This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few, right? This is what our group looks like on any given day, right? So you can see like these are all within the last like you know five days when we took this picture most of them right. So this is what our group looks like on any given day. People just sharing wins left and right. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10k in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1k subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, Mac. And this is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. Usually there’s a shaded graph under your video if you’re familiar with YouTube analytics. Uh just as an example, this is what it typically looks like right here. Um with this channel, uh uh you can see there’s no shaded graph, right? There’s no shaded graph under the video. And the reason for that is because this channel had been posting for over 8 years on YouTube without having a single video take off, right? And so the shaded graph is actually so close to the bottom here that you can’t even see it. It blends in with the x-axis. I when I saw this, I was like, “Wait, what’s going on? Where’s the shaded graph, but then I took a picture of it cuz I cuz I realized it’s so close to the bottom that it’s actually uh uh blending in with the x-axis.” So, they got $180,000 180,000 views on their very first uh video that they posted with us. Um, this channel right here went from basically zero to making about $1,000 in AdSense a month. Um, and uh, you know, they’re making a lot more than that from other things, but they, you know, 1,456% growth curve in the last 28 days. This channel, um, this channel right here is literally number one in their niche. They’re making $50,000 a month from AdSense. They’re number one in a very competitive niche as well. Um, you know, I’m not going to reveal who this is cuz this client doesn’t, you know, they don’t want uh u any competition, but they’re number one in an extremely competitive niche. They’re making $50,000 a month. We probably have well over 10 uh kings or queens of of their niche, their respective niches at this point. And we’re talking big niches. We probably have hundreds of people who are kings and queens of like little tiny subniches, but we have over 10 people now that are like the the kings and and queens of uh uh huge niches, right? So, we are we’re kind of like the king makers um in many of these big niches. This person right here took their first ever calls. They’d never taken sales calls before and they closed 80% of their sales calls. That’s unprecedented, right? You and the reason is because they were getting these super hot leads from YouTube that were just ready to go. They’re like, “Please take my money.” And those are the kind of leads that you get from YouTube where it’s very very easy, uh, to actually close them on calls. Um, and yeah, uh, yeah, and you know, I was going to say category kings. Category kings, right? That’s that’s the the word I was looking for there. This is a client, uh, Bill. He actually had a $70,000 a month, but I think he’s making pretty pretty steadily over 30,000 a month. Um, and he basically is the one who teaches people how to go from accountants to uh, fin um, financial controllers. And he basically said, “Shane, help me out with keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” And he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. So he was already on uh Wall Street making like 300 plus thousand a year and he was a very busy guy as you can imagine. I mean that probably about as busy as it gets and yet he was still able to start a YouTube channel that makes just as much as his main job if not more as a side hustle on the side. So he’s absolutely crushing it. Sean uh went from making about $30,000 a month all the way to up to over 500,000 a month. So he’s another example of a category king. he’s okay with me revealing his his uh uh revealing uh his identity and his channel. Um but yeah, he’s a category king. Um making over $500,000 a month in a very very lucrative niche, which is uh Amazon KDP. So he said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. And uh yeah, absolutely crushing it. Then we got some recent case studies here like Cheryl for instance. um you know uh she helps people through spiritual awakenings and before joining us she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks and hands-on coaching and she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit over 128,000 uh views and now she’s landing brand deals. And this is what happens when you stop guessing and start following our system. Uh another client, this is Jing. She joined about two two months ago. She joined the program about 2 months ago or so. Um she’s a healthcare professional who you know recently joined and before joining us she was a complete beginner. So she was literally in the same situation that you guys are in about 2 months ago, right? She was watching this this exact video just like this about 2 months ago and uh she had no idea what to make, no experience. And in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube.” And now she has 16,000 plus subscribers. Actually a lot more than that. This this needs to be updated. Um, but one of her videos crossed 100,000 views. Another video crossed 572,000 views. Um, and she’s making about 12.7,000 uh dollars a month. So, this this needs to be updated. But, yeah, she’s actually grown a lot faster than that since then. And she built it all doing what she already knew, healthcare navigation. This is the stuff that she talks to clients about or her her patients about every single day. Just helping her patients with different, you know, six things seniors should never say at the doctor, right? helping patients navigate the US health care system, right? Um, and most creators, these are numbers that most creators chase for years, right? She built it all on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So, if you’re a healthcare professional or just a professional in general that consults people on things and helps people solve problems, uh, this could be for you. So, this is what happens when you follow the system. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry, right? And basically, I know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. But I’ll tell you kind of how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best work with big corporations. And so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases, working with these big companies is at least a six-figure contract. Right now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. Now, I have some friends that do this, and it’s basically one of like the very few people besides myself that I think are really good at YouTube, uh, that really know what they’re doing, right? and they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies, business owners, and they build out their YouTube channel for the first three to six months. They hire everybody for the channel. They build out the department. Um they make sure that the channel’s like running really well and growing, going very smoothly, and then they release it uh to them. So they hire, place, train, uh build out the systems, and then release the channel uh to them. And usually they charge $300,000 to do that, right? I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year am I’m in another two and these are extremely valuable and I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So there’s lots of YouTube masterminds out there that are like uh $50,000 and it would easily cost you 35,000 mistakes if you were to try to do this on your own and it would probably take you years of bang years of time banging your head against the wall and a lot of frustration as well. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get one fifth of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine, but a special offer only for this workshop. When you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before. And we’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, click the link in the chat, or scan this QR code uh right now. Okay. Um bonus one, and this is a big one, you get a one-on-one grow your business faster call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. I talked about him earlier. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out, showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subs and over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily. But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shenhom.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. So this is what the actual coaching looks like. I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. Uh go to go.shenhom.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. It’ll be right here in my kitchen most likely, unless I’m traveling. Um, bonus two, the YouTube idea generator. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view count, studying channels, you’re looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re paying $8,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI uh spitting out random titles. It’s built on the icon method, right? So it finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chat GPT and a clawed AI version. So whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. And this is going to be included as a bonus. So go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chatbt or claude, we we built it both ways, right? So, you give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works and then it hands you five high-converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. The tool, this tool just finds them for you. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the noclick script writer pro. This is worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell. And it turns your spoken ideas, right? Because all you do is talk to it, right? It turns your spoken ideas into polished, attentiongrabbing YouTube script. So it captures your tone, your style, your voice. So it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways, chat, or claude, whatever you already whatever you already use. Right? You probably have this experience where you watch a YouTube channel and it just sounds like AI slop. You can tell that they’re reading off of some AI script, right? This is going to make it it it comes from you. You are the source. So, it sounds like you. It’s your words. It’s your ideas. It just extrapolates it out and makes it into a be a beautiful uh script, right? So, if you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, a ghost writer, that kind of thing, someone who actually understands YouTube, you’re going to be paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all for you in seconds. So, go to go.shenhus.com. shanehomeus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat uh to save yourself, you know, $30 to $50,000 a year on something like that. So, this is what it looks like. The same tool running in both Chat GBT and Claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then, you tell it the goal of your video, and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the hummus thumbnail system deluxe worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. If you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming, but not for educational content. So, there is a psychology behind every thumbnail and this is my entire thumbnail system. The guide, the templates, the swipe files, the frameworks. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shenhumus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. So, what’s inside? On the left, you’ll get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault, fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the frameworks so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the subscriber accelerator AI. This is worth $4,997. Everybody wants to hit 1,000 subscribers. That is the first real milestone. That is when you get monetized. that is when you start uh that is when it starts to feel real. But most people take months or even years to get there. Some never make it. This tool is designed to get you to uh 1,000 subscribers as fast as possible. And we’re talking days, not months. So, you get the Claude and Chatt version. It builds you a strategy specific to your niche so that you’re not posting random videos and praying and you’re posting the right videos to the right audience at the right time. Right. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the done for you YouTube funnel essentials via goh high level. 30 days for free and worth $10,000. This is the one that most creators don’t even think about, right? You can get all the views in the world, but if you don’t have a funnel turning those viewers into leads and customers, you’re leaving money on the table. So, if you hired someone to build you a funnel from scratch, the copy, the design, the automations, you’re looking at $5,000 to $10,000 easily. And that’s before they even turn it on. We’re giving you ours for free, right? Uh go to go.shenhhams.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat, right? So, these are literally our exact funnels, right, that we paid tens of thousands of dollars for copywriters to build and we’re giving them uh to you with templates and with AIs that can basically customize your information into our funnels. And these are all different types of funnels, right? So, lead generation funnel like like getting people’s emails, right? Uh low ticket funnel selling a low ticket product. Medium ticket funnel selling something like a course for $1,000. High ticket funnel getting someone to sign up for a call. Webinar funnel getting someone to show up to a live training, etc. All of these different funnels we’re giving to you and we’re giving you direction and templates with AI to tell you exactly how to make it match your offer and what you’re doing. Okay? So, really unbelievably valuable. Um, yeah, I can’t I can’t even emphasize how valuable this is. So, these are professionally written and designed funnels. The exact funnels we use, the landing pages, the sales pages, the application pages, all of it ready to go. You’re not building from scratch. You’re copying what’s already making us money, right? You also get the automations, right? Email sequences, follow-ups, booking flows, everything runs on autopilot. Uh, someone opts in, the system follows up, books the call, can even close the deal. Go High Level has that functionality in some cases. Now, does it work, you know, every single time? Not necessarily. But Go High Level does have that functionality and it does work in some niches uh all while you sleep, right? Plus, you get 30 days free on GoHigh Level so you can launch it without paying a dime up front. So go to go.shenhumus.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something very special for you. This is the YouTube niche profit engine. And this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money figures itself out later. That is backwards. That is putting the cart before the horse. Uh, this tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So, you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. You begin with the end in mind. And like every tool that we give you, you get it with both uh chat and claude uh version, whichever one you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book a call, you show up, and you get it. So, go to go.shenhus.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call, just ask for it and get access to it on the spot. And whether you like chatbt or claude, uh, you can use this either way. So, this isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine, and it is yours for life. So, go to go.shenhus.com/coaching, shinhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90-day YouTube Creators Advantage money back guarantee. This is priceless. You have 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it does not work, you get your money back. Right? We have a very low refund rate, but if you did the work and you got no results, we give you your money back. No questions asked. Right? And I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. We did a survey from all of our clients where we sent out a survey. The respondents to the survey uh we asked them, did you feel like you got an ROI from the program, right? 91% of respondents said they got an ROI from our program. That is un just absurdly high in the information uh product industry. Okay, so just to put this in perspective in information product industry uh usually only about 10% of people even finish courses. That’s why courses don’t really get results, right? That’s why we don’t just do courses. We do one-on-one intensive coaching to make sure that people are are getting results. And we do it in a group coaching uh manner as well. So, you’re doing it with other people to give you the highest chances of success. Right? So, 91% of respondents uh said that they felt like they they got an ROI from the program, right? So, that’s why we’re so confident to give this 90-day uh money back guarantee. We have very few people take us up on this, but we’re very confident to do that. So, go to go.nomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $62,497. Now, remember, bonus one, the 101 session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. Bonus 7, the YouTube niche profit engine. You only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. this exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me be uh clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. shinhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call uh and we’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some uh clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. Uh no pressure, no hard cell, right? But if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So, go to go.shane.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Okay? So, um like I said, confirmation email, all this stuff. Uh if you don’t, if you’re signing up for the call, I saw a ton of you signed up for it. Make sure when you got the uh uh that uh uh when you sign up that you get that confirmation email and make sure you respond to the confirmation email and follow all of the um directions there, too. Additionally, you’re going to see a thank you page, guys. It’s going to look something like this. It’s going to look very similar to this. Make sure you watch this video on the thank you page. Okay? So, it might look like that. It might look like this. Okay? So, thank you page might look a little bit different, right? So, it might look like uh that or it might look like this. Okay? But either way, make sure you watch the video and make sure you follow the instructions on the thank you page. Also, common questions that we get are on this thank you page as well, right? Hey, I’m not techsavvy enough. I don’t have time. Uh, etc., etc. These are common questions that we get uh on thank you page. Okay, watch those those videos too. Uh, and then confirm the email, right? All this stuff, right? And then check out all of these videos of case studies of clients that we’ve uh uh been able to help get success. And all of these people are, you know, thankfully uh were willing to actually share their channels, right? Cuz a lot of people, we get a ton of people success and they don’t want to share their channels for obvious reasons cuz they don’t want competitors, right? But all these people were gracious enough to share their channels. So you can check out uh kind of what they’re doing and how they’re crushing it there. Okay? So definitely check that out, right? Um, and yeah, I’m going to go ahead and uh answer some questions now.

Oh my goodness. Coke zero. Okay.

And I think do we still have uh slots open? How many

Wait a minute. Oh, the Hey, the the Calendarly isn’t not is not in this uh this one here. Usually the Calendarly link is in in this one. So, I can click on it to see how many slots we have open. Yeah, we’re almost out of slots. It looks like I’m I’m uh usually I can actually check to see here, but I can’t on this one. Anyways, yeah. So, you guys forgot to put the the Calendarly link in the the notes section here. Okay. Oh, yes, the price. Okay. Yeah, great great question. Okay. So, I’m going to answer the price question one time and one time only. We’re totally transparent about pricing. The only thing is different people have different needs. Okay. We work with a lot of different like levels of companies. Like we we’re like the premium YouTube brand, right? Everybody who actually wants to start a successful YouTube channel and actually make money from it, not become an influencer, but actually start like educational like like treat YouTube like a business comes to us. So, uh there there’s a lot of different like bigger brands that want to start with us. So, I’m going to start from the top and and go down from that. So, we of course work with bigger companies like sometimes startups, sometimes bigger companies, and the needs that they have are just totally different than the needs of a beginner. It just could not be more different. Okay, so just as an example, they might want me to hire a bunch of people out for them. They might want me to uh place those people into their company, build out entire departments within their company with the SOPs and the and the systems and the and you know how to do everything, make sure that everybody’s running smoothly, uh and continue running it for them. So there’s a lot of done for you stuff that we do for them, right? So one of those companies, actually a couple of them now, I’ve actually gotten equity in. Okay, like they literally give me equity in the company, right? So, obviously that’s going to be totally different than other other people and that’s going to be at least a six-figure contract for me to do that because it’s basically just me like running their channel for them in many cases, right? Then down from that, uh typically this is for kind of like multi6, 7, 8 figure business owners. They typically want us to either just do some done for you work for them where we just kind of make the we just literally like almost like an agency make the videos for them or they want to do uh done with you type work, but it’s more on the on the hands of like we’re hiring for them. We’re training their team sometimes. So sometimes we just work directly with their team instead of directly with them. Um and we just like hire some people out, we build out their departments, um we make sure things are running smoothly and we kind of release it to them. So, it’s very similar to a build and release offer, but we typically hire people for a lot less than what uh you know the $300,000 build and release offer uh uh is cuz cuz we hire people from the Philippines typically, right? So, in that particular case, um that is going to range anywhere from about 12,000 all the way up to about $60,000 for that type of work. Um and so that’s going to be the range for those those types of business owners. And it really depends on what they want. again like it it it’s all about what they want. Some of them want us to hire a bunch of people for them. That’s that takes a lot of resources. That’s going to cost some money, right? For us to hire a bunch of people for you. Uh then, um at the at the lower level, which is kind of just getting started as a beginner. Um that is uh us basically teaching you how to fish, right? So we we do fish with you. So it’s some done with you stuff. Uh but it’s basically us just teaching you how to fish. So the other ones are we fish for you or we build out the system. We build out the the the machine that fishes for you. The bottom one is we’re teaching you how to fish, right? So, that’s super valuable as well because we’re just teaching you how to do it for yourself. It’s a super valuable skill set. We’re teaching you how to do it for yourself. And that one is going to be about $9,800 and you can get it down to about $1,000 a month. You can even get it a little bit less than $1,000 a month. Um, if you’re willing to do like in-house financing, uh, which is like 0% APR. like we kind of just like if we think you’re a good fit to work with us, we can we can get that done for about $1,000 a month or so. That’s how you can get started. Um and yeah, so uh those are the those are the different levels. Um it’s a six-month program as well, so it’s $9,800. Uh it’s about $1,000 a month. So we’re totally transparent about how much it costs. Um honestly, we are going to be increasing the price pretty soon. Um cuz just the amount of value and the amount of results we’re getting people is just for $9,800 is kind of absurd. Um we do have kind of like an upper level program as well for for business owners that that are more like, you know, focusing on business owner stuff like systems, processes, that kind of stuff. Uh but yeah, $9,800 um uh is is the price. So I’m only going to answer that one time because there’s obviously a lot of different levels. Um, so if you if you missed it or whatever, then sorry, not answering it again. Okay, awesome. YouTube idea generator cla

Okay, John, if all those things can do it, then are do you have a successful YouTube channel yet? If all if if all those free tools can do it, where’s Show me your successful YouTube channel, John. Pette, I’m in the Bahamas and we don’t get ads. How am I able to make AdSense from YouTube? Um, oh yeah, I I got a question about that as well. I think it was from like St. Kits and NeAs uh for Caribbean. Um, yeah, you I mean AdSense is just one way of making money. It’s just one small way of making money. Hey guys, are you checking on the Calendarly?

Okay, what’s the results?

We got 38 slots. We got Okay, you open up some more slots. Okay, good, good, good. All right, awesome. Um, yeah, so AdSense is just one tiny way of um getting uh monetized. It’s just one way of there’s there’s many different ways of monetizing. Um, AdSense is just one tiny way. So, it doesn’t really matter, right? that that that’s like AdSense is we’ve had $60,000 AdSense months, but like typically we make like 50 times more from other methods than AdSense. So AdSense is like 2% of our income just as an example. Joe registrant, I got into Calendarly. No problem. Awesome. Barbara, yeah, we’re we just opened up some more slots, guys. So we open up uh some more slots. Last week we completely ran out almost immediately. Um, but we just opened up more slots. By the way, did they open up slots? Like what days did they open up the slots? Wednesday.

Hey guys, can you please just make sure the calendar the calendarly is in the in the proper place next time so I don’t have to ask you? I can’t. There’s no way to refresh. There’s no way to refresh. Maybe I can. Maybe I can. Can I reset? Okay. No, reset doesn’t do anything. Yeah, reset doesn’t do anything. Yeah, there’s no way I can check DMs either. Okay. Um Okay. So, anyways. Yeah. Uh let’s see. Did you open it up till Friday? Really? Okay. I don’t like that. I don’t know why you did that. Why’d you do that? We uh we’re currently checking. Okay.

Okay. Uh Barbara, do you know if anyone crushed it in the field of psychology because ethically you can’t promise results? Well, you actually can’t promise results in anything. There there’s uh well not maybe not anything but um you you can’t you can’t promise results in many different fields because results have to do with the other person, right? Like you you can lead a horse to water but you can’t make them drink. you there’s many what you can do is you can have a guarantee that if the person does certain things like conditional guarantee um things like that but yeah we we have definitely had people in psychology uh like psychology and psychology related stuff have uh success also a lot of people in medical in general medical healthcare um we’ve got a lot of people like that have success and yeah there are certain niches where you have to be a little little more careful with what you talk about obviously um but But it is pretty common sense stuff to be honest with you. It’s like mostly common sense. Pete, is there a minimum time or recommendation for your YouTube videos? Yeah. Uh 14 minutes and 59 seconds or less. 8 minutes to 14 minutes and 59 seconds um is what we recommend. 14 minutes and 59 seconds is like a perfect sweet spot uh for uh for a lot of people.

Okay, Jane disappointed. Okay, cool. Jane, Clayton, why are you still here then? Clayton spent five figures, work hard, follow the playbook, make six figures, the math, maths. Yes, sir. Exactly.

Fouad, I am from Pakistan. I want to know a form to book a call. We’ll be getting an email. Uh we only take calls from people from uh first first world countries. Uh FAD uh just yeah that like it’s this this system is designed for people from first world countries. You can get a lot of value out of just watching my free content. It probably does work in other countries. Um but uh this system is for only for people in first world countries at I haven’t seen any email in my Gmail yet. So check this out right here. Um, all this stuff right here, confirmation, check your spam, your trash, your all mail, your promotions. There’s so many different words they use for it these days. Uh, check all of those. Make sure you check all those. Justin, I feel like I sat through. Cool. Good. Good stuff. Wow. Did we have what video did we have pop off? Like we’re having a lot more like negative people than usual. What is we’re having? Like why would you sit through this whole presentation just to be negative? Get off. scram. Go leave. It’s I can’t believe I I literally cannot believe people like this. I literally spent my time like educating you guys and teaching you the best way to grow and make money on YouTube. I I took two or three hours out of my time to educate you the best ways to grow and make money on YouTube. I’m now answering. You now have one of the world’s biggest experts to ask questions to. But you’re so negative. you’re such a negative human being that instead of seeing that as like, oh, thank you so much for spending your time doing that, you’re you’re going to leave a neg a nasty comment. Like, get out. This is why you’re not successful because you’re like that. Like, so of course we’re not going to work with people like that. We’re not going to we’re of course we’re not. But guys, just to be very clear, we’re very picky. I actually forgot to say that. Maybe that’s why I’m getting these comments. We’re very picky about who we work with, right? We only accept about 18% of people who apply to work with us. So if you’re a negative person like that, don’t even bother. Don’t even bother. We are not going to accept you to work with us, right? Like don’t even think about applying to work with us. We have we are overs subscribed. We have tons of people who want to work with us, right? We are not going to accept negative people into the program. Okay? So if you’re a negative person, just log off. Just get out right now. Go. Like we don’t we don’t want you here. Don’t waste my time. Don’t waste the time of the other people who actually have legitimate questions and want to have help on YouTube. Don’t waste their time and my time. Okay, leave.

Okay.

All right. So, Heather, how would I protect my personal privacy online and on my YouTube bio if I would choose to do a personal video versus a faceless channel? You don’t need to reveal your real name on YouTube. That’s not something that you have to do. Um, you can you can have a pseudonym like like a pin name, that kind of thing. Um, you can use your first name, but then like a different name for your last name. You can use just your first name as well. Um, yeah, like you don’t need to reveal your your real name um for for any of that. So, uh, that that’s how you protect it. You don’t have to reveal your your name. You don’t have to reveal where you live. You don’t have to reveal any of that. Um,

hey. Okay.

All right. So, does anyone has anyone had a successful channel in the field of self-help psychology? Because ethically you can’t promise result. I I think I already answered that question. Hey guys, I will get to your questions. Okay, I’m about 8 minutes behind right now. Please do not post your questions again. Okay, I will get to your questions. I’m I’m about eight minutes behind right now. I got to catch up, but I will post your questions. I will get to them. Um, let me see here.

I think we must have had a video. Sometimes we’ll have a video pop off where it’s like I think there was one time we had a video like how to get out of poverty or something pop off and then we had a bunch of negative people show up on the live stream. I think that must have been what happened here, you know? It’s like, dude, I’m I’m literally doing these things for free. This is this is this is highly unusual this happens. Um, okay. Here we go. Here is the calendar. So, we open up a few more slots.

Okay. So, we got a few slots open tomorrow and then we open up a few more slots on these days, guys. But all the slots for today are now taken. Um, or tomorrow, too. Tomorrow as well are now taken, but we open up a few more slots later on in the week. So, you guys can see those here. So, we already ran out of spots, but we opened those up. Okay, Timothy, while that in-house program sounds good, are there any other programs like taking a percentage of my earnings from my niche? See, the thing is, Timothy is like, why would we do a percentage when we would just start start our own channel, right? If we if we were going to like partner with you, why wouldn’t we just start our own channels, right? So, this is this is the whole thing is like we’re teaching you how to fish. If we wanted to just fish ourselves and take a 10%, then why wouldn’t we just start our own channel and take 100%. You know what I mean? So, just like the percentage thing, we get asked that a lot and it just doesn’t make any sense. The only time it ever makes sense for me uh to do that is if it’s with like a big company or something like that where I actually get equity in the company, right? So that’s that’s the only time where it ever makes sense to do that because if we were just going to build it up from scratch, why wouldn’t we just do it ourselves? And it’s like for me to take a time to post a video, it just makes more sense for me to just post the video on my currently existing channel rather than like starting a new channel, you know? So hopefully that makes sense. But yeah, that’s the we we I mean this is the closest thing to us actually taking partners on is uh doing that because a lot of the time people end up working with us more uh into the future and uh we have really great relationships. There’s some of those clients that I showed you, we’ve been working with them for like 2 or 3 years now. So we have great relation great ongoing relationships with them and they you know they get a lot of value still even to this day out of working with us because we’re just on the cutting edge. Um,

okay.

Clayton, how relevant is this if I wanted to create a stream content on YouTube and piece it up from there? That’s exactly what some of the top uh top tier people are doing right now. So, that’s actually exactly what a lot of the top tier people are doing. So, Alex Ramos is doing a lot of that. Um, he’s not he’s doing some streams, but he’s also just taking questions in real life, too. But that’s exactly what a lot of the top tier channels are doing right now. So, uh, yeah, it’s it’s a very smart move to do that. Definitely something you can do.

Yeah. Uh, Steve, history is a good indicator of results. Yeah. I mean, we have just countless amounts of examples of people that we’ve gotten, you know, incredibly good results for from all different backgrounds, all different, you know, skill levels of YouTube, you know, and and all that. So, yeah, I mean, you you guys can just once you book a call, you can you can see all those examples. Some of them we don’t even make like super public because, you know, you have to like book a call with us at least to see them um because uh you know, they uh they don’t want too many competitors. Charles, I just booked a call. Looking forward to it. Awesome. Charles, great to see. Clayton, how relevant is this? If I wanted to create a stream uh stream content on YouTube, okay, guys, please stop posting your questions twice. I’m I’m a few minutes behind. Do not post your questions twice. I will I will get to them. Okay? And just in general, like if you’re ever in a Zoom call or any kind of uh you know, live stream thing like this, don’t be the person who just copy and paste and post your uh comment over and over again. Okay. Uh just just pro tip for life. Wicasso, when can we get access to the bonus? Uh which bonus? I I went over all the bonuses. Which bonus you do you want access to? Um Brendan, how much content can I take legally from another channel? How much content can I take legally from another channel? What What do you mean by that? What do you even mean, Brendan? What do you mean how much content can you take? Are you talking about?

You know, Brendan, you just asking that question, I I don’t think we’re the right people to work to work with you. I I just You’re Don’t plagiarize any other channel. Obviously, the only thing that we copy is the idea of the video. That’s it. Now, you can copy like a 100 different things from a 100 different channels and then make something, you know, unique. You could even do like 10 different things from 10 different channels, you know, like, oh, this channel’s I like their lighting. This channel, I like their camera. This channel, I like their editing. This channel, I like how they tell stories. This other, you know, that kind of thing. And then just make something unique. You can you can copy that for sure, but take legally from another channel. I don’t know. Just the way you said that qu I was just like what? Okay. Um yeah, you can’t don’t don’t copy other channels. Don’t plagiarize other channels. See, if I shy away from videos over 20 minutes, 14 minutes and 59 seconds makes sense. Yeah, especially for a newer channel, 14 minutes and 59 seconds is very, very solid um time to aim for. Now, when your channel gets bigger, you can do longer videos. And it’s just, you know, because you have social proof, because you have um like a lot of pe like a lot of, you know, subscribers and stuff like that, more people will watch your channel, right? Because of your social proof, right? Um but when you first start, 14 minutes and 59 seconds is perfect. For someone who uh Alex, for someone whose strengths are research, analysis, lived experience, and teaching rather than being on camera, what are the highest leverage faceless educational channel models that you’ve seen succeed in 2026? Um, teaching rather than being on camera. Highest leverage faceless education channel models. Great question, Alex. So, some of them are actually like academic type stuff. So, like the I I showed an example earlier, the organic chemistry tutor, right? So, a lot of those channels, people who teach like literal subjects that you would study in school, um, uh, are faceless. Same thing with a lot of the coding channels that teach people how to code or teach people how to use AI, etc. So, very academic, like very tutorial style content. Um, that works really well. Faceless. Um, again, I always recommend to just use your real voice because people want to feel like they’re actually talking to another human being, right? um those those types of channels work really well. I’ve also seen some types of like finan finance stuff work well. Finance just everything works in finance. That that’s one of those niches where it’s just like literally everything works, right? So I’ve seen that work in finance, too. But yeah, I’d say like one of the best ones is like those academic style channels for sure. But there’s a lot of other ones, too. Pete, I know this is off topic, but just wanted to say thank you for the awesome remote job videos. You saved a life. Oh, I appreciate that, Pete. You got it. My pleasure. My pleasure. You got it. Um,

okay.

Katerina, still don’t have an email. Um, Katerina, did you check your all mail spam trash, etc.? Also, were you did you actually see the calendar and select a time, Karina? like were you able to actually see the calendar and se select a time? So answer those two questions. We can help you. Ste Steven or whoever can reach out to you. Brendan, Australia, first world mostly. Yeah, Australia definitely definitely works. We’ve even made it we we’ve even the system has worked in other languages as well like Spanish, Portuguese, German, um Netherlands, Dutch, uh Arabic. Um it’s worked. It’s worked in uh other languages as well, but generally like first world countries is what this is designed for. So this is designed to solve problems for people who have disposable income, right? So, of course, it can work for other countries, but it’s just not going to work as well. And um yeah, okay, no issues. Thank you. You got it, Abdul. But why? Um but but why for what? I don’t know. CJ, what what do you recommend for editing videos? We love Descript. Descript is for beginners. Descript is absolutely incredible. Also, guys, go to go-inhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. I noticed that nobody told me to do that as well. Is anybody even doing the the moderation today? Then why haven’t you told me to say that? I haven’t said it in about 15 20 minutes.

Okay. Um yeah, the script for uh editing videos. Yeah. Um,

James, great pres and team. Glad you enjoyed it, James. You got it. Dr. Derek Miriam, uh, CE Clark. Uh, enrolled agents.

I don’t know if we’ve worked with something that specific. Um, but are you are you talking about like just like practitioners in general? Like doctors? Are you talking about just like working with doctors? Yeah, of course. I’ve worked with lot we’ve definitely worked with lots of uh doctors if if that’s what you’re you’re referring to. Um but uh yeah. Yeah, hopefully that answers your question. Yeah, medical practitioners. Yeah, we’ve worked with a lot of medical practitioners, doctors. Like I that’s my background, so I think I naturally attract a lot of people like that. Jeffrey, how would you use technology in scuba diving? How how would how to use technology in scuba diving be a good niche? For sure. Absolutely. I mean, do people have trouble doing that? Of course they do. Yeah. So, of course it would be a great niche. And there’s probably so many different ways to monetize that niche as well. So, yeah, definitely. Paige, exactly. Tell them. Yeah. Yeah. I mean I mean it just it just blows my mind. Why would you Why would you attend? Just just if you’re not if you don’t want to do it, just just leave. Just leave. It’s like don’t waste everybody’s time, including my time and all of your time. So, like, cuz I’m answering your questions, right, on YouTube and giving value to you guys. Don’t waste everybody else’s time. Alex, how broad should a niche hypothetically be if you want to build a channel that can evolve with you over the next 10 years without confusing the algorithm or audience? Great question, Alex. Two, I think that’s your second really good question. I like I like your questions. The quality of your questions usually determines the quality of of the answer, right guys? So asking good questions is a very very good skill to learn in life. Okay. So Alex, um it really depends on the niche. So there there’s a there’s an a simple answer, then there’s a complex answer. So the simple answer is start very niche and then expand from there. Okay, that’s the answer that works for like I’d say 90% of people, 90 95% of people. In certain niches, it actually makes sense to go very mass market. So, let me give you an example of that. Um, you know what? I’ll just I’ll just actually pull um let me see here. Uh,

so

okay, let me give you an example. So,

All right. So, Ryan Sirhot, he sells houses to billionaires, right? So, he sells like $188 million mansions, $280 million mansions, $250 million penthouse, $169 million penthouse, etc., etc. Right? So he sells to um you know massive uh you know massive mansions and and stuff like that, right? So um

obviously you know these videos get like you know some of these videos get uh you know you know 19 million views. Now, do you think those how many of those 19 million people can afford a $188 million mansion? Probably about 0.00000000001%.

Right? Like maybe like 30 of the people who watch this video could afford $180 million mansion, right? So, is this a terrible idea? Is a terrible strategy? Well, no. It is. It is actually a good strategy because it it gets so much attention. It’s it casts such a wide net that it it just gets the awareness of the actual people who might want to buy the thing, right? So that’s why this strategy actually works. So I call this Trojan horsing. This is a strategy called Trojan horsing. So in some niches, it actually makes sense to go extremely mass market because the the you know there’s only about 3,000 people in the world that are billionaires and can actually afford um a house like this, right? there’s probably maybe like 3,000 people in the world, right? So, what this strategy does is instead of making a channel for billionaires because there’s only 3,000 people who could watch your channel. So, there’s like like and then if a billionaire sees a channel and it only has like a 100red views, they’re not going to watch it, right? So, billionaires are very picky with their time. So, you know what I mean? So, that strategy wouldn’t work. The niche strategy wouldn’t work cuz the total adjustable market is too low. So in that case, actually going mass market actually makes more sense. Okay, so hopefully that makes sense. So in 90 95% of cases, it’s a good idea to just start uh very niche and then uh expand from there. So that’s basically an answer to your question. Hopefully that helps, Alex. Um Luis, let them be negative. They don’t see the value. They Yep. Exactly. Yeah. And it’s like, of course, I’m not going to work with those people, too. So gosh.com/coaching. Scan the QR code. Click the link in the chat, guys. Um yeah. Yeah, we like if anybody’s ever negative on, you know, calls and stuff, we’re just like, “Okay, you’re you’re not a good fit to work with us.” Um so, all good.

Yeah. Awesome. Abdul, okay. Sorry. Yes, that is worth everything. Awesome. Appreciate you. Duel Alex, if your goal is to build a long-term educational asset rather than become an influencer, what would you focus on differently during the first 12 months? Wow, Alex is ask is asking the best questions. Um, like basically just everything that we we we talked about honestly like that’s that’s the whole thing that we just talked about, right? So, um, one of one of the, uh, biggest things is just focusing on solving problems for people, very specific people, right? And solving solving their problems and attracting more of those types of people. And that kind of trains the algorithm to send more of those types of people to your channel. And it just becomes this flywheel where more and more of those types of people get attracted to your channel. Um, that’s that’s one of the biggest ones for sure. And uh not necessarily uh hyperfocusing on views, but focusing on getting the right views is another really big one. Sonia, is anyone else having issues with the link working for the download? Yeah. Anyone else having issues with that? Louise, more time for people that are interested. Yeah, exactly. Exactly. Heather, you’re great. Shane, don’t let the uh let the bad people go. Yep. Appreciate it, Heather. Other Heather, um I was picking up what you’re putting down. I’m pretty uped about it. Awesome. Clayton, how relevant is this if I wanted to create a stream content on YouTube and piece it up? Okay, that’s a that’s a repeat question. David, is there recording? And yeah, I already answered that one, Clayton, in their um earlier. And yeah, it’s a good idea. Alexis is is doing that. For instance, David, is there a recording? I just got here. Yes, there will be a recording sent out if you attended the the live training. Wacaso, I have to book a call. And yeah, guys, go ahead and book a call. Go. Scan that QR code. click the link in the chat. Um, we did open up uh some more days later on in the week. Um,

okay. I have to book the call. How can I access the bonus? I have booked the call. How can I access the U? We already talked about all the bonuses, guys. So, um, this one is for five of the first people who join. It’s randomized, but you have a higher chance of getting this one if you the sooner you join. Um, so if you guys are watching this right now, you’re still super early. Once we send out the replay, that’s when we book the majority of our calls, right? So once we send out the replay, that’s where the the majority of the calls are going to come from. So if you’re watching this right now, you’re super early. So I’d highly recommend sign up to have a higher chance of getting this one. Then the YouTube niche profit engine, you get this just for showing up to the call. And then of course the niche validator, we’ve already dropped, I would assume, many, many times by now. So you get that as well. And then um so that’s in the chat and then the rest of them you get for joining the program but just this one time. Waso I have a book the call. How can I access the bonus? Um

uh Amy. Okay. I’m not going to read the uh comments from people who left, but uh Roberto says, “We love you, Shane. Don’t worry about these guys.” A appreciate you, Roberto. Steve, 98% of people suck. You’re overachieving with the 18%, right? Why are they still It just It just blows my mind. It just blows my mind. Like, I’m obviously I’m like spending a lot of my time. I’m taking a lot of time out of my day to help people for free, completely free, and they’re just they just want to be negative. Like I I just I just I I I don’t I just don’t understand. I don’t get it. I don’t get it. I’ve never done that even a single time in my life. I I don’t I just can’t understand that mentality. Uh Arthur, thank you, Shane. You got it, Arthur. My pleasure. Grace, thank you for the presentation. Do you have a payment plan? Yes, we do have payment plans, Grace. We do have those available. Um we have in-house in-house payment plans. George, keyboard cowboys will be keyboard cowboys. Yeah, I know. No, I’m not g I’m not giving you power. I’m just telling them to leave. Like get out of here. Uh Roman, it’s the cost. I don’t think they Yeah. Well, I mean, it’s the cost, but what do you think? Like like it it’s 15 people. It’s a 15 person coach. Like we have 15 people working on the team. Like you think we can charge like a tiny amount of money for personalized one-on-one coaching. Just just think like think of what the salaries are for 15 people. Like, of course, we have to charge for for one-on-one coaching, right? Personalized coaching. So, I mean, that that’s actually pretty that’s on the lower side for coaching. I’ I’ve spent like $50,000 for coaching. Uh, Heather Shane, you’re great. Ignore the old oddballs. All good. Kristen, trolls be trolls. Yeah, it’s just we we’re getting more than usual this time for some reason. And I’m just like, wait, did we have a video pop off that’s like has a weird, you know, audience to it or what? I don’t know. Um, that happened a while back too. Uh, happy happy Karen. Offset that crazy negative person. I’m extremely grateful to someone making your income would choose to help us people still uh living a trailer yet still striving. Thank you. Appreciate you. Appreciate you Karen. Yeah. Go. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat guys. And and guys, if you can’t afford the coaching program, just enjoy my free content, okay? We we give I give away almost everything. The only things I don’t give away are things where if I did give them away, they’d stop working, right? Those are the ones that I save for my private clients. But all the like fundamentals, the most important stuff, you know, you got to piece it together. You got to go to different places and different videos, but I give almost most like most of that stuff away on the channel. And you can definitely piece it together and figure it out. Plus, I give lots of free resources like free um in different videos, I give lots of different free Claude resources and all all kinds of stuff like that. claude skills and I do these free live trainings for you guys to ask questions. So, if you can’t afford it, I get it. I’ve been there. Uh just just go ahead and and take advantage of the free resources. Um Todd, hey Shane, thanks for doing what you do. My question is getting buried. Have you ever worked with commercial fiction writers? I know you work with Sean on KDP, but what about thriller writing specifically? Yes, we have worked with like filmmakers uh uh uh fiction writers. Um there’s one person we worked with that does um kind of like romance novels and I I think they do some smut stuff too, funny enough. But um yeah, romance novel stuff. Um, uh, there’s another guy who teaches people how to do fiction stuff, um, that we worked with, like basically make your first f make your your first fiction novel. Um, but I think it’s fantasy fiction specifically. Um, yeah, we we have definitely worked with writers before. We al we’ve also worked with filmmakers, people who teach other people how to do films. Um, sometimes on the AI side, sometimes on the not AI side. Um, we’ve definitely worked with them as well, right?

Okay, Fouad, thank you so much, Shane. Although I am unfortunate uh to not get your workshop by just wanted to appreciate that you are doing great work. I sincerely wish you help with these people. Godspeed. Godspeed. Appreciate you, Wad. Awesome. Um, yeah, you’ll get the replay for the workshop. I think you’re saying that you you showed up late and didn’t see all of it. You’ll get the replay for it. We’ll send it out to you. Paige, how much time should we commit to building a brand and become successful? We recommend at least uh four hours a week, right? You gota you got to do at least four uh four hours a week. Uh my brother would spend a little bit less time than that to have his channel be successful, but yeah, four hours a week. And yeah, go.shane.com/coaching, guys. Scan the QR code, click the link in the chat.

Sheila, thank you. Shane, what information do you have regarding KDP?

I I mean that’s that’s just kind of an open-ended question. What do you mean? We we’ve helped I think three or four different KDP channels now. Uh and they all have been very very successful with our help. So I I don’t I don’t know what what you mean by information. Like yeah, we we’ve we’ve helped a lot of lot of a lot of KDP channels. So not really sure what you mean by information, Sheila. Um James, I have an interview YouTube channel. Should I start a new channel for hybrid? Hybrid?

No, I don’t think you need to. No. Like it depends on the subject. What kind of what kind of subject? Hey guys, again the quality of your questions are going to determine the quality of the answers. Like if you don’t give me the correct context in your question, there’s just no way I can give you a good answer, right? So, so please just make sure you give good context in your questions. Like just think use the like like think like is the other person going to have enough information to actually give me a good answer, right? And give like the correct context in your questions. So, uh what what kind of So, James, what kind of um channel are you thinking about starting? Like what what are the other topics you’re thinking about talking about? Cuz if it’s a topic that’s related, like somewhat related, then you can just you don’t have to start a new channel. But if it’s a totally unrelated topic, just completely left field, totally unrelated, then yeah, you should probably start a new channel.

Uh, page on a weekly basis, time commitment. Um, 4 hours. 4 hours a week. Paying every bit of your time. Um, yeah, we we recommend four hours a week. We’ve seen a lot of people have success at four hours a week. Of course, there are those fringe cases like the super super busy clients that just did like two hours a month. And if you are a business owner and you’re willing to hire people, then you can get it down to less than that. We’ve had clients that gotten down to zero hours a month because they just hire other people to actually record the videos for them. Um, but for normal people about 4 hours a week. Sean, to all those that have doubt, it’s okay to be skeptical. But remember, if you chose to show up, stay and listen to the pitch. Those that have hope and drive, like everything else, do your work and find out if you’re in business. You learn to evaluate the risk. Yes. Absolutely. And there’s Yeah. And there’s like there’s just zero reason like to not like if Hey, if you’re skeptical, you’re skeptical. But it’s just like, hey, what are you skeptical about? Like like are you skeptical about the countless amounts of success stories that are the absolute best success stories in the industry? uh people saying over and over again that that we help change their lives, change their channels, be literally get them to number one in their niche. Um like I hey I mean if you if you tell me what you’re you’re skeptical about I could probably answer but um like I mean we just have we have the best testimonials in the industry for a reason. Janet, will the free claude come via email? There is no email yet. Which free Claude, Janet, what are you what are you talking about? Which which free claude? Are you talking about the niche validator? That’s dropped in the chat. Just scroll up and scroll down for the niche validator. Uh Jeffrey, uh thank you. Thank you for saying that. I was about to post again because I thought you missed it. All good. Jeffrey, no worries. Pete Shane, without mentioning any names, what are your most favorite success story? Also, what is the best single bit of advice you can offer? Um, I think one of my favorite ones is the Josh one just because he went through every single phase, right? So, we have had lots of Now, Josh hasn’t gotten to eight figures. I don’t think he wants to. He’s He’s just pretty happy where he’s at right now. But, uh, we’ve had people at every single level, including eight figures. We’ve even worked with nine and 10 figure companies. But, I think I like that Josh example because when he first started, he was making less than $1,000 a month. Um, basically no money on YouTube. like bas basically making almost nothing on YouTube, just a few affiliate sales here and there. Um, we helped him scale to like we helped him start a side hustle making 5,000 and then even 10,000 and I think he even got to 30,000 a month while he was still working his job as a side hustle. So, it became a full-time income, but he was working part-time. So, he started off as a side hustle. Um, he also used it to get his dream job. So that that’s a great demonstration of the intangible benefits of YouTube. YouTube has massive massive intangible benefits. And most people focus on the tangible ones, but the intangible ones are honestly even more valuable than the tangible ones. Like I can meet anyone that I want to in the industry because of my YouTube channel, right? I can meet anybody in the industry because of my YouTube channel. If I want to, I can boom, I can just meet them, right? So the intangible benefits are just as valuable as the tangible benefits, right? So, um, yeah. So, uh, then, so, so, yeah, intangible. He got his dream job with it, side hustle, then he turned it into a full-time income, uh, you know, making really good money. Uh, so started a business making 30,000 a month or more, and then he scaled it all the way up to a multi-figure business, right? So, I I like that story because it just goes over like every single uh phase of the process. I I’m I’m a big fan of that one. Um, so great question, Pete. Dion, thank you Shane. Don’t listen to idiots. We appreciate you. It’s all good. It’s all good. Janet, it will be given to you on the call when you book. Awesome. Alex, hi Shane. Thank you for your time and sharing your knowledge. I was wondering how broad should a niche hypothesis be if you want to build a hybrid educational channel that can evolve with your interests? Start off very niche and then evolve over time. Change your niche hypothesis statement over time. Great question. And by the way, uh questions like that are questions that the people on the calls can actually answer um because they can get more context on your situation. So go to go-inhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click a link in the chat. Um those are the types of questions that we love answering on on calls. Um because we need to ask you kind of a bit, you know, more question, get more context about your information. Um but great question, Alex. Love it. Kareem, uh thanks Shane. How does how does the niche of EQ development and coaching? Yeah, I mean EQ is more important than ever. I would say, you know, so many people are freaking out about AI, but and for good reason to be fair. You know, I’m not like diminishing their experience or anything like that, but you know, every other technological advancement that’s ever happened in history, you know, it’s like whack-a-ole. You some jobs get eliminated, one mole gets whacked, and two moles pop up, right? It’s like whack-a-ole. It’s like more jobs pop up than the ones that get eliminated, right? So that’s what’s happened in every technological advancement in all of human history and I don’t see any reason why the same exact thing isn’t going to happen with AI. Right? So things like EQ, emotional intelligence uh development and coaching are going to become even more important. And guys, I am I cannot tell you how bullish I am on the alternative education industry because these new problems are popping up. Colleges cannot adjust fast enough to adjust to these new new problems. Just as an example, guys, uh you know, digital marketing in colleges, absolute joke. Absolute joke. I’m an expert on digital marketing myself. The stuff that they teach in colleges are stuff that worked like 10, 15 years ago. It’s an absolute joke, right? So, colleges just they’re too big, they’re too slow, they’re too bureaucratic. They cannot adjust fast enough to this changing environment uh to educate people on the new things that are happening, right? Because the environment is just changing too fast. And that’s why I’m such a massive fan of alternative education and people like you who can educate people on these new things that are popping up. So EQ is a perfect example of that. Emotional intelligence um and and development and coaching. Emotional intelligence is going to be more important than ever um in this new age after AI, right? That that’s that’s the kind of thing that AI cannot ever teach is emotional intelligence, right? So that’s going to be more important than ever. So so love that. That’s that’s a that’s a really good niche. Kareem Paige, do we get one-on-one coaching with team members? We move through the process. Yes, absolutely. This is not like a oh, one video a week where you can ask questions and you have to wait a bunch of time to get your question answered. This is literally intensive one-on-one coaching. That is why we get people results. Anything that you guys have ever gotten good at in your entire life, think back, right? Whether it’s a school subject, whether it’s a sport, whether it’s an instrument that you’re playing for instance, right? um or any any other types of things, chances are you probably got good at that thing in a group of other people, right? So, there was a social environment where it was normal and acceptable to get very very good at the thing that you’re trying to get good at, right? It is there there’s this old saying, it’s called no man is an island, right? It’s very very true when it comes to human beings. It’s very difficult to get good at something if you’re not around a bunch of other people who are not good at or trying to get good at the same thing or you know good at it or trying to get good at it. Right? So that’s the environment that we create for you. We create an environment where there’s a bunch of other people that have the same goal. There’s lots of people that are on your level, maybe a little bit below your level, people that are above your level, and then there are professors or coaches that are really, really good at the thing. Okay? And that is an environment where you have all those pieces in place to the point where it becomes very very easy to get good at the thing you’re trying to get good at. Right? Then you get the one-on-one coaching and the feedback. You get the group coaching as well. So you can kind of see how you’re doing compared to other people, right? And that is the environment that is uh creates this, you know, significantly higher likelihood of success than um normal people, right? And that is why when we did that survey, 91% of respondents said uh that they uh felt like they they got an ROI. And it’s why we’ve helped our clients generate over $und00 million in results as well after working with us.

All right, Curtis, I’m super excited to get started. Thanks for the blueprint, Shane. You got it, Curtis. Awesome. Katarina, unfortunately, I don’t have any emails still. Really? Uh, hey. Uh, admins, are are you guys paying attention to like Katarina? Like I I I don’t know. Did Did the admins just decide to not show up today? I I I’m really confused. I think Katarina is posted like three times now. I I don’t know if uh the admins are seeing her messages. Sean, thank you, Shane, for your energy and information. As a millionaire, your information is valued. If not, those that doubt, but those that trust and go to the distance. Thanks. You got it. Yeah. appreciate that. Yeah. And and I it like I’m not that bothered by these people. It’s just like I’m I’m just like, whoa, did we post a video that attracted a bunch of these types of people today for some reason? But it’s all good. Lavar, have you worked with much with an education-based nonprofit or school to help people get trained through apprenticeship programs for a variety of occupations?

trained for a variety of occupations. Yeah, we we’ve actually worked directly with a school one time. It was a school in Poland specifically. Uh and we helped uh promote his school. We’ve worked a lot with like niches around that like helping people get into schools, helping people with alternative education. um whether that be helping people get into WGU, which is a really good alternative education um university or or TASU, Thomas Edison State University. Uh we’ve helped with a lot of different stuff around that subject. I’m not sure if we’ve helped with the exact micro micro, you know, business that you’re talking about, but either way, I I guarantee that it would work because YouTube works for every business out there, right? It works for like literally every business. Um I’ve I’ve seen it all at this point. So, yeah, it it’ll work. Christopher, hey Shane, I’m looking for VIP information on Tuesday’s event with my email, but I can’t seem to find it. What keywords should I use to look for this? Good question. Uh, Stephen, please. Or whoever, what whatever admin is actually paying attention right now. It doesn’t seem like the admins are paying attention. Um,

let’s see. Yeah, hopefully hopefully they’re responding to you there. It also could just be that we’re getting so many questions that that the uh it’s moving so fast the admins don’t have time to respond on time. Roman, any deals for the working class? Um this is a deal for the working class. Yeah, we it’s already a deal. Like it’s it’s already a steal at the price that we we sell it at. And we we allow you to get started at a lower price. Like especially if we think that you’re a good fit to work with us, we allow you to get started at the lower price. and then we know you’re going to be able to make money uh with the channel and you can pay us back in the future, right? So, and again, we have the the 90-day money back guarantee, right? So, this is this is a a steal. We allow you to get started at the lower price. Um Pete, how much equity percent shares uh would make it worth it? Uh depends on the size of the company. Um I got a small amount of equity in course careers. Um, but it’s, you know, the company is probably going to get sold for $100 million. So, yeah, it depends on the size of the company. Yeah, guys, go to go dashing.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Uh, Charles, this program is a no-brainer investment. Appreciate you, Charles. Yes, it is. I totally agree. All right, Jeff, can’t get the validator to work in Claude or Chad GBT. Make sure did you try logging into both of them, Jeff? Make sure you’re logged into both of them before you try. Grace is the CGE Mastercast application call. Yes, that is it. What’s doing a stream mean? That means you’re it’s what I’m doing right now essentially, but you’re doing it on YouTube. So, it’s a live stream. Uh, so this is live in real time, but you’re doing it on YouTube. Uh, Julia Varga, what I truly appreciate is by listening to these live streams when I cannot at the end of the time before the program. I have learned and refined my videos. Niche validator has been tremendously helpful tool. If I can ever afford to purchase the channel, I will till then. Thank you. Uh, XYZ statement discipline and all the other information. You got it, Julia. I totally appreciate you as well. And yeah, I get it guys. Like I’ve been poor. There’s been lots of times where I can’t afford the program. I give a ton of information out totally free. Give lots and lots of value for free. And you can get results, some initial results with that value. Isaiah is a great example of someone who did that. So Isaiah was uh he got fired from his job. He didn’t have any money. He’s a singing coach. Uh you can you can actually check out his um uh interview on the channel. And uh he he basically just joined these and um just every single week he’d show up and he just implemented what I told him to do. And he made I I believe over $20,000 in a month uh just implementing the stuff that I told him to do on the channel, right, with his YouTube channel. And he was able to turn off all of his Facebook ads cuz he was trying to get clients with Facebook ads and that wasn’t working out. And uh yeah, he was crushing it. So,

okay, Christopher, you can search VIP deep dive session if in your search bar. Don’t forget to check your promotions junk and all the main uh folders. Okay, excellent. So, Justine uh just uh respond to Christopher. Justine, you know that you can DM, right? You can send DMs to people. You can like send direct messages to people. Yeah. Ah, yeah. Okay. Wacaso, got it. Awesome. Wacaso, Grace, what does the stream stuff mean? I think I already answered that one. Joe, don’t give him air. Shane just moved on. All good. I’ll I’ll do what I want. Alex, hi Shane. This is a different question to my previous questions. If you were starting today with deep light lived experience across multiple related areas, how would you decide whether to build around a specific niche versus a broader lens that can evolve over time without confusing the audience? Thanks again for taking the time to do this webinar, sharing your knowledge and experience and helping others. Alex, uh,

hey, you have great questions, Alex. Your your questions are quite long and there’s a lot of them. I do appreciate how good your questions are. They’re also kind of deep questions that require back and forth. I think it’s better uh go to ask this question on the call itself, Alex. I I appreciate the question. It’s it’s great, but I think it’s it’s better to ask this the question on the call itself. That one that one requires some back and forth. Like it would require me to ask you questions then get the answer, you know, etc., etc. So, I think ask that question on the call itself. Stacy, I think you’re a great presenter, Shane. I was trying to book a call, did the questionnaire, but no calendar came up and you’re still uh are you still booking? Talk about the viral repost strategy at surround. Uh you already explained your take on that. Um,

yeah, try to book again, Stacy. Um, you should have been able to to book a call. I I we should still have some It’s possible that you tried to book when we ran out of time slots. We just opened up some more time slots later on in the week and even ones like a little little bit like earlier, too. Um, yeah, we did open up some more time slots. So, go ahead and and do those. Penny, thanks Shane. I’ve seen two girls advertise on Facebook saying all they do is look for viral videos and add their affiliate link to it and post it. Oh, I see what you’re talking about. Yeah. I mean, hey, that sometimes those those little flash in the pan things work for a couple weeks, a couple months, and then they stop working. What I teach is something that works consistently like into the future. Like it’s it’s going to keep working. You know what I mean? Um that’s what I teach. like there there’s certain little flash in the pan things, little tips and tricks and hacks and stuff like that that work for like a month or two and then they they stop working, right? I I don’t really focus on that stuff too much. Like sure, I I’ll teach you guys that stuff like, “Hey, well, it’s working. Go ahead and do it.” But um I teach more consistent like how how to how to have success consistently. Um Lewis, are avatars okay to use? In the right situation, you can use them. Um, I still recommend using voice. I haven’t seen anybody get banned when they’re using their own voice, even if they are using a hijen avatar, but I have seen people get banned when they’re using a clone of their voice. Alex, thank you for taking the time to answer my question. I agree with what you said about using your real voice. Yeah, I totally Yeah, real voice is important. Um, that’s uh, you know, YouTube is not messing around when it comes to AI slop. Like, and I’m not saying you’re you’re going to make AI slop, but what matters is what YouTube thinks, okay? That’s what really matters, cuz YouTube is not messing around. They’re putting the ban hammer down on people. We’ve had zero people, exactly zero, people that have gotten banned um uh from from uh from uh posting, you know, uh on YouTube. But I know a lot of other programs that have gotten a ton of people. Hey guys, so listen, uh go.Homes.com/coaching, humus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, I am going to uh jump off here in a minute. Um, but it’s it’s been awesome. Um, yeah, last chance probably. Go. Scan that QR code. Again, guys, you’re going to have a confirmation page. It’s going to look like this or it’s going to look like this. Okay. On this confirmation page, make sure you do all these things. Make make sure you look at like all these steps. Follow all of them, right? Watch the video. This is a more simple one, but watch the video. It’s going to look like one of these. Okay, so do these steps. Okay, watch the video and then check out all these examples of me interviewing my clients, me showing uh you know different clients getting different results. So Carla here for instance, 1400 subscribers, most videos under 200 views. Um and she closed a six-figure contract from YouTube, crushing it, right? So look at all these examples, right? Look at all these people crushing it. We we got tons we have a bunch of new ones as well. tons and tons of people, uh, interviews, etc., etc. You’re going to find somebody who relates to your situation. They’ve got a business like you or they came from a background similar to you or they they’re in a similar niche to you or something like that. It’s going to relate to your situation and it’s going to be very inspirational. Okay? So, check all those out. Follow the instructions as well. Make sure you check your email as well, right? Make sure you check your email and confirm. There’s a possibility if you don’t confirm that we we may not take the call with you. Okay? Uh again, we are very picky about who we work with. We only work with about 18% of people. If you can’t follow instructions, there’s a possibility that that we’re we’re not going to we’re going to be less likely to work with you. Okay? So, uh make sure you do the confirmation email. It’s going to be masterclass call. That’s what it’s typically called, masterclass call. There should be multiple different ones sent to you. Uh one via Calendarly and one directly from us as well. So, make sure you read those emails and confirm. follow the uh follow the um uh uh instructions as well. And uh additionally, if for whatever reason you can’t sign up right now because you’re driving or whatever, just go ahead and screenshot this. Go ahead and screenshot this. You can always uh scan the QR code later. You can always type this one in. Go.coaching later. And you can also uh save the link as well. So, I’m going to actually post the link one more time right here. Uh, I’ll post it to everyone. I’ll post the link one more time here. Um, and I just posted it myself, but uh, yeah, thank you so much, guys. Have a good one. And, uh, I’m going to go ahead and sign off now. Have a good one, guys. Cheers. Thanks. Thanks, Alex. Appreciate you. Um, appreciate your questions. Great questions on your side, Alex. Molina, appreciate you as well. Have a good one. Uh, Jaws, appreciate you. Cheers. Take care. Uh, Alex, uh, Sharon, uh, Rain, Lewis. Awesome. Take care, guys. Have a good one.

June 16, 2026
1st Ever Media House AI System To Dominate Trends Fast!

All right, we are officially live. Welcome everyone. Good to have you here. Settle in. The room is open. We’re about to get started immediately. And what you’re about to witness is something that will finally get you a ton of views because one thing we’ve seen lately is that even with the latest AI tools, so let me know if you agree. Even with the latest AI tools, people are struggling to generate views, especially on social media. It has become so darn competitive. And that’s when we knew we had to change something. We had to find a better way. We had to find a method, a loophole, something that will guarantee you views no matter what. We’ve managed to do it. Let me know in the chat box if you can hear my voice. Let me know if you can see the screen. The sooner you do these things, the faster we can show this to you. We got amazing results, case studies, as well as proof that anyone that grabs this, if you take action, and when you actually implement this immediately after this webinar, you can expect to see a surge of traffic within the next 24 hours, guaranteed. And we’re going to prove that to you here today. So, I see lots of people are excited to get started. Yes, I see Anthony. Joshua’s here. Mando is here. There we go. Roger here. Amazing. Tony’s here, Lisa’s here, Debbiey’s here. Perfect. Lots of yeses coming in. So, as you can see on the screen, the AI finds what’s trending. And this is what something we’re going to talk about a lot here today because this is not your average video generation tool. It actually finds what people already want to watch. It finds what’s trending and it turns it into a consistent traffic stream for you across any social media channel. Whether you want to be on Instagram or Facebook or Tik Tok or LinkedIn or all of them together or YouTube, you can post what people already want to watch and guarantee yourself traffic. Now, this is going to be a fullout training as well as an amazing showcase of how this is going to work for you. But first, let’s start with amazing pop quiz. So answer the following question. What do you believe is the fastest way right now to get clicks and sales from social media? Is it a text post, b short videos, or c image post? Give me an A, B, or C in the chat to show that you know where the power is in today’s day and age, especially in 2026 and beyond. Exactly. I see tons of people commenting B. It is in fact and indeed be. And it’s not just something we assume or something we’re saying. It’s because platforms have came out publicly and shared that they prioritize short videos over any other content. You can see right here, social media prioritize the short form video content because it drives user engagement and keeps people on the platform longer, which is exactly what these platforms want. They want to have people on there for as long as possible. And that’s why algorithms are designed to favor content that actually is short, concise, and visually appealing. Now therefore video has officially become the number one most consumed content right it has established itself as the number one most consumed content type online as well as video content is dominating digital marketing right now and up to 90% of consumers are convinced to buy a product after watching a video and these data points are really important for what we’re about to share with you next because you’re going to benefit from all these facts. However, there is another side to this that I can only imagine you can agree to. Let me know in the chat box or question box if you agree with the following. Because here’s what they don’t tell you. Even though video is the number one consumed content, we video is the number one most important media format right now, a lot of entrepreneurs are struggling and it’s everyone, right? Even us, we’ve seen it. The competition is fearless because of the development and accessibility of new AI tools. People are struggling to get video views in 2026. Even with the latest AI video tools, they can’t seem to get traction because everyone has access to the latest AI video tools. Let me know if you agree. Let me know if you’ve seen that it’s a little bit harder than it used to be before. That’s totally normal. It’s about how do you innovate outside of it? It allows new people and even beginners, right, to get onto equal playing grounds by innovating themselves out of that. I see lots of yeses coming in. Now, again, tell me if this sounds familiar. You’ve tried using different AIs to post on social media right now because if you are and if this is you, you came to the right place. So, just drop a quick yes. On top of that, you know, you’ve endlessly generated videos. non-stop only to see worst of all little to no results to show for no views, no traffic, no enga engagement, and especially no leads, clicks, and sales because of it. And I want you to know that it’s not your fault. If you’re posting videos right now and are not seeing any results, the problem is the videos that you’re publishing are not sharing what people already want to see. This is the big secret. If you’re able to share what people already want to see, then you’re guaranteed to get views. But if you’re publishing things that you think people want to see or that you’re hoping people want to see, you’re always one step behind. And this is exactly what Yogesh has solved behind the scenes. Anyone that wants to get thousands and tens of thousands of views in record time, you came to the right place. Now, we’ve tested this over and over again, doing close to 300,000 views on Facebook reels, over 200,000 on Instagram, over close to half a million on YouTube alone. This is going to allow you to break through and build a massive traffic engine for your business and getting all the eyeballs you need. Now, answer the following question to see if this makes sense. Which video do you believe or do you reckon generates more views, clicks, and sales? Because once you understand this, we’re going to actually show you how we’ve done it. You see, is it video A where people endlessly are posting videos, you know, about their offers, about their opportunity, about maybe some value, about their business, etc. And those videos are actually great. They look great. They sound great, but the content is mostly about that. or is it B people tapping into relevant trends? What is happening on the news lately? Um major layoffs that are happening or things that are relevant or they can tie to whatever they’re selling. Facebook, you know, lost 50 billion in stock, right? The US government bans the import of avocados from Mexico indefinitely. So, what do you think catches people’s attention more? Become curious, wonder about, hey, what’s going on? There you go. See, BB B, but it needs to be relevant to the business. Exactly. So, you don’t just pick any random new strand, but something that you can tie back to your offer, to your surface, to your website. We’re going to show you how that happens, but it is indeed, I see all of you have it correct. It is B right news that is you know heard that is trending that’s happening right now that people thousands millions of people are already tuned into and even though we know this and you know we stop scrolling ourselves when we see something yet when we publish content we often focus on this try to get views with this and this is the hardest way you rather want to go broad immediately capture a lot of eyeballs filter them out and then make sure it all ties back to your offer. I’m going to show you how that’s done. Because what if I told you that after this training, you are guaranteed and that means not maybe or hopefully, but guaranteed to generate over 50,000 views at least by tapping into trends. We have people that are using our exact trending video AI, which I’m going to show you, to get traffic and sales from scratch. Now for the first time, Yoges is actually making this available to the public. You will have an AI spot trends and generate massive views rapidly. This exactly what the likes of Anique and G are doing to hit over 5 million video views. You know, talking about Microsoft, right? His company’s not Microsoft. He hasn’t done anything with Microsoft, but he knows that that is a hot topic at that current moment. A lot of people are searching for it. Algorithms are boosting it. They see it’s getting a lot of traction. You’re getting the better end of the algorithm because you’re riding that wave. And boom, he catches that trend and gets over 5 million views on that one video. It’s a strategy that is so underrated yet works without a doubt. Now, you will own a unique video AI that exactly does this for you. Generates massive amounts of views and engagement. It gets targeted clicks, leads, and sales. It works even if you’re a complete beginner. It generates attention from day one and requires zero tech skills. When you take action today, you will have hundreds of thousands of views. quite frankly become somewhat of a micro celebrity in your space with your own team page or own social media page getting tens of thousands of views a day more video views on autopilot than any other AI tool can promise you because none of them do what we’re about to show you and I actually prove it to you have an AI growing your social media pages rapidly even if you’re a complete beginner or even if you’re setting up a brand new page or have an existing page that you hasn’t been getting any traction thus far. And the best part is you don’t need to show your face for it. You don’t need any followers to begin with. You don’t need tech skills and you don’t need any experience. So, this is what we’re going to talk about. Let me know if you’re excited. And if you are, who is staying until the end? Comment yes in the comment box, chat box, question box, wherever you can find a place to type. Comment yes. Press enter. Even if you haven’t said a word so far, this is actually live. So, come in, comment yes. And if you do so, you’re going to get an attendance bonus package mailed out to you, but only if you stay until the end of this webinar. So, make sure you comment yes. And without further ado, let’s dive right into the three secrets. The reason you’re here. Starting off with the viral feed instant views. You’re going to see how AI does a viral trend spotting or leverages a viral trend spotting engine and generates over 50k views for absolute beginners growing your business from scratch. On top of that, daily video income. I’m going to show you how to become the most sought after with the current hottest in demand engine of 2026 that businesses are paying for video views right now and direct special access. Because you’re on this webinar, you’re about to witness something that only is available on this webinar. How to get exclusive discounted access to viral feed. Something that we won’t be doing anywhere else. and generate daily views only available on this webinar with an early user massive discount if I might add. So, let’s dive right into secret number one. Now, here’s the truth and this is something I’ve been sharing for a long time because this truth doesn’t change. There are lots of great business models out there and these might be some of the business models you’re practicing right now. Let me know in the chat box if you are. just share if you’re doing you know agency or service providing uh freelancing affiliate marketing white label reselling coaching maybe digital products maybe e-commerce maybe working with local businesses just share whichever you’re doing right now there you go I see lots amazing uh affiliate marketing digital marketing working with local businesses realtors uh contractors perfect now for all businesses marketers and people that want to make money online in 2026 without a doubt video is is an absolute must to grow your business. You’ll have to grow your business with video. This is something you cannot ignore, right? Even Forbes came out saying video must be your goto marketing strategy because it’s the root for massive online success. It gets you more traffic. It gets you more leads. It gets you more views. They’re businesses that simply wouldn’t have been here today if they didn’t blow up through a simple social media post that managed to reach a ton of people. that one single pulse or those few polls or shares that happen allowed them to where they are today. So it is an absolute must if you want to start reaching the right people to leverage video. However, and let me know once again if you agree with this, getting your video seen is nowadays way harder than it looks. And that’s just the reality. We realize that in 2026 ourselves since we also grow our businesses using video. simply posting standard videos and reels like we used to doesn’t work right and you probably noticed this as well. Let me know if you have where you know you’re posting endless amounts of social content. You’re using some of the latest and greatest AI tools. People are ignoring your efforts. Nobody’s interested to buy and you’re spending so much time with absolutely nothing to show for it. And unfortunately, most people think that if they just keep posting something somehow somewhere will hit eventually. And I’m here to tell you that that is an absolute waste of time. It’s the worst way to generate video views in 2026. And here’s why. This is not just something we’re saying. This is something we’ve deeply analyzed because we needed to solve this problem for ourselves as well. In 2026, marketing has changed forever. Changed on so many fronts. And one of them primarily is that algorithms now favor entertainment and trends more than ever. These social media platforms are smart. They know, hey, you know, these business content type stuff, sure, they’re doing okay, but they’re not getting that mass attention, tons of engagement, discussions going, talks going, and these platforms need more advertisers, need more engagement, more users. So, they fuel whatever gets the most responses, and that is entertainment and trends. And that’s why you know businesses struggle to get views because algorithms now favor right here entertainment over you know direct sales accounts posting you know promotions or you know product photos etc are quickly to get ignored. Now right here you can even see social algorithms favor trends because they’re designed to maximize user retention. Now with this data and there’s you know amazing case studies on this. You can see, you know, understanding how platforms prioritize trending versus evergreen content helps building, you know, a sustainable strategy. And we’ve dived really deep into this. We’ve seen that the biggest unfair advantage to generate a ton of views quickly. It’s actually pretty easy once you understand it is just leveraging trending content in a smart way. You see, trending content naturally, just naturally on its own, without you doing much additional effort, attracts more views because the platform already favors it. It will push it to more people. Platforms like YouTube, Tik Tok, Instagram actively promote topics. Now, if you have the platform boosting you, if you have the platform being the wind in your back, if the platform pushing you, that’s the best type of support you can have. Let me know if that makes sense because they promote topics that are already experiencing a spike in user search demand and viewer interest. If you’re talking about something that everybody’s already talking about, they’re like, “Hey, we’re going to throw you in the mix because we know people are going to love this.” And this is exactly what the biggest pages on social media are doing. They all use the same strategy. Let me know if you’re familiar with some of these pages. You know, pages like Lat Bible. All they do is p pick what’s happening right now in the world or in any sector in tech in you know finance whatever is you know the most talked about topic they create a post about it they get millions of views puberty does the same thing daily mill does the same thing unilab does the same thing you can even see here you know we share bold stories and news about people what connects them from all over the world now and it’s on all types of topic you know health wealth relationships selfless acts and unilad makes a lot of money and a lot different ways because of this. They do amazing promotions, sponsored posts, they’re getting, you know, a ton of monetizations. We’re going to talk about that more in a second, but let me know if you’re starting to see the quote unquote loophole where most businesses are struggling to get seen by posting about their affiliate offer, their own products and services. This is where pages that have no problems generating 50,000 to 100,000 views on even a bad day, they’re not even putting in much effort. They’re just distributing what people already want to hear. Comment yes if you understand this. Because even though it’s obvious in hindsight, a lot of people are not doing this or not aware about this or haven’t thought about actually implementing this for themselves. Let me know in the chat box if this makes sense. If you understand the power of leveraging viral news trends instead of generic content. There you go. Genius. Brilliant. How come I didn’t think of this before? Perfect. Now, the key here is if it’s this easy, right, as everybody is seeing right now, why isn’t everyone doing it then? And there’s a good reason for that. Because first of all, there are a lot of video tools out there. I’m willing to bet everyone here has some kind of video tool that allows you to generate, you know, faceless videos or your own videos. However, none of them, and we’ve tried them all, none of them scans and finds the most trending content for you that is related to your industry. Whether you’re in tech, whether you’re in AI, whether you’re in finance, whether you’re in business, whether you’re in health, wealth, fitness, what is the most talked about topic? What is the talk of the town? The thing that keeps people going right now. And none of them does that. They make you come up with the script or the tool comes up with some generic script along, you know, the keywords that you give it, but it’s not based on proven content that people already want to watch. And that’s because creating trending content that attracts your ideal audience requires a ton of work. We’ve seen this firsthand. You need to research news topics. You need to filter for niche relevance because, you know, you can put out any news topic, but you want to tie it back to your offer, your business. So, there needs to be somehow a link or connection. comparing Google search demand, finding the right content angle, rewriting it for each platform, pulsing before the trend dies, and then the video production side, picking the avatar, generating the voiceovers, burning credits on bad outputs, and worst of all, it requires a ton of multiple AI tools, and so much more. And that’s why yog has created the perfect video solution. You see before we needed to research topics with chat GPT you know keep an eye on Google trends what’s happening there then go to capcot to edit the video properly 11 laps for the voices hootsweet for the publishing and it all is costing costing costing costing he has turned all of this into one tool that allows you to do it for dirt cheap vir researches the trend generate the script create the videos add the captions and get you hundreds of thousands of views quickly as proven the first I’m using it. He managed to generate close to 30,000 views. Something that hasn’t happened in a long time simply because the algorithms already favor what you will publish. You see, Yogis has trained a state-of-the-art AI to scan exactly what’s generating trending traffic right now. Breaking updates, right? Things explain simply what people are wondering about things. You know what this means for you. This is such a great one because people want to know, all right, so how does this affect me? What does this mean for you? Right? This is happening in the world. Here’s what this means for you. That’s such a good content angle. You’re going to witness it firsthand. You’re going to see your first 10,000 views practically overnight. Now, let me ask you a question. What if you we equipped you with your very own viral trend video AI? Now that you start to understand this process and this strategy that you might have not been utilizing thus far, wondering why haven’t you been getting any views? What if you finally had the ability to get a ton of views doing this? Where the AI finds what gets people to stay on social media and watch. For example, right here, one of the top stories currently, you can actually, you know, look this up as we speak, is that Microsoft and Xbox are facing major layoffs, right? There’s a lot of search volume on this. You can see here, you know, the rising stars. You know, there’s a huge interest in the past 24 hours alone. We can even go to Google Trends right now. Actually, go and show it to you myself. So, I’m here inside Google Trends and I’ll do Microsoft, you know, layoffs, something that’s being talked about. Look at it. It spikes the whole day. This just the past 24 hours alone, you know, and you see the rising stars. People are talking about this nonstop. And I know that this is a hot topic, especially on X on LinkedIn where it’s gaining a lot of traction and algorithms love it. Now, therefore, the AI actually already has done all the research for me, has find all the relevant articles, the one with the most comments, the most engagement, and then before I know it, it has actually created a viral news video for me for my offer relating to that story. Breaking right now, Microsoft’s Xbox division is planning major layoffs next month. Bloomberg News is reporting this and it’s just been confirmed by Reuters. Here’s what we know. The cuts are coming soon and they’re expected to be significant. This isn’t a rumor. It’s coming from inside the company. Why does this matter? Because Microsoft just spent nearly $70 billion buying Activision Blizzard. And now, months later, jobs are on the line. This signals a major shift in strategy. Xbox is tightening its belt and the gaming industry is bracing for impact. This story is developing fast. There we have it. That story is currently generating us 89,420

views. The offer it goes to is, hey, AI is taking over. Layoffs are happening everywhere. Be on the other side by using AI to your advantage. and we take him to one of our AI tools. The clicks we’re getting for that offer are more than we’ve ever had with any other social media video we posted. And it’s all because the AI does it for us. It once again finds out what is generating massive attention right now. For example, another one that is right now a hot topic is the social security trust fund. You might have heard about this, you know, is running dry in the next 10 years. There’s major worldwide search volume for this. People are panicking and boom, it taps into that algorithm trend and before you know it, Social Security is running out of time. A new report warns its reserves will be gone in less than 10 years. That means millions of Americans could face major benefit cuts. The system is paying out more than it takes in. And without action, the trust fund hits zero around 2033. This affects retirees, disabled workers, and families. The clock is ticking. Want to know how this could impact your future? Follow now and drop a comment with your biggest There we have it. Do you see yourself generating traffic fast? If you had an AI tool, publish viral news trends 24/7 to your socials and tie it back to any offer that you’re selling, whether you’re in health, wealth, realtors, fitness, no matter what type of business you’re working with or what type of business you own. The AI finds hot topics, things that make people, you know, that they talk about, they’re maybe scared about, things that are on their mind, things that they, you know, gossip about outside with other people when they run into someone or when they’re around the table and they’re like, “Hey, have you heard this on the news?” The things that make people talk, that’s what captures their interest. And when you leverage this AI, come to the chat box. Do you see yourself? Do you understand the power behind this? Do you see yourself generating traffic fast? Because if you do, I see lots of yeses coming in. Awesome. Pay very close attention. Comment, “I want this.” We’re going to show you the tool firsthand. The power of it. Comment, “I want this.” If you want an inside look. There we go. I want this. I want this. I want this. I need this. Amazing. Without further ado, let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Hi everyone. This is Yogesh Agarwal. And over the next few minutes, I’m going to show you something that completely changes how you create short form viral videos forever. Today, I’m pulling back the curtain on Viral Feed AI, the world’s first complete viral video creation engine. It turns any trending content, any article, or any idea into stunning, ready to post videos in minutes. Even if you’ve never edited a single video in your life, no tech skills, no editing experience, no voice talent, no expensive software. And to prove how powerful this is, I’m walking you through three different ways to create videos with Virro Feed AI. First, turning a single trending post into a fully edited viral video, plus the full professional editor with key frames, color grading, transitions, and animation control. Then, batch creating multiple videos from multiple posts at once, each with its own unique style. And finally, pasting any article URL on the internet and turning it into a video in seconds. Let’s get started. This is the viral feed AI dashboard. Your central hub for creating AI powered viral videos. From here, you can create a new project, access all your existing projects, manage agency accounts, check your available credits, and get support whenever you need it. I’ll click new project to set up a brand new content channel. Virro feed AI is built for speed. Give your project a name. For this demo, I’ll call it test project. Then pick your niche from 10 readymade categories like AI and technology, finance and crypto, health and wellness, marketing, business, entertainment, sports, science, education, or lifestyle. I’ll pick AI and technology. Now toggle add branding on. This is where every video automatically becomes a branded asset. For this demo, I’ll upload a simple placeholder that just says your logo here. But in your real project, this is where you drop your actual brand logo and choose its position. Top left, top right, center, bottom left, or bottom right, so it appears in the exact same place on every single video you create. Next, presenter type. Choose AI talking head for a fully animated presenter or faceless voice for clean voiceover only videos. I’ll go with AI talking head for this demo. Now your avatar. Here’s where Virro Feed AI saves you hundreds of dollars in stock presenter costs. You get two simple options. Option one, upload your own photo, your own face, your own brand, your own personality. And here’s the magic part. Vyro feed AI automatically removes the background so your presenter blends seamlessly into every scene. No green screen, no Photoshop, no manual cutout, none of it. Or option two, just pick from Vyro Feed AI’s built-in ready-made avatar library. Diverse male and female professional presenters ready to go in one single click. Click create project and your entire video studio is ready in seconds. Welcome to your project workspace. Three pillars, sources, create a video and my videos. And right at the top, change your avatar anytime with one click. Here, sources are used to scan websites regularly and get trending content. So, you don’t have to search for content anymore. You just need to add your keyword and Virro feed AI will scan all latest news resources and get your fresh content for your video. Create video allows you to use the content from sources to create video. That’s right. No more researching, scripting, or doing any hard work. Click sources, then add sources. In the find section, type any keyword you want to dominate. latest AI news and within seconds, Vyro Feed AI pulls live feeds from Google News, Reddit, Hacker News, and more. Ready to plug straight into your pipeline. Click the plus button and the source goes live instantly, automatically scanning the web every single day. Want full control? Switch to manual mode. Paste any RSS feed or website URL. Set your time filter. Turn on ignore duplicates. Even exclude keywords you don’t want to appear in your videos. You sleep. Viral feed AI works. Our content sources are listed here in the sources section. Just click the drop- down arrow to view all content pulled from that source. From here, you can easily edit, pause, or delete any source whenever you want. And you can add multiple sources to a single project, combining content from different platforms in one place. Pretty powerful, isn’t it? Once everything looks good, click back to return to the project dashboard. When you’re ready to turn your content into a fully automated video, just click create video. Virat AI gives you three ways to feed it. Fresh posts from your autofetched content stream from URL to convert any article on the internet or custom text to paste your own original message directly. Today I’m covering fresh posts and from URL, but custom text is right there whenever you want to use your own content. So for this first demo, I’m using fresh posts. Look at this list of trending posts. All pulled in automatically and marked fresh. Ready to convert into video. No research, no copying, no hunting. And I’ll pick just one for this demo. On the right, pick your video length, 30, 45, or 60 seconds, and your script style. Confirm your presenter type and choose your call to action. If you have a custom one, add it here. Click next. Welcome to the command center. Every element of your video in one clean screen. The AI has already written your script structured for retention. Edit it if you like or regenerate for a different angle. Next, your visuals. Three sources. AI generated free pixel stock or your own uploads. Three styles. Clean, dynamic, minimal. I’ll go dynamic. Click generate images. And watch this. Custom AI visuals scene by scene. Perfectly aligned with the script. No more pixel searches. No more midjourney prompts. No more stock subscriptions. And viries them right into your video. You can even combine all three sources in the same project. Toggle background music on. Virro feed AI gives you a massive royalty-free music library across upbeat, cinematic, calm, electronic, acoustic, jazz, and hip-hop. Preview and pick a track. Done. Now, this is the section that completely changes the game. Voice and narration. Virro feed AI gives you two powerful options right here. First, look at the top. Clone your own voice. Upload a sample of any voice, just 15 seconds or less, and Virro feed AI clones it narrates every single video in that exact voice. Your own voice, a team member’s voice, a brand voice, anything. Your tone, your accent, your personality locked into every video you ever make. This is what voice cloning startups charge $30 to $99 every single month for, built right in. And every voice you clone gets saved in your uploaded voices, so you can store as many as you want and switch between them anytime in one click. Or pick a ready-made voice from Vyro Feed AI’s premium neural library. Filter by language and gender, Arya, the warm and confident female voice, Jenny, the natural conversational tone, Ava, plus Michelle, Anna, Emma, and many more. For this demo, I’ll pick Arya from the ready-made library. Captions, the secret weapon behind every viral video. Pick from classic, Tik Tok pop, karaoke, neon glow, bounce, minimal. Customize the active word color, inactive color, background color, font, and even caption position. I’ll go neon glow, robboto font, center position. Watch the live preview update on the right. Click generate final video and Virro feed AI renders your fully edited ready to post video instantly. Welcome to my videos. The home base of your test project. Every video you create in this project lives right here organized with status, duration, source headline and date. Play, save to your device. Delete or click edit in editor to open the professional studio. And look at the top right create new button. This is your shortcut to add another video to this same project. Every video you ever make stays organized inside one clean workspace, one project, one library. But before we create the next one, let me show you what happens inside the editor. Click edit in editor. Your video is already loaded with your full-sized AI presenter right there on the canvas. The timeline below has every track perfectly organized and color-coded. Scenes for backgrounds, AI video for your presenter, narration with the full waveform visible, music and captions. This is a complete professional studio. Click on your AI presenter and a bounding box appears instantly with corner handles. Just grab any corner and drag to resize from full frame all the way down to a small pictureinpicture overlay. Click and drag to move it anywhere on screen. bottom right like a streamer, top left like a news anchor, or center stage like a commercial. And every adjustment updates in real time. And here’s another feature that makes Virro Feed AI feel like a full professional editing suite. You’re not locked into a single presenter position for the entire video at any point on the timeline. Simply place the playhead exactly where you want the change and press S on your keyboard to instantly split the AI presenter into a new segment. Now select that segment and the interactive bounding box appears right on the canvas. Drag to reposition your presenter anywhere on the screen. Resize it to any scale or use the quick zoom controls on the right for pixel perfect adjustments. But this is where it gets really powerful. With that segment selected, just open the effects panel on the left and choose from a library of professional transitions. fade in, slide from any direction, wipe, dissolve, and many more. The transition is applied only to that selected segment, giving you complete creative control over exactly when and how your presenter appears on screen. Need your presenter to move multiple times throughout the video? No problem. Just move the playhead to another point, press S again to create another split, and customize that section independently. Every split can have its own position, scale, and transition effect, letting you create dynamic studio quality presentations with incredible ease. This is the kind of timeline control you’d normally expect from expensive professional editing software. But inside Virro Feed AI, it’s simple enough to master in just a few clicks. It’s a genuine gamecher for creating engaging, professionallooking AI videos. Now, click on anything else. a scene image, an audio clip, a caption, and the right side of the screen lights up with the properties panel. And here’s the magic. It transforms based on whatever you select. Different element, different tools. So there’s zero hunting through menus. Just total contextual editing. Click any scene image and properties opens with four tabs. Style for position, scale, rotation, opacity, and fit. FX for over 20 scene transitions across basic, slide, dissolve, and wipe categories. Filters for cinematic color grading. Color presets in one click. Warm, cool, vintage, black and white, cinema, sepia, high contrast. Fine-tune with the brightness, contrast, saturation, and blur sliders. Plus, professional color grading LUTs including teal and orange. the Hollywood blockbuster grade and film noir for dramatic moody content. This is what colorists charge hundreds of dollars per video for. Included and now the feature that separates Vyro Feed AI from every single AI video tool on the market. Key frames. With this feature, you get complete control over animations and transitions. You can set key frames different points in your timeline to animate position, scale, rotation, and opacity over time. Let me show you how it works. Set frame to zero and set scale 1x. Frame 130, scale 1.5x, and your scene smoothly zooms in, drawing the viewer’s eye exactly where you want it. Animate position to fly elements across the screen. This is professional motion graphics. What Hollywood designers charge $150 an hour to do. Two clicks. Nothing else on the market does this for AI generated videos. Click any audio track, narration, music, or sound effects. And the properties panel switches to audio with the style tab. Volume with quick presets. mute 25 50 75 100% plus a precision slider and speed control to play at half speed for emphasis, 1.5 times for fast pace or two times for time compression. Click any caption on the timeline and the caption panel opens with three full tabs of control. Start with content. Here you edit the exact caption text and set precise start and end times right down to the millisecond. Choose top, center, bottom, or custom placement or apply a preset style like shadow stack with one click. Next is the style tab for complete typography. Set the font size, weight, and family with options like Anton for bold viral impact. Then tune the text color, background color, opacity, text transform, and letter spacing. And when it’s perfect, apply your style to every caption at once. And finally, animate, where your captions come alive. Wordbyword animations that make every single word pop. This is the exact micro animation behind every viral Tik Tok and reals caption. The moment you add text, the animation library appears on the right. Over 20 entrance animations, fade any direction, pop in and more, plus text specific animations, typewriter, karaoke, and a lot more. Click the text panel to your own custom text. Click add custom text or pick from professional templates across headings, social, gradient, 3D, animated backgrounds, and lower thirds. Drag it onto the canvas. Edit it however you need. Done. The elements panel adds emojis, shapes, and trending gifts. Drop any element on the canvas and every visual becomes a fully animated component. And just to round out the sidebar, templates gives you 30 pro video templates across every niche. Media is your upload library. Music is a massive royalty-free track library across every genre. And voice over gives you the full library of premium voices plus emotion control to make every line sound human. But the panel that completely changes the game is AI world. This is where viral feed AI replaces five separate AI subscriptions. Generate image, generate video, AI sound effects, AI music, and scene suggestions all in one panel. Five tools creators normally pay for separately every single month. All built-in, all included. And branding. This is where you make every video truly yours. Upload your logo, choose its position on the screen, adjust the size, and control the opacity to match your brand style. Place the logo in any corner or drag it freely anywhere on the canvas. And if you need it, turn on a watermark for extra brand visibility. These settings carry across your whole video so you keep one consistent professional brand identity on everything you create. Settings let you change the frame rate, resolution, snap to grid, and full keyboard shortcuts. When you’re ready, click export. Choose your format, MP4, or webm. Pick your quality and hit start export. Virro feed AI takes you right back to my videos so you can keep creating while it renders in the background. And here it is, the final video fully rendered, ready to publish. Let me hit play.

Meta keeps delaying its new AI model. That’s the big story. Why? The model isn’t ready for developers yet. Meta says it needs more testing, but some insiders worry about competition and safety. So, who is meta? Why is the delay? Why is caution and pressure? This matters because it affects how fast AI tools reach you. Want the latest updates? Follow and comment below for more. Look at this. A fully edited viral video, custom AI visuals, premium voice over from area, perfectly synced captions, your logo locked into the corner, all generated automatically from a single trending news post. This is the kind of content that makes channels go viral. And it took us just a few clicks. And here’s one more massive feature most people completely miss. Look at every video card in my videos. The hooks and SEO button. Click it. Viral feed AI generated 10 attention grabbing hooks and 10 high converting titles. All AI generated, all optimized for the exact content inside your video. These are your Tik Tok and reals hooks. These are your YouTube titles. These are your Instagram captions with content relevant hashtags and tags ready to paste. everything you need to go viral instantly and grab all those viral traffic to your video in just few clicks. Copy all to grab every hook and title at once. Regenerate for a fresh batch. Save to keep them for later. This one feature alone replaces the AI copywriting tools creators pay $ 20 to $50 a month for and still struggle for video views. here. It’s fully automated and guaranteed to get you views, traffic, and lots of sales. All right, that was the fresh post method. But what if you’re running a daily channel, an agency, or an affiliate campaign, and you need to publish 5, 10, even 20 videos per day? Watch this. Back in my videos for our test project, I just click the create new button at the top. Notice how we stay in the same project, the same workspace, the same organized library. Everything I make next gets added to this one project. Stay on fresh post mode. Instead of picking just one post, I’m selecting multiple posts at once. Three different trending stories, three different angles, all checked, all ready to convert into videos. Now look at the right sidebar. A new bulk style mode option. Autorecommended lets Vyro feed AI intelligently pick the best visual style for each video based on its content or pick same for all to lock every video in your batch to one consistent style. I’ll go auto. Click next. And here’s where it gets really powerful. Look at the top of the review and generate page. Three tabs. Video one, video two, video 3. One for each post you selected. This is the game changer. You’re not just batch generating three identical videos. You’re configuring each one completely independently in a single workflow. For video one, your AI script is already written. Edit it, regenerate it, choose clean visual style, generate scene images, toggle background music on, and pick a track. Choose area as your voice. Set neon glow captions. Click the video to tab. Different script, different content, different angle. Now configure video two completely separately. Maybe dynamic visual style this time. Different background music. Jenny as the voice. Tik Tok pop captions. Click video three. Same total control. Different script. Different visuals. Different voice. Different captions. Each video gets its own unique identity, its own pace, its own personality. All from one batch workflow. When you’re happy with all three, click generate final video. All three videos render in parallel. And just like that, three brand new, fully customized, uniquely styled viral videos ready to publish. 3 days of content in 5 minutes. Imagine the consistency. Imagine the volume. Imagine actually beating the algorithm instead of fighting it. And each one can be opened in the full editor with key frames, animations, and color grading. All of it. And let me play one of them for you so you can see what came out. Super micro computer just launched new AI data centers and locked in major partnership wins. Who is SMCI? They build the hardware powering the AI boom. What happened? They scaled up fast with big clients and new facilities. Why does it matter? Their valuation is now under the microscope. After this explosive growth, investors are asking if the stock is priced too high or still has room to run. We break down the numbers and the buzz. Hit follow and drop a comment with your take on SMCI. Different content, different visual style, different voice, different caption animation, all from one single batch workflow. Three uniquely styled videos in the time it used to take to make one. This is what content creation at scale actually looks like. Now, here’s the fastest workflow of all. This one is for everyone who reads an interesting article online and thinks, “I wish I could turn this into a video right now.” Same test project. Back to my videos. I already have multiple videos in this library. From the fresh post and multiple posts methods, I just click create new again. Same project, same workspace, completely different content source. This time, select from URL. Just paste any article URL on the internet. A TechCrunch article, a Verge article, a blog post, a news story, anything. Virro feed AI fetches the entire article, reads it, understands it, and converts it into a polished video script in seconds. Pick your length, script style, presenter, and call to action. Click continue. And here we are back in the command center. Script autogenerated from the article. Visuals ready. Music ready. Voice ready. Captions ready. Click generate final video. Done. A fully edited viral video generated from a URL you found online 30 seconds ago. Let me hit play. Breaking right now. The world is facing a new oil shock. Massive damage to Persian Gulf oil infrastructure is threatening to [ __ ] global supply. This just happened and it’s not a temporary blip. Key facilities may take months or even years to rebuild. That means oil prices are set to spike and inflation could roar back. The straight of Hormas, a critical choke point for global energy, is now at risk. Europe, Asia, and North America all depend on this region. If supply stays tight, the entire global economy could feel the pain. This is not a short-term crisis. It’s a structural shift. Follow now for urgent updates as this story develops. One more time so you can see the final result. Same professional quality, same cinematic polish, same viral readiness from a URL you found on the internet 30 seconds ago. This is the workflow that ends creator burnout for good. And look at my videos right now. Every single video from every single workflow all sitting inside our test project. The single video from the fresh post method. The three batched videos from multiple posts. The URL video. Five videos. Three content sources. One organized project. This is what content at scale looks like when everything stays in its right place. In one demo session, Virat AI created a single beautifully edited viral video, batched three uniquely styled videos with per video control, and converted any article URL into video with one paste. All inside a single organized project, plus the full professional editor, contextual properties panel, presenter resize and reposition, cinematic color grading with Hollywood LUTs, 20 plus transitions, key frame motion graphics, the full animation library, plus typewriter, karaoke and glitch text effects, three tab caption control, and one-click export. Now, let me ask you something honest. How much are you currently spending every single month on tools that virro feed AI completely replaces? Voiceover platforms like 11 Labs $30 to $99. Stock media subscriptions $30 to $50. Caption tools $ 20 to $40. AI image generators $10 to $60. Video editing software $ 20 to $60. AI script writers $ 20 to $50. plus professional color grading and motion graphics tools that cost hundreds more. Add it all up and most serious creators are spending $200 to $500 every single month juggling eight different platforms with no integration, no automation, no professional motion graphics, and no time left to actually grow. Vir AI replaces every single one of them in one clean, automated, fully integrated platform for one tiny fraction of what you’re spending right now. This is built for affiliate marketers publishing daily agencies producing client content at scale. Faceless YouTube channels chasing the algorithm, Tik Tok and reals creators who need fresh content non-stop. and anyone who wants to dominate short form video without burning hours everyday editing. Right now, if you’re watching this, you’re getting in at launch pricing before everyone else catches on. This is a one-time investment for what would normally be a neverending monthly subscription. Once the launch period closes, this offer is gone forever. Lock in your access, grab your commercial license while it’s still included, and let Virat AI start cranking out viral videos for you. starting today. This is Yogesh Agarwal and I’ll see you inside Vyro Feed AI. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and wants their own viral feed AI account. It does everything for you from start to bottom. You don’t have to script anything yourself. You don’t have to show your face. It researches the trend. Pick an avatar and you run with it. and you start seeing a mass amount of views starting today. There you go. See lots of yeses coming in. Now, that’s it for secret number one, the viral feed instant views. I’m going to quickly go into secret number two, which is the daily video income. Because the people that grab Viral Feed AI, you will get guaranteed traffic and sales. This is something we’ve been saying from the start because we’ve done it over and over again. And there’s actually three ways to capitalize viral feed traffic. you’re going to get a ton of views, a ton of traffic regardless because the algorithms will be boost boosting the content that you’re sharing simply because you’re leveraging viral trends and news over and over again. Now, you can send mass amounts of traffic for your offer. And here’s what you can expect from Virfeed AI. It finds trending content people care about. It autocreates the scripts, visuals, captions, music, call to actions, fully done for you. And then you send the video traffic to your website and offers. you get a ton of clicks, a ton of views as it will make sure the video is related to what your offer or sales page or business is about. And this is exactly what is working right now for other people as well. You can see right here 2.3 million followers generated all using an AI aftar just leveraging you know trending news here Google just did this you know this person just did this just talking about something interesting something out of the ordinary something happening in the world but it’s already capturing a lot of traction and then tying it back to an offer it happens here for Rowan Chung as well already raking up over 48.4K 4K followers racked up to 7 million views. Now, it is one of the easiest loopholes, one of the biggest shortcuts that anyone can do. And it’s just an avatar. This is not a real person. This is an avatar just picking up real things happening on around the world, talking about it, then redirecting it to an offer. Now, besides sending high quality traffic for your offers, you can also make an automated affiliate income. And the auto affiliate income is simply you get an affiliate link of a product you want to promote and you let viral feed find trends related to your product that you’re promoting. It finds the right hooks to write you know how big tech uses AI to fire people whether you’re maybe selling an AI tool or or um white label reselling tool. Now from here you already have two ways to capitalize on vir traffic. This will honestly be your biggest earners right from the gate. But there’s a third way that has people begging you to do it for them because you can also get paid for surface delivery. All these businesses have one thing in common and they all need qualified traffic daily and they’re willing to pay recurring money to anyone who can get leads and views for them. You can see right here we need a social media short from video strategist. Now we need an organic social media manager for a true short uh you know streaming app. We’re looking for Rockstar True Crime Native social media manager. You know $35,000.

True crime is what you know Viral Feed is great for as it can report on all you know the biggest happenings around crime in the world. They’ll actually immediately hire you, pay you three and a halfk a month to start doing this for them. This is an active and open inquiry. You can go on Upwork, find this right now. They’re desperately looking for video traffic. And with the power of vir AI, businesses will fall in love with you. Now, here’s the profitable three-step vir. You pick from the hundreds of clients that are available to you daily. You provide oneweek free trial to any business owner saying, “Hey, I’m going to take over your socials for the first week. Since you’re looking for someone, you don’t have to pay me yet. Just let me show you my strategy and how I’m going to go about it.” Because most businesses, they’re not getting traction. They’re talking about their product, their business that nobody cares about. They’re doing all the mistakes that, you know, we used to do as well. And then we showed them, hey, we’re going to talk about relevant things, things that people actually care for, things that keep people going, things that, you know, people talk about around the water coolers. and then we’re going to tie your business to it. Now, they see the immense results, the views, the traction, the reach they’re getting, and you start getting paid full-time for using Fire Feed AI. Now, the people that take action today, we’re actually going to help you with this. We’re going to give you all the handholding and support you need, and you will start making money in any industry. So, let me know in the question box or chat box. Do you see how this is one of the easiest AI revenue streams? When you have access to an AI that does things differently from all the other ones without dealing with the competition, without having to struggle to get views, without having to come up with scripts or hoping the algorithm picks you up. You are guaranteed to get views from day one. Who here absolutely loves this? Let me know in the question or chat box. I see lots of yeses flying in. And there we have it. Secret number two, and because you’re here, we’re going to actually do something interesting, which is direct special access only available on this webinar. Now, I already saw a lot of people in the chat saying, “I want this right now. Share the link. I need this. I’ve been trying to get views for the longest time.” This is finally going to solve that problem because it is a proven loophole that is not only, you know, supported by us, but the algorithms, you know, the the beasts of social media, the actual, you know, deciders of whether you’re going to get reach or not, they prefer you to leverage this type of content. And that’s why it just works perfectly across the board. I see lots of people saying, “Yes, direct special access.” So with that being said, you’ve seen what’s possible. You have the hard AI way where unfortunately people are buying dozens of tools, trying to learn how they work, post every day without results, and getting ignored by the algorithms to now having the proven guaranteed AI viral feedway. The question just is, who here wants to wake up tomorrow with viral feed already generating at least 10,000 views while you slept? Let me know in the question box or chat box. Who here wants to wake up tomorrow and have viral feed already publishing the latest news publication that is catching the early trends, getting people to be fanatic about the content that you’re sharing, the mass amounts of engagement you’re generating, and then leveraging the traffic for your business, for your offers around the clock. Comment yes if that’s you, and let me show you everything that you’re getting today. First of all, you’re going to get the Viral Feed AI premium account. This means you have access to the entire Viral Feed command center where you can build multiple content projects from one simple dashboard. On top of that, you can connect your favorite content sources in minutes. If you already have a site or place or blog or a resource where you’re getting your latest and greatest news from, this can be an Instagram page, this can be a website, you can simply enter that here and it will start drawing from there. On top of that, you can manage different niches, brands, and campaigns effortlessly. You can replace scattered AI tools with one unified workflow. You can create, edit, organize, and publish all from one place in any type of niche, whether it’s sport, whether it’s fitness, health, relationships, mindset, you know, business or worldwide events. And then without any markups, without any hidden costs, and best of all, without any monthly fees. You’re getting access to the whole nine yards. And here’s why this matters. Viral Feed takes care of the entire strategy for you. You don’t have to think about what’s trending. You don’t have to research what’s trending. All you have to do is enjoy the mass amount of views that are coming your way the moment Viral Feed gets to work. Now, who here absolutely loves that? Let me know in the question box because this took a lot and a lot of, you know, putting things together, data assets, you know, training AIs, making the research flawless. You’re getting it all on a silver platter. I see people loving it. Amazing. Now, on top of the viral feed command center, you’re also getting the viral trend discovery engine. And you know, this is where the magic happens. You’ll discover trending stories before your competitors even see them. And this is extremely powerful because when you have a trend, before it’s a trend, people go and look it up and you’re the first videos they find across all platforms. You’ll find hot topics that people already want to watch. You turn any keyword RSS feed or article or URL into video ideas. Spot high potential stories before you publish. Create multiple viral angles from the same topic. And that’s actually a great one. This something we’ve seen and we’ve added in later as we saw, you know, some big influencers doing this approach as well and it works great. And then we tested it and it works phenomenal. Is if a story is already working great, why post it once? You can post it multiple times but from different angles to avoid repetition but making sure it’s the same hot topic but making a different angle to it over and over again getting you know sometimes triple or if not quadruple the amount of traffic out of that same story. Now you’ll have that power immediately as well. The viral feed creates self-updating content so you don’t have to do a thing and this allows you to see how viral feed viral feed will be responsible for generating instant traffic for you. When I say traffic, I’m talking about hundreds of thousands of views coming your way because this is unlike anything you’ve ever experienced before. If you ever tried uploading videos and you know you didn’t get much traction and video was probably maybe about you or some story or you know about your business, about your offer, this is where you get a ton of views. You see the power of social media, the real power of what social media can do for your business. Now, speaking of which, this is where it becomes real because on top of the viral feed command center and viral trend discovery engine, you’re also getting the AI viral content studio which actually puts it all to work for you. It turns the stories into videos in seconds. On top of that, it builds faceless content channels without recording yourself. Also, it builds consistent AI avatars so the audience start recognizing you consistently and instantly. It predicts which videos are most likely to go viral before you even publish. So, you already know that you’re guaranteed to get traffic and you publish across multiple social platforms with a single click and your call to action ready to go. It can be, you know, follow for growth, comment for more, go to my link. You can decide what you want to do with the mass amounts of traffic that you’ll be receiving. You’ll go from zero to owning viral content in minutes. So again, who here is loving everything they’re getting access to so far? And if you do, comment yes in the chat box or in the question box because the team has put a lot of time, effort, testing, you know, proving it over and over again to make it so darn easy for you. I see lots of yeses coming in. Anyone that has ever bought any video tool to wanting to get views, this is a musth have because this is the one that actually gets you more views than any other tool can ever provide you. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to unlock what we call the webinar only bundle. Some of you are familiar with this, but only on the webinar, we tend to do something special where we’re going to give you the biggest discount and on top of that all the upgrades, but it’s only available on this very live webinar. This means that on top of the Virat AI premium account, you’re also getting access to the Virro Feed AI Pro Unlimited Edition. This means we’ll upgrade your vir AI to pro and that instantly 4x your traffic and earnings without any extra work, just extra features and more capability. You’ll be able to access over 100 plus AI presenters, build faces that your audience actually remembers. You’ll unlock 50 plus custom presenters, clone yourself, or create custom characters that build trust. And the cloning yourself is so powerful. We’ve worked with a lot of clients and businesses by now that specifically want a clone of themselves, you know, to leverage or become this new spokesperson in their industry for relevant trends, you know, and industry highlights. And it works like a charm. You’ll be able to run unlimited projects and launch as many content brands as you want. You have unlimited sources, never run out of viral content again. Unlimited talking head videos, unlimited faceless videos, build traffic assets without showing your face, unlimited script generation, unlimited AI image generation. You get our advanced viral traffic strategies that will share with you only in the pro unlimited. And you get our additional bonuses, which is our social stories and our omni channel marketing. So you can actually market on all platforms at once. and you have the commercial license included for the pro features. Now, this is going to allow you to go from where you are now to instantly skyrocketing your social media accounts practically overnight because you have no limits on the amount you can produce. Now, on top of the pro unlimited, you’re also getting one of my favorites, the donefor you edition. Now, the done for you edition makes everything so much easier and faster because with the viral feed AI done for you, we’ll actually do everything for you. This means you can skip all trial and error and hard work and make commissions daily from us. We actually go out and our team, we’ve already on standby and researches 30 days of trending content and create 60 ready to publish viral videos for you. We build and configure your complete content source network. We monitor trends daily and discover new opportunities for you. We write high retention scripts optimized for shorts, reals, Tik Tok, and Facebook. We create proven hooks, angles, and viral story structures for every video. We write captions, call to actions, and engagement prompts designed to increase interaction. We repurpose your content for multiple platforms automatically. We deliver a done for you. Just upload and publish content vault directly into your account. and we give you a thousand a,000 done for you viral sorts and reels ready to post. We’re basically giving you a ton of traffic immediately. Now, this is something we can only and exclusively do on this webinar. We have a set team trained including ourselves to start doing this only for the people that grab this on the webinar. Outside of this webinar, we won’t be able to do this for anyone else. Now, we’ll add our exclusive viral traffic training to your members area, and you’ll also get our commission crushing super secrets, where we’ll show you how to create and turn all that traffic into a ton of affiliate commissions with some of the hottest offers that work perfectly with viral feed AI. That’s why the Dunw edition is my favorite because I know anyone that grabs the bundle and gets the done few edition, they’re considered to be success stories from the get-go. Now, on top of the done for you, you’re also getting the scaling mode. This allows you to create 10 videos at once instead of one at a time, allowing you to move faster, allowing you to publish and upload more, which is again what algorithms absolutely love. You can publish more content without increasing your workload. You can generate scripts, call to actions, and captions in bulk. Discover fresh trending stories daily without having to research yourself. Turn any trend into a complete content campaign automatically. Create up to a 100 content assets in just a few clicks. Get more traffic opportunities from every trend. Build a consistent content and traffic engine. You reach more people. You operate like a full-blown AI media house without hiring a team. This is what allows you to scale. This is what allows you to have businesses fall in love with you because you work in volume. And that’s what social media wants. Now, tell me in the question or chat box who here is loving everything they’re getting so far, including the premium, the pro version, the done for you, as well as the scaling mode. You’ll be an unstoppable force to reckon with, guaranteeing yourself at least hundreds of thousands of views online without a sheer doubt. People are asking, “Please, I want to get started right away.” Now, let me tell you, it gets even better. You see, we’ve made a big promise on this webinar several times, even just now, stating that this is going to work for you no matter what. And we need to back that up and we need to make sure of that because you are our ambassadors. Your results determine the growth of Viral Feed AI. We want to make it a household name. And therefore, we’re actually going to give you the master mode to ensure your success. With the master mode agency, you unlock 10x the speed and growth system built for serious creators and agencies who want to scale faster and actually run a real content agency where we hold your hand and make sure you have clients. You skill production with an a ready team access. You can add up to 10 team members. You sell trendbased content services. A completely unique twist and service that has a zero competition. Deliver a professional experience using dedicated client profiles. Create a fully customized client campaign. Scale across multiple niches. Stand out from the generic AI content with over 250 custom characters. Capture more attention with our 20 high converting script styles. Deliver client work faster with priority rendering speed only added to your account and create premium content with full 1080p HD quality. We’re also going to give you a content multiplier system and our branding blueprint. Now, the Master Mode Agency turns you, as you can see, into a guaranteed success story, allowing you to get paid by businesses left, right, and center. And the AI does all the heavy lifting for you. Now, if that’s not enough, we’re also only on this webinar going to share and give you access to the reseller. This allows you to become a certified viral feed ARI reseller. If there’s one thing that I can tell you for certain, it’s that viral feed practically sells itself. Every time someone sees it, uses it, or tries it within the first video of their first result, they want access. And that’s why you get all our proven high converting copy, sales pages, videos. Each client will have all the features as well as you can add and delete up to 200 clients. You can share it with, you know, family members, friends, as well as other people you know that need this. give it away as a bonus or charge them and keep a 100% of the money. You can charge any price from clients. There are no restrictions. We’ll handle all the support. You can accept payments in one click. And we’re actually going to show you how to sell this effortlessly. And one of the main things is by just giving away, you know, what we call trial accounts or feedback accounts. People try it, they see the results, they want to keep it. Now, all of this is going to be yours at a steal of a deal. Normally, you know, for the Dunfuel loan, it’s $170 then or $147. Then the master mode is another 97. The resellers are under $297. You know, as you can see, that all adds up. You’re paying close to $800 and above if you were to grab this normally. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to get the Vir Feed AI premium account on top of the entire bundle, which means also the unlimited upgrade, the done for you edition, which is, you know, an instant money maker, and the done for you edition will become 127 monthly, the skill mode access, which will become 197 monthly, the master mode agency, which we’re also going to do after the special, 197 monthly, the AI reseller upgrade will be in 197 monthly. All of this total valued of $46,957

you’re going to get access to at a steal of a deal. You see, we know for a fact that with Viral Feed AI, you can easily make 5K per month. There are people right now begging you to be able to do this for them. And therefore outside of this special webinar when the launch is over you know the specials and the deals done the investment for viri we’re actually going to go public with this will be $6997 annual we actually also have some very cool and amazing potential investors lined up but they require us you know to take it to a more high ticket price which we intend to do as well now before it turns into 6997 annual you’ll be able to snatch it up at a steal of a deal and get all the benefits and future benefits. And even if we took 50% off, let’s say $3,500, Viral Feed is designed to earn you an income from day one, 700,000 views, 2.6 million views, 2 million views, just leveraging trends of real things that are happening in the world and tying it back to your business.

Now, businesses are willing to pay so much money for these types of views. And that’s why even if you were to charge 3500 annual, it will still be more than worth it. Yet, we’re not going to do that. You’re about to get a ton of views. And if you were to get everything here at the special launch price, we’re looking at about 997 annual. And that’s already considered a massive discount, a special. And even that we’re not going to do if you comment live showing and proving that you’re here live, showing and proving that you’re here, you’re paying attention, you want this, you need this, and you’re going to get a ton of views. Comment live if you want the live discount. And if you don’t comment live, you won’t get to witness it. Make sure you comment live if you want the live discount because that means instead of the 997, we’re going to drop it down all the way. I can’t even believe I’m saying this to just a one time, not even an annual, not even a monthly, but a one time a lifetime access at 317. 317 one time to start getting millions of views moving forward. Do you know how much that is worth?

You can sell any offer, any product, build any business, and never have to worry about traffic and views. And to make it the ultimate deal, if you’re familiar with our webinars, we do something extra special for the people that, you know, show up live and are active. We’re going to give away 50 live coupons, dropping it down even lower to just 26715. Comment live in the chat box if you haven’t done so already. If you want to grab this at only 2671s, go to the link that is being dropped in the chat box or question box right now, click it, go to the order form and lock in your access while we’re live right now, which immediately gives you the premium account, the unlimited upgrade, the done for you, where we do everything for you for 267. Everything will be done for you. You get the skill mode access, the master mode agency, and the reseller upgrade. Normally, the reseller alone is 247. The reseller on its own, if you go to the funnel, you’ll pay over $247 for this alone. Now, you’re getting everything at just 267 once. Not even annual, not even monthly. It is a steal of a deal. And you have a 30-day money back guarantee to try it out. And for those of you that are extra lucky, when you go to the order form, if you’re one of the first, you’ll probably see something like this, which is the done for you social package, the reseller booster, and the 100 viral hooks and call to actions. Now, I can’t promise everyone will see this. This is, you know, on a first come, first serve basis. This is something we’re very, you know, protective of. We don’t want to saturate this. But if you’re lucky enough to see these additional mega bundle access blocks, then make sure you check those boxes because these are a steal of a deal. As well with the done for you social package, we’re going to give you 6,000 additional viral shorts and reels. You’ll never have to worry about traffic for the remainder of your online career. We know for a fact these will allow you to post profit and gain millions of views and they’re in different niches. Luxury, motivations, art, craft, funny, pets, any niche you can think of, any product, any business you’re working with. You’ll have the done for you viral stores ready in the highest quality. We have the reseller booster, the great unlimited customer avatars, two times priority rendering, additional 200 reseller licenses and our 100 viral hooks and call to actions. Definitely a mustave because these hooks are tested to the tea and they work like a charm. So check these three boxes on the order form if you get to see them. Now they are optional. I will mention that, but they are highly lucrative as well. And therefore, I would recommend to check these boxes because you’re already getting a steal of a deal at only 267 once. Now, the team has dropped a link in the chat. Make sure you go and log in your access as we only have 50 live coupons available and I see eight of them are already gone. That’s quick. You guys are fast. Congratulations with Var feed. Get ready to witness a ton of views, a ton of traffic, a ton of clicks, leads, and engagement. Uh I see someone asking, um I have some social media pages that that I haven’t touched. Uh does will this work on them or do I have to start from scratch? This will work great to revive a page. We’ve actually tested this on some of our older pages across different social media channels. One was Instagram, one was Facebook. uh you can revive dead pages with this effortlessly, but you can also start a new page from scratch. Both of them will work perfectly fine. So yes, that will work great. U there we go. Congratulations. Awesome. That’s all I needed to know. I’m in with all the mega bundle. Thank you. Perfect. Congratulations. Super excited for you. And with that being said, uh 10 coupons already left the building. Meaning if you want this at a steal of a deal at the lifetime access for 267 where you have the premium, the unlimited, the done for you, the skill mode, and again guys, the done for you allows you to have everything built out for you. Your news for the next 60 days, 30 days, you have everything you need completely done for you. If you’ve been trying to generate traffic, if you’ve been posting online and ask me working out, grab viral feed and watch how it’s the best decision that you could have ever made as your pages will become a micro celebrity in your niches and in your industry. People at one point will even reach out, you know, to pay you to do a sponsored post because you’re getting that much reach. This is simply a musthave and something you can’t ignore because we all know that video has become the number one most consumed content. But a lot of entrepreneurs are struggling to get video views. And if you’re one of them or you know that you want to get more video views, you know that will help your business whether it’s yours or someone else’s and you’ve tried many AI tools already and you’ve used different AI to post on social media, you’ve generated a ton of videos already, then this is designed for you. At least try it out because you have a 30-day money back guarantee. Because if you’re posting videos right now and you haven’t seen any results thus far, it’s because your videos are not sharing what people already want to see. And that’s exactly what this solves. That’s what Yogesh has fixed. Now, we see accounts applying this exact method, getting, you know, 8.2 million views, 5.8 million views, 13.6 million views. That’s how fast it can go. And that’s why you are guaranteed at the bare minimum to get at least over 50,000 views effortlessly by tapping into these trends. Now, that can turn into so much leads, traffic, clicks for no matter what product or service you’re selling and what industry. You will start to experience a ton of traffic for any product, any opportunity that you’re selling. And we’ve seen this firsthand over and over again. People are using our exact trending video to get traffic and sales from scratch. You see Minaj here saying vir I felt that it’s made for someone like me. I’m not technical. I don’t like recording videos and I usually overthink content but I cl my vase and created a short video fast and one video got 1200 views on the first day and for a newbie that felt amazing. That’s what you can expect the moment you get viral feed for the first time. This is now being made available to the public after a ton of testing, after only sharing it with inner circle members, after only sharing it with our beta testers, perfecting it over and over again. You will now own a unique video AI that generates massive amounts of views and engagement, generates targeted clicks, leads, and sales, works even if you’re a complete beginner, generates attention from day one, and requires zero tech skills. Which means when you grab this now, and I see, you know, uh more people just grab this. Congratulations, uh Joshua. I knew this going to be perfect for you. I saw your comments earlier as well. You’re going to crush it with vir feed. Same goes for you, Amanda. Congratulations to you as well. Uh Stacy, congratulates to you as well. Peter, congratulations to you as well. Thomas, you’re going to crush it. Michael, congratulations. Hank, congratulations to you as well. Now, you’ll get more video views on autopilot than any other AI tool can promise you. And again, it’s a steal of a deal. There are people out there paying, you know, thousands of dollars on ads, paying for views, trying to get some traction, and they’re barely succeeding. You’re now taking the biggest shortcut at a massive discount and you’ll never have to worry about clicks, views, and traffic again. As a matter of fact, you’re going to get paid by actually using Vir Feed AI because what you’re about to get access to immediately, as you already know, unlocks not one but three powerful ways to capitalize on viral feed traffic. You get ton of traffic for your offers. You can make an easy affiliate income and get paid for surface delivery. Speaking of which, let me actually show you. I’m going to go to Upwork. You can see right here. I’ve just put here, you know, uh, news, trending, reels, and look at the demand, right? We need social media short for, you know, and trends. Social media content creator for, you know, trends, Instagram real creator for faceless content, social media assistant needed for, you know, viral trends and growth, UGC news style videos. Uh, we need, you know, breaking news content creator. So many people are ready to want to work with you. They’re begging you to come on and actually serve them. I can even charge, you know, how much do I want to get paid? And you can see right here, you know, for, you know, in the sports niche, in the fashion niche, this is exactly what your AI will tap into. It writes the script for them. You know, this one has a budget of $3500. And it’s all because all these businesses have this one thing in common. They are looking for someone that can generate them more views and your strategy is the one that will absolutely work for them, one that they haven’t tried before and one that they’ll handsomely pay you for. Now, you can use this for others, but you can also use it for yourself. And all it takes is a one-time 267 to start finally breaking through, eliminating any ceiling that you’ve had and start generating more traffic, more views, more clicks, more leads and sales just like we have and the people that we’ve shared this with. Now, right now, you have two choices. You either keep struggling with where you are now and keep posting in the same way you have until you give up or you take advantage of the lowest price this will ever be. this one-time opportunity to finally have an unfair advantage before everyone else and get everything done for you and immediately start generating results. And if you really want to knock it out of the park, make sure you if you still can, if it’s still even available, grab and check these boxes of the mega bundle to have the best of everything. Now again with the bundle deal, you’re getting the entire premium account. You’re getting the vir AI pro which makes it unlimited. You get the done for you edition which allows you to get access to we provide 30 days of trending content and create 60 ready to publish viral videos for you. We build and configure your complete content source network. We monitor trends and we do everything for you. We write high retention scripts already optimized to get you traffic. We create proven hooks. We write captions. We repurpose. We deliver a done for you just upload and publish content vault. We give you a thousand done for you viral shorts. We include a full commercial rides. And we give you our bonuses of our viral traffic training and our commission crushing super secrets so you start making money with affiliate marketing from all the traffic that we’re getting you. This alone will instantly make sure you’re going to be a success story. But you’ll have to grab it right now. The done for you is only available for the people that are here live and for the people that are taking action while we are right now sharing this with you. So I see uh we’ve got about a dozen coupons left. Remember we started with about 50 coupons. We now got about a dozen, a little over a dozen. 14 actually. We got 14 coupons left. Meaning if you go to the order form right now, you can still grab this at just 2671 time. Once the coupons are gone, this price will go up and you will have missed your chance to effortlessly generate a ton of views, leads, and clicks in a way nobody has done before. This is the only AI that automates the entire process for you. as normally you’ll have to tie a ton of tools together, do a lot of manual work, which is just not sustainable. But with what you’re about to get access to for only 267 once, you get all the secrets where you’ll be able to get more video views on autopilot than any other AI tool can promise you. And the one that can generate views is, you know, the one that makes the most money is the person that holds all the keys and all the power. When you in today’s day and age have that ability, that skill to generate views, you become so valuable, you become respected, you become a person of interest, and it’s all because you were smart enough to be here live and take advantage of an opportunity that others have not seen. So, make sure you take advantage and grab this 267 special so you can finally start generating not only a ton of traffic, but actually having the algorithm favor everything that you post. Quite frankly, you’ll have people be jealous of you. You know, peers or friends or relatives of how much traction you’re getting online. You’ll become, like I said, somewhat of a celebrity with the hundreds of thousands of views you’ll be generating. It’s the biggest unfair advantage to generate a ton of views quickly by leveraging trending content and it’s all proven, right? Trending content naturally attracts more views because platforms like YouTube, Tik Tok, Instagram, and more actively promote topics that already experience a spike in user search and demand. Now, the biggest pages that you might be aware of that you might consume content of, this is exactly what they’re doing. So if you commented yes that you understand the power of leveraging viral news trends instead of generic content then go to the URL right now in the chat if you want to experience close to 300,000 views get a ton you know of people that are not following you yet to see your content meaning you’re reaching a ton of new people and also on Instagram whichever platform you prefer it finds out what is trending what is the latest news topic right now and then creates the videos for it. Social security is running out of. Now, this is what allowed Ram, some of you might know Ram, some of you might not know him. He actually took it for a test. He said, “I’m amazed at how simple viri is. No recording, no editing, no guessing what to post. I added trending articles and keywords and created an entire week of publish ready short videos in 30 minutes. For marketers, this is serious traffic leverage.” Now, Ram is someone that is always looking for new and better ways to generate traffic as he’s a great affiliate marketer and he’s now in love with what Viral Feed AI can do for him and his business, allowing him to generate so much more traffic. And all he has to do essentially is just get affiliate link of a product he wants to promote and let Viral Feed find trends to relate to his product. And it’s exactly what is working right now for creators across the board. You’re stepping into something that’s proven, something that is already working and something that finally allows you to generate hundreds of thousands of views in record time. It’s the exact strategy that the likes of, you know, Anique Singal is using where he’s talking about the latest updates on Microsoft which is getting a lot of attention after their last keynote speech and boom, he’s raking up 400,000 views and taking those eyeballs and sharing something interesting about his AI with them, saying, “Hey, if you like this, then you might be interested in our latest AI tools that does this.” You see, this is one of the easiest ways to get in front of such a large number of people and start generating a ton of interest for your product, service, and offers. Businesses love this. Local businesses love this, and it’s an absolute must have for every entrepreneur. Now, we’re down to less than 10 coupons. We started with 50. Less than 10 are left. Go to the URL in the chat right now. This is one of your last chances to grab this before it’s too late. And then once again, make sure you lock in the mega bundle. All you have to do is right here when you click on get exit access, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, at least try this out. You got nothing to lose. It’s a one time and there’s no hidden fees or recurring fees. Make sure you grab this. You owe this to yourself because you know that video is going to generate you a ton of results. Click on get the bundle here. Click on buy now. It will take you to the order form. All you have to do is put in your email. Then select credit card or PayPal, whichever works for you. The coupon code is early viral. Remember, we have less than 10 left. Click on apply. You’ll see the 317 drop down drastically to 267. a steal to have your fully owned media house AI system, then make sure, like I said, if you see these three boxes, I highly recommend you, I know, yes, they’re optional, but I highly recommend you to check them because the reason for this is this is the only time you’ll ever be able to get these things. And normally, you have to pay so much more for this. I mean, 6,000 done for you shorts at only 30 bucks, less than 30 bucks is insane, right? You’re getting the biggest discount across the board simply because you’ll be one of the founding members. Now, enter your card details and you’re off to the races. And remember, you got 30 days money back guarantee. You can use this to its extent. You can generate maximum amount of views and then still decide if you want to keep this. You can, you know, try it out, see the news topics, see the results, see how fast your pages are growing, and then still decide if you want to keep it. So, make sure you lock it in at the lowest price now so you can at least try it out and then you can always decide on the inside. But I know once you see the power of what Viral Feed can do, you’ll be glad that you’re a founding member with all the benefits, the one-time lifetime access, all the future upgrades while others are paying thousands recurringly for the same things that you have locked in and only 267 once because you were smart enough to grab it here while we’re live. So, congratulations once again to everyone that has picked this up. The link is still active and in the chat. If you want access to Virro Feed AI, this is your time and your chance to do so. I want to congratulate Tom. Uh Rowan, uh Jeffrey, congratulations. Anthony, once again, uh I know you already got in, so congratulations to you as well. Uh Melissa, congratulations to you. Lisa just got in. Congratulations. Sandra just got in. Congratulations. Uh I can’t see your name. I just see attendee but whoever you are congratulations to you as well. Uh Phillip. Okay, Phillip, congratulations. There we go. Um I’m super excited for all of you. And remember, we hold your hand. We even give you the master mode agency. Remember the master mode agency is there to make everything so much easy for or so much more easier for you. uh simply because with the master mode agency, we are going to make sure you’re going to get clients that are actually going to pay you to do this for them and that makes you a ton of money. You’ll have a nice and healthy sustainable side income with a service that actually delivers that makes money and grows your pages and also has businesses being so happy that they hired you, took you on because you do things differently. You’re not just another video creator or, you know, shorts creator. you actually have a strategy that they haven’t tried before that makes you desirable, favorable, and valuable to the market. And they’re willing to handsomely pay you because they see you have an expertise and skill set that others lack. And with your unique AI and even reseller access, you can just share an account, you know, create an account for a client and charge them monthly to keep using it themselves. You have everything you need to profit and a full 30 days to try it out and still decide if you want to keep it. So, make sure to lock it in at the lowest price because this is your last chance to do so. And I can’t wait to see you on the inside. You’re getting everything as promised, but you’ll have to grab it right now. The link is in the chat and I’ll see you on the inside.

Look at this. One creator takes a breaking AI update and turns it into a viral short. Another takes a trending news story, explains it in 45 seconds, and pulls millions of views. Another uses an AI avatar to talk about business trends without recording every single video manually. And another simply reacts to what people are already searching for today. Different niches, different creators, same pattern. They are not starting from scratch. They are not guessing what to post. They are writing what people already care about and showing up while the attention is hot. I was consuming viral content every single day. until I realized something uncomfortable. I wasn’t the creator. I was the product. Because every time I opened my phone, someone else was already there talking about the latest trend, breaking news, something blowing up right now, getting all the views, all the attention, all the traffic, and I was just watching. But then I noticed something strange. It wasn’t just what they were posting, and it was how they were always early. Almost like they had access to trends before everyone else. Every day I kept checking creators like Alex Horoszi, Gary Vee, Aman Godzi, Neil Patel just to see what they posted next. It became a habit and I thought they’re just better at content. But I was wrong because millions of people were doing the same thing, watching, refreshing, coming back daily, buying what they recommended. That’s when it hit me this wasn’t random. This was engineered a system designed to capture attention over and over again. Meanwhile, most people are stuck doing this. Opening Tik Tok or Instagram thinking, “What should I post today, then getting stuck, overthinking, secondguessing, or worse, posting something and getting nothing back, no views, no traction, no momentum.” And maybe you’ve tried AI tools before, tools that promised automation, but gave you more steps instead, more confusion, more work. So now you’re thinking, “Here we go again, another overhyped AI tool. Will this actually get views or just generate generic content? I already have tools. Why do I need another one? And the real question, will this finally work consistently? By the way, my name is Yogesh Agarwal. I’m a developer obsessed with solving real marketing problems. I’ve helped over $120,000 marketers and generated over $4 million in sales through simple software solutions. And I’ve worked alongside mentors like Gab who’s generated over $10 million across 100 plus product launches. So when I say this, it comes from experience. What I discovered changed everything. The fastest growing accounts today are not creating content from scratch. They’re operating like media houses. Using systems that track trends in real time, turn them into content instantly and publish while attention is peing. That’s why I built something different. The first ever trend-based media house AI system powered by real time AI trend indexing. It’s called Vero Feed AI, and it lets you turn trending news, posts, ideas, or any keyword into high impact viral videos in under 60 seconds without editing, without guessing, without burning out. Here’s how it works. First, you pick any source or idea. Drop in a trending news link, blog, article, RSS feed, or even your own idea, and viral feed AI instantly detects what’s actually viral and worth turning into content. Second, generate viral videos in seconds. Choose your angle like breaking update, top takeaways, what do you or explained simply and the system automatically creates your script, visuals, captions, music, and call to action. Fully done for you. Third, publish and scale effortlessly. Create multiple videos at once. Post across Tik Tok, reels, and shorts. Stay consistent, capture attention, and grow without burnout. This isn’t another tool that replaces your entire workflow. No more jumping between Chatg GPT, Canva, Cap Cut, and a dozen tabs. This is one system built for one outcome. Turning trends into traffic. And here’s the edge most people miss, timing. Because by the time most people see a trend, it’s already too late. But with real-time trend indexing, you’re early. That’s when content spreads fastest. That’s when growth is easiest. So instead of being inconsistent, guessing what to post, starting and stopping, you become someone who executes daily, builds momentum, and runs a predictable content system. And if you’re thinking, “I won’t stay consistent.” That’s exactly why this works. Because when it takes under 60 seconds, consistency stops being a struggle. And this isn’t about vanity views. This is about attention turning into traffic and traffic turning into growth and revenue. Because traffic is the foundation of everything online. So, if you’ve been looking for a way to turn trends into traffic, grow without editing, guessing, or burning out, and finally build a content system that works, this is it. Right now, you can get Virfeed AI for onetime payment. But this is only available during the launch. After that, it switches to a monthly subscription. So, if you want in, click the button below, get instant access, and start creating your first viral videos today because you have two choices. Keep watching trends or start owning them. I’ll see you inside. Thank you.

Hey, welcome inside Virro Feed AI. In the next few minutes, I am going to show you how this system turns trending news posts, articles, RSS feeds, or even simple keywords into ready to publish viral high impact YouTube shorts, Instagram reels, Tik Tok, Facebook videos. Let’s get started. So, first you can go and click on create new project. And here you can name it, let’s say AI tech or let me choose keyword and niche AI and technology. And then if I want to add my branding, I can upload a logo here. You can select the logo position. You have two options here. You can either use a talking head video. Okay. And you can select our ready tomade avatars. Or you can upload your own avatar, even your own clone face. You can do that. Or you can just use a faceless video where you just use your voice. So for this, I’m going to use a AI talking head. So let’s select her. She looks good and professional. And let’s click on create project. And here this is the most powerful section. Here we will add the sources memes from where we are going to pull the articles. Pull the posts to turn them into videos. You can do it manually by adding a source name here just like techrunch. Add the URL feed or website or you can just go and find it here which is really easy. So I let’s say tech news AI tech news. So it will search on Google news, Reddit, hacker news. Let’s go with Google news for here. Save my source. Let’s add few more sources. Okay. As you can see, you can have the filter for the last 7 days or it will go through the last 24 hours all the articles posted in this time duration. And if you want to exclude some keywords, you can do that as well here. So you’re getting only the relevant articles for your video. So once you have your sources added, the next thing we need to do is go and create a video and it’s really simple. Okay, so there are three ways. These are the fresh posts that we have added in our sources or we can just go and use an URL. For example, let’s say this is the link. We can add the link here or you can just use custom text. So let’s see fresh post. Okay, I think it’s going to take some time before they show up in the sources. Okay, Google News, it’s ready. Okay, so we can see which articles that are the one that looks really good that we can use is AI replacing tech workers. Okay, so it takes some time to get populated, but once it’s populated, you can go and you’ll find all of them here. Okay, so here I want to use this article. Select it and as shown you can also use URL. You can add an URL here or you can use custom text. Just place your script and that’s all. So why I’m going to use this? Because this app is all about the finding the fresh sources the articles that are going viral to use. So this is the article I’m going to use first and I want it to be let’s say 45 second video. And these are the styles we have. what kind of script we want to use what this means for you or breaking update let’s say what this means for you call to action is I want to in increase my engagement comment and engagement click on next and now here our script we can regenerate it if you want this is okay pretty I like the script and if you want to edit it you can go and just edit it as well and now what kind of images I can use autogenerated AI images here like clean, dynamic, minimal or I can use stock images or I can even upload my own media or I can use a combination of all of these. So let’s go and create some AI images for this. Okay, so the images have been generated and they look really great. So what I can do, I can also go and look for stock images here and if I want to select any stock images, I can do that as well. So maximum I can select six images. And if I don’t want to select any of the images here, let’s say I don’t want to use this and this, I can just go and select any other images from here. Okay. And if you can also add your own image. You can upload any image you want. And next is background music. We have all different kind of moods for your videos. We can select any messmerizing music that you want or you can even upload your own music. Next is you can clone your voice. You have to just upload 15 seconds of your voice and it will clone your voice so you can create videos in your own voice. Language, we have all these languages if you want to convert your script into that language. Gender, male, female, let’s use her only. You can preview the voice here. Next, we have dozens of trending captions that will make your videos highly professional. Let’s say I want to use this. And here if you want to make changes to your captions, you can do that as well. If you want to make it green, you can do that. You can do whatever you want. You can change your font, you can change the position. And after that, I’m going to give it center. Click on generate final video. And your video will be added here in some time. And you can also go and generate the hooks and SEO content that you can use to post this on various social media like on shorts, reels and everywhere. So these are the titles that you can use. These are the hashtags and tags that you can use. Okay, so that is really powerful. And while this is working on creating your video, you can just go and create more videos for yourself. Okay, it’s just going to take five minutes for one video. So let’s say I want to create another video. Go there, select it, just use a different kind of script like maybe breaking update call to action, maybe save and share. Click on next and you can go and create another video at the same time. And the great thing about Virro feed is for every project you can define your branding, your presenter, your voice, and all your videos will use the same presenter, same voice, and same branding. So you don’t have to do it. Keep doing it for each video again and again. Okay, next. Let me show you what happens once the video is ready. Okay, maybe let me go and use a different project. You can go and edit that video in editor. Okay. So here you can fully customize and edit your video. If you want more control, more custom options, you can do that here. Let’s say you want to increase the size of the avatar, you can select it and just increase its size. If you want to change the scenes, you can do that. You can change the position. You can add any filters. Okay. Now, if you want to change the background, if there is one, you can do that as well. And if you want to let’s say change your caption style, you can change the captions here. Again, you can add more elements into the into the canvas. You can go and change their position. Okay? You can maybe edit the avatar also. You can generate image and add them here or generate video. You can add more custom sound effects. Okay? So, it’s really powerful. And once you’re satisfied, you can just go and export your video. You can use the high quality standard quality. Depending on your plan, you can start the export and once it’s done, you can check it out. So, meanwhile, let me see if our earlier video is created. And if it’s not, then I’m just going to add the video at the end of this demo. It’s going to take some time. Okay. Okay. So, this version gives you the core system to create trendbased short videos using keywords, URLs, RSS feeds, Google News, and you don’t need to do anything at all. You don’t need to worry about the scripts. You don’t need to worry about the videos, images, captions, music, voiceovers, anything at all. You can just stop guessing and stop jumping between the tools and start posting from today. So, make sure to go and grab your copy today and I will see you inside.

AI could make you think twice about a tech career. That might actually hurt your wallet. Here’s why it matters. Fewer people building the apps, websites, and systems you use daily means companies struggle to find talent. Result: slower innovation, fewer new products, higher prices for everything you buy. Think about your morning routine. Banking app, grocery delivery, streaming service, all powered by human talent. If that talent disappears, those services suffer and the economy takes a hit. That affects your job, your savings, your future. So, what should you do? Don’t let the hype scare you off. Tech jobs are still about solving problems and creating value. AI is just a tool. It can’t replace your creativity or ambition. Want to stay ahead? Follow along. I’ll show you how to use AI to your advantage, not let it push you away.

Jeff Bezos is launching a new AI startup. Its goal, build an artificial general engineer. This might be the most unsettling idea I’ve heard this year. This AI won’t write emails or generate art. It engineers. It solves real problems. It builds real things. Bezos believes the real barrier to progress isn’t money or resources. It is human time. Create a machine that thinks like an engineer, but works a million times faster. That changes everything. My prediction, it won’t replace all engineers, but it will replace the first five years of every young engineer’s career. The grunt work, the learning curve, the boring tasks, all of it gone. If you are in tech, save this video. The definition of entry level is about to change forever.

June 16, 2026